ON THE

"

FR EE M OT IO N O F P O IN T S ,

AND ON

U N IV E R S A L G RA V ITA T ION ,

I N C L U D IN G

T HE PR I N C I PAL PR O P OSIT I ON S O F BO O KS I . AND III .

THE PRIN C IPIA;

TH E F IRS T PA R T

A T R E A T IS E ON D YN A M I C S .

T H I RD E D I TI O N .

BY W IL L IA M WH E WE LL ,
M A . .

l’ E L l. O W A N D T U T O R O P T R I N IT Y COL L E G E .

C A M BR IDG E
PRINTED AT THE Pl l l PRES S . B Y JOHN 8
' ' ‘
mm ,

FO R J . a
s D E G HT
J J.
,
.TR I
T Y ST R EET ; ON INI
A N D WH I IT A K E R Sc A R
'
T, L D NO ON ON .

M B OCO X X X V I
. . .

P
 PR E FACE

TO T HE S EC O N D E DITION .

B Y th e pu bli ca ti on of the forme r ed i ti on of the T rea t i se

Dy na mi cs , I con sider my sel f a s ha v in g o t t a sort
”
on c n r ac e d

of obligati on to presen t the s u b ect to the St u d en t of the

j s

U n i v ersi ty i n the bes t form I ca n d e vi se so lon g a s the wor k

,

i s i n u se . Other wi se I d o n o t t hi n k t ha t wi th my pre sent

o cc upa t i o n s an d en a e men t s I sho ul d h av e v e n t ured u po n
g g
a ta s k whi ch n ow a ppea rs to me so d iffi c ult a n d so res o n
p
si bl e a s the com posi ti on of su ch a T rea ti se A fe w y ea rs
.

e x peri en ce has a rea t t en d en c y to di mi ni h th e co n fi d en ce

g s

o f prod uci n hat h ll ti fy h i m l f a nd o the r s i t h

‘

g w s a sa s se w ,

w hi ch a yo u n g a ut ho r se ts o ut : m d he l e a rn s t ha t the v i v i d

i m pressi on of the fa n ci ed d efi c ‘
ie n ci es a nd i mper fect i o n s o f
precedi ng work s w hi ch a t firs t i n d uced hi m to w ri t e i s a ,

v ery i n u ffi ci en t w a rran t of hi s ow n s ki ll an d j ud gemen t

s .

I wi ll sa y a fe w words as to the v i ew s wi th whi ch I ha v e

prepared the presen t ed i ti on .

the u se of thi U n i v ersi ty m ust of course be to con d uct the

s

S tud en t through m os t o f th e reu on i n gs for mula a n d p roposi

,

ti on s whi ch are req uisi te as a pr epara ti on for the hi gher i o v es

ti ga ti on s con nected wi t h phy si ca l sci ence an d especi a lly w i t h
,

the m os t pr ofou n d a n d perfect of ma th ema ti ca l sci en ces Ph

y ,

si ca l A s tr on om y F rom the bea u ty the i m por ta n ce an d the

.
, ,

cele b ri ty of t hi s por ti on of ma t hema tics i t ha s n eces sa ri ly

,

been lon g th u lti ma te goal an d ai m o f the best mathe

e
 P REFA CE .

ma ti ci l n s ; and there ca n be no d ou bt tha t, so fa r as is

ra cti cable our stud of the sci ence of li echa n i cs shou ld
p y
from fi rs t be regula ted wi th the v i ew of maki n g i t
the

a fitti n i n t rod ucti on to the mecha n i cs of the u n i erse T i ll

g v .

recen tly ho wev er i t ha s not been ea sy to efie ct t hi s T he

'
-
.

an d s t ill more the v ar i ous m em oi r s w hi ch

o t the origi nal c n ain

la bo u rs of t hose a n d ot her great ma t he ma ti ci an s on thi s

su bj ect a re n o t su i ted
, to the common S tuden t an d ca n ,

ne v er be fa m i li a rly con s u lted or fu lly mas te red ex ce pt by

accOtn lis bed an d per se erin

p g a n a ly s t s
v W h en the firs t edi ti on
.

of the p resen t T rea ti se w as pu bli s hed the on ly En gli sh w or k ,

on the s ubj ect w hi ch professe d to be ele men ta ry w as the

la te P rofessor Woodhou se
”
Phy si ca l A s t ron o my of the .

E v er y on e acq uai n ted wi th the recen t hi s tory of Cam br i d ge

st udi es wi ll be rea d y to a h i tr i b u te of res pect to the memor y
, p y s

of M r Woodhouse a n d to assi gn to hi m the hi gh p rai se of

,

ha vi n g been the fi rst to i n t rod u ce ma thema ti cs a mon g u s i n the

fo rm whi ch the ad v a nci n g resea rches o f con t i ne n ta l m a thema ti
ci a n s ha d i ven to the sci en ce H e la bour ed lo n al most a lon e
g .
g
to promote thi s obj ect ; but th e chan ge to which he gav e the
'

fi rst i mpul se has e en tua lly tak en pl ace i n th e fullest m an ner

v .

L i k e hi s o ther wor k s hi s P hy si ca l A st ron om y con tai ns the

,

mo st a mpl e ev i den ce of grea t t hough t gr ea t lea rni n g an d a , ,

s t ron wi sh to be prac ti ca lly u sefu l B u t I do n ot t hi n k

g .

that i t has been fo un d a co n v en i en t book for the Ca mbri dge

S tud en t an d i t appear s to me di fi cu lt to i n tr od u ce a n y
,

con s id era ble po r t i on of i t i n to the us ua l co urse of rea di n g .

Wi t hi n the last fe w yea rs ho wev er the d eficien cy which ex

i stad i n t hi s respect has bee n ad mi rably su ppli ed by P rofessor
Ai ry s
’
M a them a ti cal T racts a n d th ose wh o wi sh to p u rs ue

t hese i n v estiga ti on s sti ll fur the r can n o w ha v e recourse to

,

M rs So mer v il le s “ M echa n i sm of the H ea v en s

’
.
”
 P R E FA C E.

Wi t ho ut spea ki n g f the other meri t of Pr ofessor A i ry

o s
’
s

T r ct
a I ma y obser e tha t by t hei r pla n and es peci ally by
s, v ,

thei r ubdi vi si on i n to P roposi ti on s they a re peculi arly ad a pted

s ,

to o ur co u rse of st udy T he t ud en t of t hi s ma gn i ficen t

. s

s ubj ect on a wi de r ca l e w i ll fin d reason to ac k no wled e

s
g
rea t obli a ti on s to M rs Somer v i ll e for ha v i n u t i
g g g p n a co n

v e ni en t nd a com pen di o u s form the res ults o f so me of the

m os t mod ern i mpro e men ts i n i ts i n v es t iga ti ons

v A n d mos t .

read ers wi ll I t hi n k allo w t ha t the u n pa r ll ele d occu rrence

, , a

o f ou r o wi ng su ch a wo rk to a fe mal e pen gi es an ad d i ti on a l v

pl ea s ure to ou gra ti t ude N or are the ci r c umst n ces which

r . a

so m uch a ttr act ou r ad m i ra ti o n to t hi wor k w i t ho u t t hei r s

hea ri ng on i ts u efulnm he r
s O u r w i lli n gn ess to a d opt e .

a more e x t en d ed stud y of th mecha n i sm of the hea v e n e s

i n to ou r aca d emi c sy st em m ust eeds i n c ea se whe n t hese n r ,

st ud ie th us he wn to be reco nci l a bl e w i t h a ll th
-
se v er s r s, s e

g e n t ler t rai n of femi n i ne

g races a n d acco mpli sh men ts can n o ,

longer wi t h n y she w of reaso n he represen ted as i n con s i s ten t

, a ,

w i th a poli she d tas te a n d a f mi li a r acq ua i nta n ce w i th an ci en t

a

H a vi n g before me s uc h books i ns tr ucti on fo r the higher

of

a rts of the sci en ce, I ha v e en d eav ou red to lea d the S tuden t

p
up to them , an d ha v e gi v en a fe w of the i n trod uc tor y s te ps -

of the L una r an d Pla n eta r

y T he ories , so as to pla ce hi m at

the poi nt fr om whi ch he ma y pro ceed un der the a uspi ces of

these wor thi er gui d es to w hot a v e i n ea ch of these ca se
, s

fin ally re fe rred hi m In thi s par t of the w or k I ha v e i n

.
,

tm d uced sev eral of the an a lyti ca l i n es ti ga ti on s of La pla ce v

an d ot her w r i ter s on the s ubj ec t ; as the d ev elopem en t of v

an d r i n te rms of 1 ; ( A r t 82 the curi ou s th eor ems of

.

La mber t con cern in g the elli pse a n d pa ra bola whi ch a re of ,

use i n the prob le m o f the or bi t o f a com et ; ( A rt 36 .

an d an d Pon teco u lan t ele a n t i n te ra t i on of the a ua

'

g g q s .
 P R ER A CE.

t ion s of el li pt i ca l mot i on A r t 2 8 ; as w ell s the proof o f

. a

eq u a t i on s Q o M l
( ) ( ) ( )
P , R , fr m the, écan i q u e C e es te ,

the gen era l eq ua t i on s be lon i n to the p robl em of t hree bodi es

g g
( A rt . 87

An ot he r m ai n obj ect of the p resen t ed i t ion a ppear ed to

me eq ua lly necessa ry wi t h referen ce to the cou rse of m a the
ma ti cal rea d i n g co m mo n ly pur s u ed i n t hi s pla ce a nd mo re ,

d i ffi c ult to a ccom pli sh : I m ea n th e assi gn i n g to the P ri n cip i a

o f N e w to n i ts p rope r pla ce a mo n g o u r Dy na mi ca l st ud ies .

O n t hi s s u bj ec t t he re ha s ex i s te d an d pro ba bly s ti ll ex i s t s a
, ,

ood d ea l o f d i fiere n ce of opi ni on i n the U n i e rs i ty S om

‘
’

e v
g .

s t ren u o u s a n aly s t s ha v e lo ed to mai n t a i n t h a t the st ud f

v
y o

N e wto n s wor k s i n t hei r Ori gi n al form or i n a fo rm some wh a t

’
,

l i k e i t has lon g been a mill s to n e abo u t the n eck o f o ur sy ste m

,

o f ma t he ma t i cal ed uca t i o n ; t ha t i t wa st es the t i me an d r ui n s

the tas te of o ur S t uden t s d es tr oy s the u n i ty o f ou r ca l cu l us
, ,

a nd li mi t s the ra nge of o u r ge n eralisa ti on s O thers aga i n .

ha ve hel d t ha t fro m u s co u n tr y men a n d di sci pl es o f N ew ton

, , ,

hi s wo rk s ha v e a pa ra mo u n t cla i m to a tt en t i on ; a n d t hey ha v e s

a s se rt ed mo reo ver t ha t the geo met ri ca l a n d sy n t he t i ca l me

thod s whi ch he p u rs ues off r to u s e x a mpl es of soli d a n d
e

i n s t r uct i v e rea so n i n g whi l e a n a ly si s too oft en m erely gi v es u s

,

res ult whi ch e x erci se n o i n t el lect ua l faculty n or co n v ey a n y

s ,

sa t i sfa cto ry k n o wl ed e I sh all no t a tte m pt to d eci d e be t wee n

g .

t hese ri v al opi n i o n s I w i ll obse r e ho we v er t ha t i f we sho uld

. v

re so lv e to p rese r e a p a r t o f the P ri n ci pi a i n o u r ex a mi n a t i o n s
v

o n ly a s a ma tter of ma t hem a ti ca l hi s tory a nd as a tok e n o f ,

o ur v e n er a t i o n fo r N e w ton a v er y fe w p roposi t i o n s m i gh t
,

a n s we r the p urpose a n d spa re v al uabl ti me ; an d t ha t i f

, e

much o f the wor k i s to be re ta i n ed t hi s ought to be d on e o n ,

the g ro un d of i ts bei n g a u s efu l port i o n of dyn a mica l sci enc e .

I co nce i v e mo reo v e r t ha t a co n si d erable n u mber o f the p ro

po it io n o f the Pri n ci pi a i n cl ud i n g mo st o f those whi ch
s s ,
 PR E FA C E .

u s ua lly a ppear i n o ur e x a mi n a ti o n pa pe rs ha v t hi s substan , e

ti al cla i m to o u r n oti ce I refer es peci a lly to the proposi t i on s i n

.

the T hi rd B ook a n d to those i n th e F i rs t Book on whi ch t hese

,

m a i n ly de pen d T here ar e v e ry con si derabl e ad v a n ta ges to th

. e

S tud en t i n N e wton s mode of i n v es ti ga ti n g the moti on s of the

’

h ea v en ly bodi es N ot hi n g co uld be mor e un wi se t ha n to d en y

.

the v as t s u per i ori ty w hi ch the a n a ly ti ca l m e t hods posses s i n

the treatmen t of a ll co mpl ex an d gen era l p roble ms L a pla ce .

S y st d o M on d e p h a s v er y w ell s ta t ed the co m a re
( . 4 .
p »

ti v e ch a ra cters of these met hod s a nd of tha t of N e wton A n d .

hi s con cl udi n g rem ark i well w or t h n oti ce : s “ C epen d a n t les ,

co n sid er a ti on s
gé o m é t ri ues n e
q d o i v en t poi n t é tre a ban d on

n é es ; e lle s son t d la pl us g ran d e u ti li t é d an s les a r ts

e

B ai ll e urs il es t cu rie u x de se figu rer dan s l es pace les d i v e r s

‘ ’

r és ulta t s d e l an a l se ; et r éci p ro uemen t; d e l i re to u tes les

’

y q
.

a ffe c ti on s d es li n es et d es s u rfa ce s et tou tes le e v a ri a ti ons d u

g ,

ma u v emen t d es corps d a n s les eq ua ti o n s q ui les ex pri men t

, .

C e ra pp roch ement d e la geometr i c et d e l an a lyse répan d u n

’

n ou v ea u j ou r s ur ces de ux scie n ce s ; les o era ti o n s i n tellectu

p
e l les de celle ci ren d ue s sen si bl es
-
, p a r les i ma e s d e la p re mi er e
g ,

so n t pl us faciles s sa i si r pl us i n t éressa n t es s s ui v re
, Wi t h .
”

r e ard to the N e w ton i an calcula ti on s of the l u nar i n e u a li ti es

g q
i n d eed i t a ppea rs to me t ha t t h ey ha v e n ot yet ha d j us ti ce
,

d on e t hem T hey are far from be i n g as i s com mon ly s u

.

p ,

posed r ude a pp ro x i ma ti on s i n ca pa ble of a ny ex act n ess com

, ,

pa rable wi t h tha t w hic h a fe w s t eps of an aly si s obta i n an d ,

v a l ua bl e o n ly as e x hi bi ti n th e m od of op t i o f the
g e e ra n o

forces an d the form o f the res u lts

, O n the co n t ra ry t hey .

ten d for th mos t par t to an a ccura cy grea t er t han t ha t of

, e ,

the fi rs t st eps of the a na lyti ca l a ppr o x i m a t i o n s; a n d i t wo ul d

req ui re co n si d e r abl e ca l c u la ti o n i n the an alyti ca l w a to o

,
y g , .

beyon d t hem T hus the mot io n o f the n od e (Art 84 ) i s fo un d

.
.

by N e wton s met hod t r ue as fa r as m ( w here m i the

’
’
, s
 P R E FA C E .

frac t ion whi ch a m on th i s y ea r ; ) a n d thi m e thod m i ght

o f a s

be mad e to gi v e the an n u a l eq ua t i o n o f th e m o ti o n o f th e n o d e ,

( p . w h i ch d e ter mi n a ti o ns w o u ld r eq ui re sev eral s te ps to

obta in t hem from the eq ua ti on s I n deed i t i s n ot d i ffi cult .

to see the r eason of thi s p roperty of the geomet ri ca l m ethod .

In the s m y bol i cal p ro ce s s t h e t,e r m s a re a rr an g e d a cc o r di n

g
to the po wers of a small qua nti ty an d n o term ca n be r e ,

ected wi h ut o t t i i lyt i lly t h th j t i w i ll

j a sce r a n n
g a na c a a
t e r e ec o n .

n ot a ec f
f t th e po w er s w h i c h a r e r et ai n e d b u t i n th e
g e o:

t
m e ri c a l m e th o d t h e e x t e n t to w h i c h an i ne
q u a li ty w i ll b e

affec edt by ot h er i ne q u a l i t i e s i s j u d g e d o f by th e n a t u re o f
p
i ts d e en d en c e o n t h e fo r c e s p r o d u c i n
g i t an d n o t by th ,
e

sy mbo ls by w hi ch i t i s d en ot ed It ma y easi ly happen t ha t

. ,

by co n si d eri n g t hi s d epen den ce we obt ain an a ccura cy whi ch ,

i t wo uld requ i re sev er al t erms to ex p ress .

T he m oti o n of the n od es fo un d by N ew ton s m ethod

’
, ,

i n Art 84 an d a g reei n g wi t h the an aly ti ca l r es ult as far as

.
,

th e ter m i n v ol vi n g m i s the v al u e when we lea v e ou t of co n

3
,

si d era ti bn the e f fec t of the cha n ge of th e ra d i u s v ector a n d ,

the a ccel erati on of a rea s p rod uced by the d i st urbi n f o

g r ces .

B u t N e wton h a s al so con sid er ed the effec t of t he se d i st urba n ces

of the seco n d or d er i n the mo ti on of the n od es A d
( r t A n .

i t ha s been she wn by P lan a ( Z a ch C orresp A stron Vol x v r ) , . . .

,

tha t when the cor recti on s gi v en by hi s met hod are pr oper ly

,

a ppli ed the res ults a re correct as far as the t erm i n v ol vi n g m

‘
, .

T he v ari ati on of the r ad i u s v ecto r of the M oon s orbi t fr om

’

1 + a: to l m di mi n is hes the m ea n moti on of the n od es i n the

-

ra ti o 1 to I Q w ( A rt
-
. an d th e u nequa l d escr i pti o n of

3m ’
a reas prod uces a further di m m uti on m the ra ti o 1 to l
4

An d as the m ean m oti on of th e n odes is

1? of the M oon '
s

t r ue mot i on, ( neg lecti n

g u lteri or te rms ) , the o
c r rec ti on Of
 a ri s n i g from t he ca uses j ust men ti oned is

as s ta e t d by La place an d P la n a ’

n ot in t rod uced thi s correct i on in

t e x t tho ug h the ,

( B o o
be ca use i t ha s
k i n P rop . .

n ot g en erally m ad e
pm of the r ea d in
g of the Pri n ci pi a i n

thi s place ; a n d my obj ec t w a s n ot to in trod uce n ew employmen t

o f thi s ki n d ; si n ce ho wev er cu ri ou s such in v es ti ga ti ons mi gh t
,

be t hey mus t be co n si dered as de v ia ti on s i n the pa t h of the

,
.

stud en t who wi shes to m a k e a sy ste ma ti c a d v an ce i n cosmi ca l

D yn a mi cs F or the sa me rea son I ha v e o mi tt ed so me other

.

proposi t i o ns of the T hi rd B ook .

It i s the mor e n ecess a ry not to dev ot e too m uch t i me to

the geo th etri ca l m ethod si nce n ot on l i s tha t m ethod soon
y ,

s to pt b i n s ur mou n mble ob s ta cl es b t w ca n n ot be
y u sur e , e

of o btai n i n g ev en a fir st a ppr o xi ma ti on by mea n s o f i t T h us .

the gr ea tes t pu i odi ca l i n eq ua li ty of the M oon s mo ti on th e

’
,

E vecti on m d the grea t perm an en t i n eq u ali ty the pr ogressi on

, ,

her a psi des cann ot e ca l cu la ted loose ly

o
f , b a t all ev en , ,

a s to q ua n ti ty by the methods gi v en by N e wton or by a ny

, ,

B us i n the ca ses where N e w ton p la in ed hi s mod e

ha s ex
'

of fin di ng the amo un t of the L un ar i n equ a li ti es, I ha v e thou ght

I should be doi ng to th e En g h s h
’

serv i ce read er o fier i ng

'

a in
to hi m prop osi ti on s r etai n i n g the reasoni ng of the P ri n
s uc h ,
‘
ci pia b u t ex pre ssi n i t i n such a ma n n e r a s to fa ci l i ta t e a
, g .

M a ri son of the re s u lt s t hu s obt a i n ed w i t h t hose obt ai n ed

p

also t h at Professor Wood hou se an d M r Lu bb k oc ha ve

“
of the horn y mo ti on of the n o e d
o ss u t
aom .
( e -
0) m ( o -
N ) m ( tr -
N ),
valuma ) resa ltr h om the eq u ti on s obtai ned in me m b ti cal
su bj ect an d i s true for a ll pow ers o f th e d i s tur i n b g for ce . S ee

p 44 1, 442
. . h
P il . T ran s . 1832 . Pa rt I .
p 39
. .

b
 PR E FA C E .

by the an a lyt i ca l met hod s,

p ri n ci pa lly as gi v en by P rofessor
Ai ry . T hi s co m pa ri son a ppea r to m e ex t rem ely c uri o us
s .

I ha v e i n st i t u t ed i t bot h to i ll u st ra t e the more v ague a nd

e n er a l p roo f o f the x i s ten ce a n d fo r m of the l un ar i a
g e

e u ali te s w hi ch N e w ton i v es i n the 66 th p ropo si ti on o f th e

q , g
Fi rs t B ook ; a n d the mo re prec i se ca l cula ti o n of t hei r qu a n ti ti es ,

w hi ch occ up i es the gre a ter pa r t of the T hi rd B ook .

N o o n e I t hi n k can s t ud y t hi s port i on of the P ri nci pi a

w i th o u t co n si der i n g i t as L a pla ce ca ll s i t on e o f the m os t
, ,

r em a r k a bl e par t s of t ha t un r i v a ll ed w or k F or my o wn pa rt .
,

t hough I previ o u sly had a l way s ad mir ed N ew ton as the grea test
o f p hi lo sophe rs my a d mi ra ti on of hi m h as r ecei v ed n o sli gh t
,

a cces si o n fro m t hi s ex a m i n a ti o n of h i s i mmo r ta l l a bo u r s M en .

ha v e o ften a ten d en cy to r ep resen t the grea t est d i sco v ere rs

a s i n a co n si d er a bl e d egr ee th e prod uc ts o f t h ei r a e
g
th e p r son s w ho co n ce i v e i n a d i s t i n c t fo rm t ha t w hi ch w as
e

floa t i n g ag uely i n the min d of th eir co n t empora ri es ; who

v s

fi rst u tter the wor d w hi ch w a s ri i n g to the li ps of man y s .

S uch opi n i o n s h v e someti m es bee n en tert ai n ed of N ew ton ;

a

m o st i n a deq u a te n ot i on s as appea rs to me of hi s t rue pl ace

, ,

an d ch a rac t e r If w e a llo w t ha t so m e ha lf a n ti ci pa t i o ns o f
. -

t hi s ki n d were i n ex i s ten ce wi t h rega rd to the d oct ri n e of the

r a v i t a t i on o f rev ol v i n g bodi es to t h e i r ce n t r a l on es let u s
g ,

obser ve ho w m uch re mai n s to el eva te hi m abo v e the st a t u re

o f co mmo n men ;

Q
i foxos Ap yeiow ti i » i é
0

d mh p w no us ‘
eu as
‘ ' '
xe r e xa .

To p ro v e t ha t by a ce n t ra l forc v ary i n g i nv ersely a s the

, e

s u a re of the d i s ta n ce bod i es wo u l d d escri be ell i p ses acco r d i n g

q ,

to Kepl er s L a w s wa s a s tep of geomet ry whi ch was n ecessa ry

’
,

for the v eri fi ca t i on o f the co nj ec t u re of cen tr a l gra v i t a t i on ;

a n d t hi s tep i t d oe s n ot appea r t hat an y ot her geo m et er of
s

tha t t i me co ul d ma k e B ut N e w to n p rogr ss o n ly bega n here

.
’
s e .
 PR E F A Q E .

T he a d v an ce from thi s to u n i versa l grav i ta ti o n wa a ll hi s s

o wn ; a n d the con fi rm a ti on of th i s v a s t t ho u h t r e u i red the

g q
es ta bli h m en t of an ot her set of cu ri o u s a n d d i ffic ult eo me tri ca l
s
g
r opos i ti on s ( P re p 7 1 A d h h h d rea ched
p 8r
. se qq )
, n w .e n e a

t hi lofty s u mmi t o f tr ut h the man ner i n whi ch he d ar t ed

s ,

d o w n a ga i n u pon a ll th pa rti c ul ar con s eq u en ces w h i ch the

e

e n era l p ri nc i ple i n v ol v ed h as n o pa r a ll el f a r as I ha v e
g , so ,

ev er r ea d i n the hi s to ry of the m i n d o f ma n ei the r wi t h re a r d

, , g
to the sa gaci ty wi t h whi ch be perce i v ed the n a t ure of the
efi cts or th e ma t he ma ti ca l po w e r w i t h whi ch be t ra ced thei r
,

de ta i l s All the m o s t v a ri o us a n d a ppa re n tly i n co heren t p he

.

arr an ed a t o n ce i n t h ei r t p l T h
g ru e ace s e .

en tr an t i n equa l i ti es of th e M oon s m oti o n w h i ch ha d been

’

rad ua lly a nd pa i n fully d e tected on e bv o n e ce n t u ry a fter

g , ,

cen tur y ; th e lo w p rece ss ion o f the eq ui n o xes a m ong the sta rs ;

s

the m oi en t pu zz l e of the t i d es ; th e ch an ged r a te o f a pen

d ulum ca rri ed to the eq ua tor ; t he se k n o wn facts a nd o the r ,

a ppea ra nces n o l ess rea l b ut whi c h m e n w ere n e w fir st ta u h t

, , g
to t es w ere all concei ved i n h i s mi n d as m a n i festa ti on of o n e
, s

s i n gle la w ; an d t he i r ci rcu m sta n ces d efi n e d wi th a fe rti l i ty a n d

bea u ty of ma thema ti cal r eso urce whi ch hav e n ev er been sur
pa ssed If an y o n e w o ul d co mp are N ew to n wi t h other m e n
.
,

let hi m t as id e fo r a m o m en t hi s grea te s t glo ry the d i sco v ery

se ,

of u n i er sa l ra vi ta t i o n a n d su pposi n th e la w i v en let hi m
v
g , g g ,

ask w ha t on e or tw o , or t hree m a t h ema t i ci a n s o f t h a t ti me

, ,

or o f a n
y t i m e b e i nn i n
g , g f ro m the po i n t w here he be an a n d
g
usi n hi i n str u m e n t s co uld ha e d ed u ced fr om t ha t la w th
g s ,
v e

tra i n o f cons eq ue n ces so r e ma rk abl y v eri fi ed i n the m a teri a l

wor i d w hi ch are pr esen t ed i n the T hi rd Book of the P ri n ci pi a
, .

I t a dd s to the ex traordi n ary characte r o f this book a n d

o
,

i t add s a lso to i ts d i ffi c ulty t h a t i t ha s the a ppea ran ce of

,

ha vi n g bee n wr i tt en w i t h grea t r a pi di ty T he proposi ti o n

. s

a re er y fa r fro m be i n p t d i t h t o i i ty f y t h i
v
g re se n e n a c n n n n
c es o s s
 P R E FA C E .

t
w i h w hi ch ay li ttle addi ti on a l tro uble mi ght ha v e i n v es ted
ver

t hem ; a nd man y of the ca lc ula tio ns a re t hrown together wi th

s ma ll re a rd to ord er fu l n ess or clea rn ess T h e a u thor ha s
g , .

n ot ti me to ex pla in a ll h i s r eason i n s : t h us he ta k es a s te p
g
”
ob ca usa m q ua m hi c ex on ere n on v aca tz ( Boo k 1 1 1 Prop 23 ) :
p . .

i n o ne of the m o s t com pl e x o f hi s i n v es ti a t i ons ( Pr op 3 1 ) he

g .

i v es the co ncl u si o n u ti r ati on e m i n e u n ti fa ci l e pa tchi t and

g
a ft er ca l cu la ti n so me o f the l u na r i n e u a li ti e s a nd ex pla i n i n g
g q ,

his met ho d s he gi v es the res ul ts of the ca lcu la ti on of sev era l

,

ot hers wi th li t tle or n o ex pla n a t ion i n the Scholi um after ,

”
P rop 3 5 . . Per cand em theor i a m i n v an i pre terea i s the
wa y i n w hi ch he s ta t es the a mou n t of the an n ua l eq ua ti on .

In v en i eti a m i the i n t rod uct i o n to the a n n ua l eq ua ti on

”
s

of th e mot i on o f the apo ee a n d of the n odes : r t heori s m

g p e

ra v i ta ti s con s ti ti t e ti a m
”
i s the phrase fo r the u a ti o sem es
g e
q
” ”
tri s z u ti ex theori fi g r a v i ta t s
i colli o
g for the se me s tri s
sec u n da ;
”
an d thet of the evect i on wi th som e other
effec ,

i neq u ali t i es i s v ery bri efly s ta t ed i n the same scholi u m

,
.

It has often been asserted some t i mes i n so rro w an d ,

som e ti mes i n an er th t th cou n t ry men of N e wto n ha v e

g a e,

d on e l i ttl e or n ot hi n g for t ha t subl i me sci en ce of w hi ch he

w as the fo und e r T he charge i s n ot w i tho u t i ts sha re o f
.

t ru th ; a n d i t ca n ha rd ly be urged i n defen ce t hat t hei r

fac ul ti es wer e a bsor be d i n the s t u dy of tha t gr eat teacher .

Fo r i f the y had M ploye d them sel es i n ve rify i ng the a bo v e v

ca l c ula t io n s a n d p re se n ti n the i n v es ti a ti on s i n a d i st i nc t a n d
g g
access i bl e fo r m thei r l a bou rs woul d hav e been a t an ea rli er
, ,

peri od o f co ns i dera bl e v a l ue ; a n d the geo met rica l met hod of

,

t rea ti n g the probl em of the t hree bodi es mi ght ha v e had i ts

tri u mphs to po i n t to as well as the analyti ca l . I a m n o t
,

a wa r e that thi has been d one i n a ny d egree or t ha t an y

s ,

E n gl i s h comme n ta to r on N e w to n ha s y e t a ttemp ted to si m

pl i ty a n d e pla i n the T h i rd Ba k o f the P ri n ci pi a W can n ot
x n . e
 P R E FA C E .

ctmsi d er as an i mporta n t ti on to t hi s remar k the mod e

ex ce p ,

o f fin di n g th e m ea n moti on of the M oon s n od es ass u m i n g th e

‘
,

h orary mo ti on a s determi n ed i n the P ri nc i pi a whi ch M achi n ,

a n d P ember to n se pa ra t ely i n ven t ed an d w hich is pu b i she d

,
l
by N ewton h i msel f i n the thi rd edi ti on of the Pri nci pi a .

Ye t wi t h such ex ce pti on s n ei ther i n the pe ri od i mmed i a tely

,

s ucceed i n the pu bli ca ti o n of the N ew to n i an t heory n or i n

g ,

m ore recen t ti mes ha v e the ca lcu la ti ons fo un ded upon i t M en

,

e l u cid a ted or e xten d ed by E n li shmen B efor e 1 7 50 w h

g . en ,

C la i ra u t ri ghtly e x plai ned the supposed d i screpan cy be t w ee n

the obser v ed amo un t of the moti on o f the M oon s a psi des an d
’

t hat res ulti n g from t heory sev eral E n gli sh wri ters ( M achi n
, ,

W almesley M urdock ) ha d pretend ed to ded uce the tr ue

,

ua n t i ty M the N e w to n i a n d oc t ri n e ; b u t i n as m uch as t hey

q
n e lec te d the t ran s ve rse d i st urbi n fo rce w e k n ow t ha t th er e
g g ,

m us t ha ve been some ma t hema ti ca l falla cy i n t hei r d ed uc ti on .

T ho ma s Sim ps on who ma k es thi s observ a ti on ha d obta i n ed

, ,

the solu ti o n of the q u estion i n a mo re a na lyti ca l ma nn e r but ,

w as a n ti ci pated i n hi s p ubli ca ti on o f the res ult by C la i ra ut ,

who a n n ou n ced hi s own success i n the sa me resea rch Si n ce .

tha t ti me w e ca n scarcely men ti on a n y En gli sh attempts to

illus tra te or ca rry for ward th i s s u bj ect T he second v ol ume
.

of the A s tr on omy o f the la t e P rofesso r Vi nc e co n ta in s se vera l

p ar ts of the theory of the M oon ,

“ i n which
”
sa y s he w e ,

sha ll pri n ci pally follo w the i n di re ct met hod s o f N e w to n an d

”
Fri si r but I belie v e few mathe ma ti cia n s ha ve been tem pted
.

to go th rough the la bou r of mast eri ng an d v eri fy i n g the ca l

cula ti on s i n tha t wor k .

In the pr m t volume I ha v e of co urse n ot follo wed the

trai n of proposi tio ns by whi ch N e wton i n v es ti ga tes the q u
ti ty of the precessi on of the eq ui n o x es Accord i n g to the .

di vi siml of the scien ce here ad op ted t hi s subj ect be lon g to s

the T hi rd Boo k :bu t per h ap the ma n ne r i n w hi ch i t i t re a ted

s s
 PR E FA C E .

i n P ro fesso r Ai ry T ract s m ay persed e the n eces si ty of my

’
s su

t eri n g i n to d e ta i l wi t h r es pect to t hi s p roblem I hav e a l so .

o mi t ted the i n v es t i ga t i on con cern i n g the d et ermi n a ti on of the

s

orbi t s of co met s ; a su bj ect whi ch from i ts ex t en t a n d com

p l ex i t
y m i g h t p r operly be m ad e the b u si n ess o f a sepa ra te

t ra ct.

I ha e i n m ost ca ses ad opt ed N e wton s n u mbers ; for a n y

v
’

a d d i t i on a l a cc uracy o f cal cu l a t i on wi ll p rob ably be n o w r a t h er

so u h t by other m e t hod s ; d i f w i h s to co mp a re
g a n a n
y o n e s e

my resu lt w i t h the t ex t of the P ri n ci pi a t hi s agreem en t w i ll

s ,

fa cili t a te the referen ce In ca se s ho wev er whe re N ew t on s

’
.

n u m be r s a re wi d ely wr o n a s i n the i n st an ce of the ma ss

g ,

o f the M oon , I ha v e su bs ti tu ted the mor e correc t m od ern

d e te r mi na t i on s .

B es i de s the T hi rd Bo ok of the P ri n ci pi a I h a v e i n t rod u ced ,

a ll the p roposi ti on i n th e Fi rs t B oo k whi ch ca n a cco r d i n g to

s , ,

m y j u dgm en t be a t presen t u seful to the m a t hema ti ca l S t u d e n t

, .

I ha v e a lread y p u bl i hed the fi rst t hree Secti on s i n a sepa ra te

s

form . I h av e here i n serted from the 6 th Sect i on the co n str uc

, ,

t i on for the pl a ce of a bod y i n a pa raboli c orbi t ; fro m the 7 th ,

the co n st r u cti on for th e m oti o n o f a fa lli n g bed y for th e two pr i n

ci a l l a ws o f fo r ce ; th e whol e of th e 9th Sec ti on on R e v ol v i n g

p ,

Orbi t s ; th e 1 1 th on the Pr obl ems of T wo a n d of T hree B odi es ;

,

the 12 th on the Att ra c ti on of S ph eres a s far a s r el a tes to the

, ,

i n v e rse sq ua re of the d i s ta n ce ; a n d a propo si ti on or two from

the 1 3 th Sect i on .T hese are I con cei v e the proposi ti on s w hi ch
, ,

ha v e rea lly t ha t geo met ri ca l cl ea rn ess an d el egan ce whi ch m a k es

them con en i en t st ep s or i ll us t ra t i on s i n a T rea ti se on D yn a mi cs
v

an d so i n t rod uced the rea di n g o f N e w ton ma y fa ci li ta t e a n d

, ,

n eed n o t ret a rd the sy t em a ti c st ud y of the s ubj ec t

,
s B ut .

it i s o n ly t h u s t h a t s u ch r e a di n
g i s l i k ely to b e o f ser v i ce I f .

N e wton p roposi ti on s a re d eta ched fro m the ge n era l body o f

‘
s

Dy n a m i cs mad e ,
se pa ra t e
a ubj ect a n d sc i e n ce
s loa d ed w i t h
,
 P R EFA CE .

d ed uc t i on s , c o mmen t s te chn i cali t ies t hey w i ll ce rta i n ly

and ,

b e fa r m o re o f a hi n d ran ce t han a help to us ; a n d e x cept t hey

a re t rea ted i n a p u rer spi ri t of eom etry t ha n i s u su a lly be
g _

s to wed u po n t he m i n ex a mi n a t i on t hey will b ri n g the yo u n g

s,

m a t he ma ti cia n b u t s ma ll r e ward fo r the ti m e an d t ro uble he

In p re sen ti n g N e wto n s r eas on i ngs I ha v e i n all ca ses

’
,

u bs ti t u ted i n te ra ti on s for u ad ra t u re s A ll ma t hem a ti cian s

s
g q .

w i ll, I presu me a llo w tha t quad ra t u res a re mer el y i n tegra

,

di sg ui sed . S uch an alyti ca l p rocesses when the y we re ,

an d s tra n e w er e v ery n a t u ra lly t ran sl a t ed i n to th

g , e

sy n the ti ca l la n ua e wi th whi ch read er s w ere the n mo re fa

g g
mi li a r . B ut the r e i s i n su ch con tri v an ces n on e of the pe
, ,

c uli a r ev i de n ce an d reaso n i n of eo me t ry : a n d i f n o w w h en
g g ,

n e i t h e r w ri ter n or rea d er t hi n k s of fi n di n g the a rea o f a c ur v e

ot her wi se tha n by an i n tegra l w e sho uld still com pel o u r ,

sel ves to represen t a n i n te rv a l by an a rea w e sho u ld r ese m ble ,

E n gli sh men who tor men t t hemse l v es to ta l k to ea ch ot her

i n a forei gn la n g u a ge u ttered an d u n d ers d
,
wi t h effor t ,

i n s tea d o f u si n g the do me st i c ph ra se s t ha t co me of th em el v es s

to the ti p of the to n g ue We may employ the di agram

.

an d the ex tern a l form s o f sy n t h esi s i n s uch ca ses ; b u t the

t ho ugh t a nd th e whole i di o m of o ur r eason i n g wi ll i n ev i ta bly

be a n a lyti ca l .

I ha v e therefore di sca rded as u tter ly u sel ess a n d i n the

, , ,

presen t sta te of m a thema ti cs a bs u rd employ m en t s for the

,

S t ud e n t t ho se pr oposi ti o n s i n whi ch the obj ect i s to red uce

,

a probl em to u d r a tur es : for i n s ta n ce th 3 9 th p opo i

q a e r s ,

ti on whe re the area s AB F D a n d A T VM E a re employ ed

, ,

to obta in the v eloci ty a n d the ti me : the 4 1 s t p ropos i t i on ,

where we ha v e th e areas AB F D VD ba a n d VD c a in t rod uced , ,

to deter m i n e the m oti on o f a bod y i n an y t raj e tory : the c

80 th proposi ti on i n whi ch the a rea A N B i

, u sed to fi n d s
 PR E FA C E .

the tt ra c t io n of a pher e I sho uld i n deed regret to see

a s

of t hese ho s ts of de pa r ted me thod s o f ca l cu la ti on

an
y g te

t ur n to ha u n t the preci n cts of ou r ex ami n a t i on ha lls ; but

'

t hi s i n o w I tr ust a v i si ona r y fea r

s , , .

F or the sa me rea so n I ha v e i n the p ropositi o n s ta ken ,

from the T hi rd B ook of the P ri n ci pi a su b stitu t ed i n tegra ti on s ,

for the q uad ra t u res w hi ch occur i n som e i n s tan ces By t hi s .

mea ns the reason i n g i s ma te ri a lly a bb rev i a ted .

In the mod e of presen ti n g N e wto n s pr oposi ti ons I ha ve

’

g l ad ly a v a i l ed mys elf of L a pla ce s i ll u stra ti o n s of some

’

p o r

ti on s of the L un ar t heory of N ewton giv en i n the 5 th v ol u me ,

of the M éca n i ue C él es t e B s i d es tr an sla ti n i n to an a lyt ic a l

q e .
g
l an guage N ew ton s prom ’
for fi n d i n g the Va r i a ti on an d
other i n equ al i ti es Laplace ha s shewn tha t t hi s mod e of
,

d ed uci n g the V ari ati on mi ght be gen era li sed so as to gi v e

the d i ffer en t i al eq uati on s be t ween th e r ad i us v e cto r the a n gle ,

of th e M oo n s or b i t an d th e ti m e whi ch a re the ba ses of

’
, ,

the a n a lyti ca l i n v es ti gati o n But t hi s specul a t i o n cur i ous

.
,

as i t i I ha ve omi tt ed n ot thi n ki n g i t lik ely to be of any

s, ,

r ed u se .

In pressi n g i n t egral s I hav e used the n o ta ti on whi ch

ex ,

has a l read y been a dopt ed i n w o rk s publi she d her e by Pro

fessor A i ry a n d ot her s ; a ccor di n g to whi ch we o mit the
dg m n ti a l of the v a ri a ble ( d h i h i o h book i
f as w) w c,
n t er s, s

i n t rod uced as a multi pli er a nd prefi x to the d g , f er en ti a l

eoe ci en t th e ma r k of i n te ra ti on i t h a l etter to i n di ca te
fi g w ,
.

the v ari a bl e qu an t i ty a ccor di n g to w hi ch the di fferen t i a ti on

a n d i n te ra ti on ar e s u pposed to be performe d (a s
g L) T h is .

n ota ti on a ppea rs to me a n i mprov emen t o n the old er one .

B y u si n g i n all cases the di flerenti a l coefi ci en t i ns tead of the

'

d i fle ren ti a l whi ch u sage th u s become s a bsolu t ely nece s sa ry some

'

, ,

s u pe r fl uous s tep s an d so me so urce s of co n fusi o n a re av oid ed .

I h v n t ho wev e r ad opt ed the n otati on

a e o , , i n s tea d of
 PR E F A CE . X V II

d
2 fo r th e di fl eren ti a l t a k en th
'
-

, coe fi ci e n t of y wi re
g d ar
2

to as»; t ho ug h t hi s ha s been i n trod uced by ot her Ca mbri dge

m a t hema ti ci a n s as
, a cha n ge co o rdi na t e w i t h the a bove
-

cha n e i n the
g n o t a ti o n of th e i n te ra l
g It d i d n o t see m .

to m e t ha t an y poi n t of p rac ti ca l co n ven i en ce i s secured

by the seco n d nov elty as i s the case wi th the fi rst : an d

,

ha v i n g ma d e the tri al for so me ti me i t a ppea red so far , ,

as I co ul d j udge tha t the a ppli ca tio n of the di fferen t ial

,

ca l cu l us to p hy si ca l p roblem s beca me by the adopti on of ,

th e n e w sy mbol far l ess si m pl e clea r a nd easy t han by

, , ,

A n alyti ca l as ll a s geometr i ca l specula ti on s may be un

we .

profita bl e T he rea lly i mportan t a ppli ca ti on s of ma t he mati cs

.

a re so n u mero us t hat i t i s by no mea n s desi ra bl e to em ploy the

,

S t ud en t s ti me on d etac hed an d u se les s probl ems I woul d poi n t

’
.

o u t as co mi n u n der t hi s d escr i p ti on the 5 th 6 th 7th and

, g ‘
, , , ,

s th Secti on s of C ha pt er I I I of th e follo wi n g T rea ti se

. T hese .

Secti ons trea t of th e orbi t s d escr i bed by the ac ti on of cen tra l

forces v aryi n g i n v er se ly as the cube as the 5 th po wer as , ,

th e th pow er ; of th e co n di ti o n s of o rbi t s wh i ch ha v e a sym

2 p
to ti c ci rcles ; a n d the li k e S uch p roblem s ha v e been t rea ted
.

by v a ri o us ma thema ti ci an s ( Cotes an d M acla uri n i n par ti cu la r )

, ,

a n d i t i s per ha ps ri h t t ha t t hey sho uld be fou n d i n a t rea ti se

g
on th i s s ubj ec t ; bu t t he y a r e o f n o u se i n t hem sel v es ; an d I

sho uld be sorry t ha t a n e x a mi n e r sho uld i v e th em an u n d ue

y g
i mpor tan ce by m a k i n g t he m the s ubj ect s of hi s questi o n s .

T here ca n be n o d o ub t of the ad v an ta ge whi ch S tud en t s

deri v e fr o m wo r ki n g o u t the result s of these and si mi l ar pro

blems as e x empli fica ti ons of the appli ca ti on of thei r pri n ci pl es .

Bu t t hose who wo u ld rea lly us e the i r ma t hemati ca l a cq ui remen t s

for the i mprov eme n t of thei r fiello w S t uden ts i n thi s pla ce ma y ,

ea si ly fin d bette r s ubj ect for t heir sk i ll

s T here a re a t presen t
.
x v fii PR E FA C E .

a nu mber b ran ches of n a t ura l sci en ce to w hi ch ma the

o f ,

me ti ca l ca lcul a t i on has been so far successfully a ppli ed that ,

they mi ght form a porti on of the subj ects of study here if we ,

h ad cl ear a n d con v en i en t t rea ti ses u pon t hem .

I may men ti on as ex a mples of such subj ects the T heor y

, ,

of M a n et i sm a s i n v es ti a ted by M P oisson E l t —d y mi
g g ec r a n a. cs

acco rdi n g to the v i e w s of M A mper e ; the effects of C a pi lla ry

.

lt nn mnhn l a s anabmmd lny Ia qd muu u nl Ih m mo n ; d ue Tm mo qy of

Vt ms ms Ummfl fil b w o h mu l a n d tnhmmq fln z qfiu mry cfif rhk m
sca n d hqg to the rmmhod tflTLa phwe Ik tqqn e n n ll d fink , dmu .

the n u mt qfifimnmd n u k k e of
lmp
m a dn
g m n d n in v e n
hy uh mm fin ?

th e r ea di n g of the l
e e m en ta r
y S tu d en t, i s to brea k them i n to

d eta ched p roposi ti on s , each of wh i ch i s en un ci a ted befo re i t

is prov ed . T o shew tha t I am n ot u n a ware of the na ure t an d

difficulty o f th e p on whi ch I thus recommend I m y men
o erati ,
»

ti on tha t I h av e my se lf e x ecuted i t with respect to M P oi sson s .

’

v er y bea uti ful theory of the Di stri b u ti on of Electri ci ty in ,

the ma thema tica l part of the tr ea ti se on tha t subj ect i n the

E n cy clope di a M etm poli tan a By far the most v al uable addi
.

ti on of thi s ki n d whi ch could be made to our cour se we

.
,

for t una tely alr ea d y possess i n P rofessor A i ry s T ract on thé

‘

U n d ula tory T heory of L ight B u t i t o ugh t to be the per

.

etual effort of all person s who ta ke an i n ter est i n the p ro r ess

p g
of kn owl ed e i n t hi s pla ce to b ri n
g th e ma them a ti cal ta l en t
g ,

whi ch i s ed u ced by o ur sy ste m of ed uca ti o n to bea r u pon

those qu es ti on s whi ch a t p resen t occupy the pow ers of the

best ma t hema ti ci an s an d whi ch offer us the hope of r ed uci ng
,

su ccessi v ely a l arger an d la rger por ti on of ma teri a l n at ure

u n d er th e domi n i on of k no wn ma thema ti cal la ws G ood .

trea ti ses on such subj ects a s those abov e men ti on ed would

ha v e th i s ten den cy i n an em i n en t d egree .

On on e of the s ubj ect s j us t men ti on ed I ha v e dealt a t some

l en gth i n the follo wi n g pages I mean the T heory of the T ides ;
,
 PI H A CE .

follo wi n g h owev er here , t of my phy si ca l mu m my

as i n the res ,

the m ethod of N e wto n I ha v e done thi s pri n ci pa lly beca lms

.

w e ha v e n ot a n y p ubli shed trea ti se on the subj ect to w hich

th e Stud en t ca n be referred ; an d beca use the theor though

y ,

et far mor e i n co mpl e t ely co mpared wi t h observ ati on tha n

'

as
y
an other con se u en ce of the la w of u n i v ersa l vi ta ti on , is
y q gra

g l ad to see i t m m e am ply an d successf

t t reated th an

I ha ve been able to trea t i t I n wha t I hav e d on e on thi s

. o

su b ect I h a v ai l ed m y self of M r L ubbock s v a l ua ble

j
’
a ve

la bours The com pl ete man ner i n whi ch he has shewn the
.

accorda n ce of the t i d es a t the por t of L on don wi th the theor y ,

i s an i mpo r ta nt s tep i n the subj ect ; an d hi s determi na ti on

of the el emen ts of the for m ul a as w ell as hi s
ge ,n eral ex po

ai ti o n of the req u i si t e i n v es ti ga t i on s ha v e been of grea t u se

,

to me .

N ewton
’
s
g t t
rea es ac beyon d doubt wa s hi s
hi ev em en t, ‘
,

i n d ucti v e ascen t from the com pl ex cosmi ca l phenom en a whi ch

the un i v e rse presen ts to the la w of u n i v ersa l grav i ta ti on
, .

T hi s i s gen era lly ack n ow led ged ; ye t the por t i on o f the

Pr i n cipi a i n which the s teps of thi s ascen t are ex hi bi ted ,

the early pa rt of th e T h i rd B ook seldo m recei v es a v er y

,

ca reful st ud y an d
, sca rcely ev er a ppea r s i n our en a mi
n a ti on s A n d thi s i s almost un a v oi da ble ; for we do n o t
.

fin d i n thi s pa r t of the w or k tha t whi ch i s the a ppropri a t e

, ,

hu a n cas an d pec uli ar pleasure of the ma thema ti ci an ; the d e

'

d uc ti on of cons equ ences from gen eral pri nci ples k n o wn or ,

r a n ted I n stead of thi s w e h a v e a coll ecti on of fa cts n e

g .
,

cessari ly i ven by speci al en u me ra t i o n a n d n u mer i ca l r ecor d

g
only : an d t hey acq ui re tha t con n exi on an d rela ti on whi ch
ma k es them possi bl e subj ects of t heore ti ca l con te mpla ti o n ,

on l y after t hey ha v e been touched by a ray of tha t

sa aci ty o f i by w h i h l l a ws ar re v ea l ed to
g g e n u s c
ge n e ra e
 P R E FA C E .

us . Befor e we ca n ex a mi n e w he t her pa r ti c ular fa c ts are

ri
gh tly r ep rese n t ed by a
gen er a l la w , the la w i tsel f m us t
be en u n ci a ted ; a n d t hi s act a t once assu mes the fact s as
l
c assed an d c ombi n ed by cer ta i n form s of depen den ce, whe ther
this d epen d en ce be t r uly sta ted i n the en u n ci a ted
or be n ot

la w . T hi s step on ce ma d e the compa ri son of su ch a la w wi th

,

n u m ber s obta i n ed from ob ser v a ti o n e mploy s r a t he r o u r a ri t h

m e t i cal t han o ur a n a lyt i ca l sk i ll a nd has v ery n a t urally , , ,

li ttl e a t tractio n for the theo ret i ca l reader Yet the i n d ucti ve .

p rocess has so me fea t ures whi ch m ay be d welt on wi th profit .

T he la w s t h us v erifi ed m ay be a fter wards i n cl ud ed i n more

en eral la ws i n the sa m e ma n n er a s fact s are i n the mo re
g ,

pa r ti cul a r l a ws T he progress to the m o st gen eral of phy si ca l

.

la ws tha t of un i v erm l gra vi ta ti on i n cl ud es sev eral su ch

, ,

s u cce ssi v e a scen t s ; an d the ex po i ti o n

s of t h e cc o rd i n a ti o n -

an d su bo rdin a ti o n of t h ese s t eps tha t i s the sy stema ti c s ta te

, ,

men t o f N ewton s whole i n d uct i v e rea s o ni n g a ppea rs to m e

’
,

hi ghly curi ou s an d i n st ru cti ve I hav e therefore dev oted a

.

Cha pter to t hi s obj ect w hi ch i s i n gen eral en ti rely n egl ec ted

,

o r sli h tly to uched u pon i n wor k s on P hy si cs I w as the

g .

m or e d esi rou s of d oi n g thi s i n asm uch as some v er y e mi n en t

,

C onti n en ta l ma t he ma t ici a n s ha v e recen tly ex pres t d o ub ts

w hether th e reason i n g of N ew ton h as r ea lly esta bli shed the
la w o f u n i v ersa l gra v i ta t i on wi th com ple te accu racy a n d
cer tai n ty N i col ai B essel a n d E n ck e ha v e seen rea son to
.
,

thi n k tha t the obser ved effect of J upi ter upon the n e w pl ane ts ,

J un o P all a s a n d Ves ta i s di fleren t from the recei v ed es ti ma te

’

, ,

of the efl ec t of the sa me plan et u pon S a t u rn ; an d ha ve th u

’

been led to as k wh ether the a ttracti on be preci sely p rop or

is perhap s more p robabl e t ha t the previ ous esti ma ti on of the

e ffect o f J u pi t e r o n S a t urn i s erro n eo u s t ha n tha t the la w ,

i so n ea rly t ru e w i t ho ut bei n g e x a ctly so : but the me re

s
 sai hi li t te nd s i
'

sus ici ou of such to sculi a r

p a
po
y g ve a
p
ru est to the mi n a ti on of the roof hi therto m t d
e xa
p p e u

deci si v e In thi s pa r t of the wor k l ha ve a va iled myaalf of

.

a va ad mi ra ble M emo i r of Besael, i n th e Berli n T ra n a

y
acti o n s for 1 82 4 Its object i s to she w tha t all the broodor
.

cos mi cal phm omeln ma y be acco un ted for by other la ws,

as well as by tha t of u n i v ersa l gra vi ta ti on ; tho ugh i t must

be ack n o wled
g ed tha t
t h e r su pposi ti on s possess
n one of the o

the si m plici ty of the New ton ia n t heory .

It follows fr om these v i ews tha t the e x act v eri fi ca ti on of

New ton s la w m us t d epen d u pon ca reful ex a mi n a ti on of i ts
’

M a te r con seq uen ces ; the perturba ti on s of the pla net s an d ,

the m u tu a l a ttracti on of ter res tri al masses I hav e gi ven .

,

as the la st pro osi ti on i n the wo rk th e for m ula » whi ch a re

p ,

appli ca bl e to a pecul i a r ex peri men t of t he latte r k i n d : the

deter mi n a ti on of the ra te of a pen d ulum a t a poi n t belo w

T hi s peri men t was s uggested to me by Professor A iry

ex .

It i s rema r ka bl e t ha t i t ha d been proposed at an ea rli er

p eri od w
,i th s o m e wh a t o f a si m ila r v i e w by t h e a n t i ci
, pa ti v e

mi n d of B acon In the N ov um Organ um ( Li b I I x x x v r )

.
, . . .

is thi s proposa l of an i m ta n ti a cm ci s to determi ne whe ther

the ten d en cy of bodi es do wn war d s a ri ses from t hei r bei ng a t

tracted by the ea rth a s “ a con re a ti on of conna tural bodi es

g g
”
.

“Fiat ex peri men tu m i n profun d i s mi n erar um ut rum hero ,

.

logiu m n on mov ea tur v eloci u s qu a m soleba t p rop ter a ucta m

vi r tute m
p on d er u m Q u od si. i n v en ia tur v i rt us
p o n d e rum

nri n ui i n subli mi aggrav a ri i n s ubterran ei s reci pi a tur pro

, ,

”
causa on d eri s a ttractio a m assa corporea terrw
p .

In the ex per i m en t howe v er to whi ch the fo rmulae i n

Art 1 39 refer a ttracti on as the ca use of gra v i ty wa s t a k e n
. .
,

for gran ted a n d the obj ect was to det ermi ne the q uan t i ty
,

of the a ttracti n m ass

g .
X X ll P R FA
E C E.

Attemp ts wer e m ad e i n 1 826 an d 1 828 by P rofessor Ai r y

an d oth er g tl
enem en of t hi s U n i v ersi ty of w ho m I ha,d
the plea sur e to be on e to ca rry i n to effect the ex peri m en t
,

thus descri bed a t the mi n e o f Dolcoa th i n Corn wall V ari o u s .

obsta cl es prev en ted o ur ob ta i n i ng a sa ti sfactory res ult from

the obser v a ti o ns t hen i n sti tu ted : but from all tha t I hav e

see n a n d refl ected I reta i n a full persua si on tha t the ex

, .

er i m en t i s o n e o f t hose w hi ch ar e bes t ada pted to deter mi ne

p
the el eme n t so ugh t the m ass o f th e ea rt h ; an d i t ca n ha r dly
,

be sai d t h a t all d ue effor ts ha v e been u sed to a ttai n thi s

d et ermi n a ti on u n ti l the D olcoa th ex peri men t ha s been pro
,

presen t v ol ume appea rs i n the character of a porti on

T he
of a n ew edi ti on a lt ho u h m u ch the t p t of i t i s
, g gr ea e r ar

en ti rely n e w ma tte r A s i t h as a lso a pri n ci pl e of u ni ty i n

.
,

i ts referen ce to the P hy si cs of the u n i v erse I ha v e con ,

cei v ed t ha t i t w o uld be m ore co n v en i en t to the rea d er tha t

I sho ul d p ubli sh i t i mmedi a tely an d sepa rately T he remai n .

d er of the n e w edi t i on of the T rea ti se on D yn ami cs w hi ch

’
,

wi ll con ta i n the grea test por ti on of the ana ly ti cal doctri n e

of the subj ect wi ll be prepar ed an d p ubli shed as soon as

,

thi s can con v en i en tly be d on e .

Tu x rr v C omm o n, Ap ri l 97, ms
 f Ir ic ra — a dd b tk w b nfl m v, V I,
-fi d
M i lk a -u s .

l . Defin i ti a n an d La w s of Moti on . 2 . Di v i sion of Dynamics

“
a nem d i n
'

g to A n alyti cal con di ti on s 3 Di v isi o n of the pre

.

sen t v a t . It
« A ppli cati on to th e System of the World .

BOO K I .

T u n M OT ION or Pom -
rs m a N on - n a s l sr m n S ea r s .

P A RT 1 .

T a n Fu n MO T l O N or Form .

CR A P . I .

T u n Rx cr rn m sn M or ton or A Po m r -

Formu la an d Ex amp l es . 1 3— 1 5 . N ewton

’
s true
Con s
ti on s . 1 6, 1 7 . T i me to Cen tr e.

Cn s r . II .

T H E Cn a v rn m a s a M or ton or A Power
18 . Secon d Law of Moti on . 19 . Equa i on s t ( )
a an d 20 .

Ex am ples .

CR A P . I II .

CE N T R AL Foa cn s

Sn c r'
. I . Gen er a l Theorems
Equa i on s t ()
6 an d 28 . Equ a i on s (0) an d t
24 . Po lar Equati on (d) . 25 . T i me 26 Equa i on s i n
. . t r

an d
p .
 CON T E N TS .

A RT IC LE

S s cr . II . Ci rcula r Moti on
27 . o
Per i d i c T i me .

SE OT III Elliptical M otion ”

if
. .

2 8— 3 1 . Area , T i m e, V eloc i ty . 32— 3 5 . Ex pan si on ( s, doc .

i n t; of v in u ; of v
i n l of r in l . 86 3 8
— . La mber t
’
s

T he orem f or h ll p
t e E i se .

Sn c r '
. IV . P a r a boli c Motion .

Theorem .

SE C r '
. V . Tire I n ver se Cube .

Cur v e ; S peci e I to V s . .
; C on di ti on s ; T im e .

i Ss c r V I
' '
. . The I a verse "
S P ower
I
. Asymp toti c Gi f ola
Cu r v e ; Con di i t on s f or As m y ptoti c Ci rcl e .

f SE c r '
. V II . I n verse n
m P ower . Tr aj ectmy wi th Ve

G en era Equa i l t on . Curv es i n th e C on di ti on .

i SE CT
‘

V III I nver se 11
m Power Asymptoti c Cir cle: a
. . .
l

C on d iti on s .

S a ar . IX . Revolvi ng Orbits ”

E mple
.

Rev ol
g O v in
rbi A n
g t . l e be w een A t p i des s . s: xa

( N ewton , B k I S ec oo . t .

Cn a r . IV .

THE M or row or sav a nn a

Sa ar . I . The Motion o
f lmo

o
Peri d s, Or i b t For ces s, .

( P r i n ci i a ,
p Book I Prop . . Lv n r . x. xx . nx . n x r L x ru . .
)
Sa a r . II . P roblem o
f T hr ee or more Bodies
T o de te mi n
r e the Moti on .

( P ri nci i a , B
p ook I . Prop . L x rv . nx v 1 .
)
Ir re ular i
g ti e s of th e Moon ’
s M oti on .
 c m m a .

““
II !

64 Varia i . t on ( P ri ncipi Prop

, a, . u vr . Cor 2 , 8, 4 , 5 )
.

65 . Ann u a l Equati on ( G ar , .

66 ro
P g r e ssi on of th A p ai dea e , ( Ca r .

07 Evecti cm,
.
( Cor 8,
.

68 .

69 Regressi on of the N od es, (Cor d l )

. .

70 Di fieren ce of Magn i tude of E rror s, ( Cor 1 2, 1 8)

‘

71 Com pa ra ti v e Error s i n d i fleren t Sy ste m s, ( Cor I4 , 1 5,

'

. .

72 . Moti on of a Fl ui d Rin g, ( Cor 1 8) .

73 .

74 . Pr ocess i on of the E qui n x es, o ( Cor 20, 2 1 , .

75 .

m w
'

83 0 12 111 . Ca lcula ti on q e i f ll q u li ti es

Pr i n ci i a , Book III Prop

( p . . xx v
M
The S un
’
s force to di sturb the M oon .

Th e tran s v er se di s u r in g fo rce d oes t b n ot a flect

'

the a
pse

ex cep t bv
y i ts s uare
q .

H or ar y i n crem ent of areai of the Moon .

Di a m eter of the oval or bi t .

Th e Moon s va ri a ti on
'
.

H orary m oti on of tbe N od es i n a ci rcula r orbit .

H orary m oti on of th e N odes i n the ov al orbi t

Mean motion of the M oon s N odes
'
.

Inclin ati on at a
gi v en i m e t .

S nc r IV '
. . Analyti cal methods o
f the ati on
rot
f the P ro

LAN E T A R Y T HE O R Y
P .

87 . Ge n er l Equa ti on s (P) of the Mec Ce]

a . .

88 . In tegra ls (Q ) (R)

L um n Ta m ar .
 C O N T B ICT S .

Cn a r . V .

0
ON r un A r r n a c r ron s
' ' '
or Bo o m s .

A RT I O LS

$8 07 . I . G eometr ica l i n vesti ati on

g f
o the Attr acti m f

fi
’

( P m t
'

pi a B ook I Sec t
“Wh
, . .

9 1
For ce ttract on
m
en A of a
oc , i Sph
On an In tern al Poin t .

91 T he sa m e on E ter n l Poi t
A ttracti on of S pheres on Poi nts “
.
an x a n .

92 Propor ti on a l Di s tan ces .

93 ~ A ttra cti on of Sph ere i n an I tern al Poi t a n n .

95 . A trac i
t t on of two H m ogen eous Sphere o s.

95 tt t on of tw o Sph es Co cen tr ically H eterog eou

A r ac i er n en s .

97 . Attr acti on of a Spheroi da l Sh ell on n I tern a l P oi n t a n .

98 . When For ce Di t A ttracti on of an y Body 0: s . .

S e er II An alyti ca l I ve tig ati o if

. .
n s n

99 . S pheri ca l Shell 1 00 Sph er e 1 0 1 Ci rcl on a poi n t

. . . . e

i n the Axi s 1 02 Sol i d of Revol ution. 1 03 Straight. . .

Sac The F ig ure g the Ea r l/1

'

1 04 . Equatorea l t pol gr ea ter ha n a r Di am e e r t .

1 05 . Polar an d Equa torcal A ttracti on -

. 1 06 . Ra i to of Bi
m eta s
-
. 107 . Precessi on an d N ota ti on .

The S u n an d Moon wi ll ca u se Tid es . 1 09 . He ight of

1 1 0 Ra ti o ot greatest a n d lea st T ide s. 1 1 1 Bf;
'
Tid e . . .

fee t of o l
L ca C n di i on s 1 1 2. D ai o
R e arda i on t . ly t t .

1 13 . H i gh Wa ter
T ime 1 14 of an d . . Ra ti o of greatest
eren ce of t o Semi di um al
m
l t Rea r da ti on 1 1 5 D i ff w . .

T i d es 1 1 6 Impla oe s V i ew s 1 1 7 Sun s Force on the

' ’
. . . .

Ocea n Moo n or ce on the Ocean 1 19 M oon

F
’ ’
. 1 18 . s . . s

Mass . 1 20 . Effe ct of D ecli n a ti on an d P rall ax 121 a . .

Moon Fi gu re
’
s .

Cn a r. VI .

U m v a n su . G n a v rr a r xo u
1 22 . Na ture of the Proof 1 32 In d ucti o from th p i ma ry . . n e r

Pla n ets Hypotheses reje cted 1 24 Kepl er T hree La ws:

'
. . 1. s
 C ON T E M S. X S V II
‘

1 25 .In d ucti on from the n ew Pla n ets 12 8 In d ucti on from . .

th e Sa tell i tes of Jup iter an d Sa tur n 1 2 7 Sa tell i tes attracted . .

by the Sun 12 8 Moon a ttracted by th

. . S un 1 29 Forc e . . e

w hi ch retai n s the Moon ari e s i n er ely v s u are

q f dvi t c s as o s an e .

1 30 Forc w hi ch reta i n s th e Moon is i d en ti cal w i th the fo

. e r ce

of G ra i ty 1 3 1 For ce of ttrac ti on of E r th a i
v . . a from a r se s

force of attracti on of parta 1 82 T e rr t i l Bod i e

. tt acted
. es r a s a r

ropo ti on lly to qu an ti ty of ma tter

r a 1 3 3 T h p a t f th e r s o
p . . e

Ear th re a ttracte d by the S un n d Moo

a 1 8 5 The Pl n e t
a n .
4 . a s

attract e ch oth er an d the S un

a 1 3 5 If th e m ut ua l A ttr acti
. . on s

d sev eral Bodi es be i n v e rsely as the squa re of the Di stan ce th

‘

, e

A ttr cti on of each i s as i ts Mass

a 1 36 U i a l G ra i t ti
. . n v er s v a on .

187 H ypotheti cal La w an d i ts Co n sequen ce

. 1 88 Co mp s. . a

rism of the Mass es of the Sun an d Pla n ets 1 3 9 Mass of the . .

Earth by Pen d ul um Exper i m en t s.

PRO PO SI TI O N S FRO M T H E PRI NCI PI A,

con ra m sn on
‘

ILL U S T R A T ED IN 7 11 1 3 V O LU M E .

( Sec t . 1 , 2, 8 are gi ve n i n the In troduction to

m m s

X L ‘i t, XLlV’ X LV O O Q O O O O O O Q O O O O O C

LV N

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
x xvi ii CO N T E NT S .

t
P r m czpza , Sec . 12 . Prop mi-
x .

Lx x x .

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Book III P rop . .

0 0

XX I ll o o o o o c o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

x x v xl l o o o o o o o o b o o o o o o o o o
 T R E A T IS E

D Y N A M I C S .

1 . Ta n o bject of the
Dy na mics i s to determi n e ,
scie n ce of

for an y bod y or system of bodi es , the mo ti on whi ch corres -

pon d s to an y form ; an d con v ersely, to determi n e the for ces

whi ch correspon d to an y moti o n : t ha t i s, we ha v e to i a
v esti a te the rel a ti on o f the t i me , space, v eloci ty , a n d force ,
g
when bodi es a re i n m oti on un de r g i v en ci rcum stan ces In .

”
the I n trod ucti on to Dyn a mi cs we ha v e prov ed tha t if s
,

be the spa ce descri bed i n the ti me t i n the di recti on of the

, ,

moti o n 0 the v eloci ty a t the end of t ha t ti me f the accele

, ,

ra ti n f o i th di recti on of the mot i on w e ha v e th

g rce n e e ,

z
c
s
q ti on s
e ua e c
f : T hese q ua t i ons
e ma y be consi dered
et ’

as
W
the ma the ma ti ca l h om y an d force
of v e oci t l .

For ce accordi n g to the com mo n accepta ti on of the word

, ,

d gn i fies the qua li ty by whi ch ex ter n al ca uses prod uce an

efl ect u pon the mot i on of a bod y
'
We can n ot con cei v e ca use
.

an d effect wi t hou t s u osi n cer tai n pri n ci pl es whi ch r es ult fi om

pp g
'

thi s r ela tion ; an d by con si der in g the man ner i n whi ch these
pri nci ples are ex em pli fied i n the phen omen a of moti on we o h ,

ta i n La ws c oti on (I n tr o d to, D yn a m i cs p 20 b
) y m e a ns ,
.

ot whi ch Dynami cal P rohlems may be reduced to equ ati on s .

T he fi rs t La w of M onte" i s i mpli ed in the above- men

obtai n i ng the q ua ti on s
e

( A rt .

on betwee n
u s the conn ex i

cc eq ui li br i um in a poi n t ,

i ts moti on i s affected .

co nn ected so tha t th ey m u s t
,

an d on e of t he m i s acted o n
'
 2

by an y pressure ; thi s tota l pressure i s to be resol v ed o n ,

s ta ti ca l p ri n ci pl es i n to v a ri o us pa r ti al press u res a ct i n g
, ,

the sev era l poi n t s ; a n d th ese pa r ti a l pre ssu res m us t be

p roporti on ed an d adj us ted tha t the poi n t s sha ll mov e i n a
man n er co n si sten tly w i th t hei r con n ex i on T hi s rule a pp li e d .
,

to determi n e the chan ge of moti on of a sy ste m i s a n ex t en si on ,

of th e t hi rd la w o f moti o n to the ca se w here the for ce i s

tran sferred from on e pa rt of the sy stem to an other by the
c on n ex i on of th e pa r ts of the sy st em It i s
g e n erally i n tr o
.

d u ce d i n to ca l cula ti o n s by m ea n s o f D Alcmbert s P r i n ci p le
’
.

2 . T he di stri b u ti on of th e i
sc en ce o f Dy n a mi cs a ccord
ing to the an al ti ca y l con di ti on s the of questi on s t rea ted of,
may be st a ted as follo ws .

T he moti o n ma y be (A) tha t of a poi n t or (B tha t of

) ,

a ri i d bod y : t ha t i s th e forces w hi ch act ma ei t h er p rod uce

g , y
thei r whol e efiect i mmed i a tely a t the poi n t act ed on ; or ma y
'

req ui re to be di s t ri b u ted t hro u h the sy st em by D A lem ber t s

’ ’

g
pri n ci ple i n ord er tha t w e m a y de term i n e their effect
, .

( )
A T h e m o t i o n of p a o i n t m a
y b e e i th er ( )
a free ( )
b ,

co n st ra i n ed or (c
, ) resi s t ed .

( )
a T h e m ot i o n i s
fr e e w h e n t
,h e f o rc e s d o n o t d e pe n d
u pon the v eloci ty o r d i rec ti o n of the mo vi n bo d y b ut ar e
g ;
fu n c ti on s si mply of the po si ti on of the bod y ei ther wi th ,

r e u d to fi x ed po i n ts or to som e oth er bod y

g , .

( )
6 T h e m ot i o n i s co n s tr a i n e d w h en t h e
, m o vi n
g bo dy
i s subj ected to th e n eces si ty o f bei ng a l wa y s i n a gi v en li ne ,

or i n a i v en su rface or a t a i di sta n ce f r o m a n other

g , g v en

body or to some si mi lar con di ti on

, In thi s ca se besi d es
.
,

the ex terna l forces whi ch act u pon the bod y an d d epen d ,

u pon i ts posi ti on i t i s a cted on also by other forces by

'

, ,

mea n s of w hi ch the con di ti w s of i ts con stra i n ed moti on are

sa ti sfi ed T h u s when the b od y mov es on a gi v en li ne or
'
Y
.
,

s urface ,i t i s supposed to be acted u pon by a force a l wa y s

perpen di cular to the l i n e or sur face A n d we ha v e gen erally .

to eli mi n a te thi s force i n or der to d etermi n e the mo ti on .

( )
a T h e m ot i o n i s r es i s ted w h en th,e m o v i ng b o d y b esi d es ,

the for ces which depen d upon i ts posi ti on i s acted u pon by ,

 3

a force i n the di rectio n of i ts moti on T hi s force , i n gen e ral, .

d epend s u pon the v eloci ty of the mo vi n g bod y By the i a .

trodu cti on o f the ter ma ex pressi n g thi s force i n to the eq um

ti on , processes of i n tegra ti on d i fferen t from t hose w hi ch are
ap plica ble to free moti on becon m req u i si t e .

T h e moti on of a poin t ma y be o t
c n s rai n ed an d resi sted

at the sa ti me
me .

T m o a r ig i d body ma al so be i n v es ti a t ed
( )
B he ti on f
o y g
a s con s tr ai ned an d resi s ted ; b u t t hese a re co n di t i on s on w hi ch

w e sha ll n o t d well .

3 . In the ca se of the free an d the un resi sted o

c n stra i ned

moti on of poi n t s, there are ce rt a i n p roper ti es an d gen era l pro

p osi tion s w hi ch a re n ot tru e i n th e ca se of r esi ste d moti o n .

H en ce , the follo wi n g i s a con v en i m t arr a n

g em en t o f the
s u bj ect , an d the on e we sh a ll fo llo w .

Boo k I . T he mo ti on t o f p oi n ts n o t resi s ed .

Part I T he free motion of poi n ts

. .

Pa rt I I T he con s train ed mot i on of poi n t s

. .

B oo k I I T he mot i on of poi n t s resi te d

. s .

B ook I I I Th e mot i on of a ri gi d bod y

. .

I n the pr esen t v ol ume w e ha ll so far as the an a lyti ca l s ,

theory i s concern ed consider only the fi rst P ar t of the fi rst

,

Boo k the free moti on o f poi n ts

, T hi s wi ll be di v i d ed i n to .

the i n v es tiga ti on of the r ecti li n e a r mot i on of a po i n t ( C ha p , .

an d o f the cu r v i li n ea r m oti on of a poi n t C h p T h

( a e .

ca se o f cur v i li n ear mot i on i n whi ch th e force ten d s to a

fix ed cen tre i s of su fi ci en t i m por t an ce to be con si dered se
,

ra tel h a p II I b t t
p a y ( C
, ) a n d i.s s u d i v
. i d ed i n o n i n e Sec io n s ,

accor di n to the con di ti on s of force v el oci ty an d di rec ti on

g ,

by whi ch the moti on i s d etermi ne d After . thi s follows

Cha p I v . . on the mo ti on of sever a l poi n ts .

4 . Some of the con clusi on s obtai n ed i n Ca pter a 1 1 1 a n d IV ,

are so re mar k a bly pli fied i n some of the moti on s of

ex em the
hea v en ly bodi es , tha t i t i s proper to ex a mi ne more closely the
ci rcumsta n ces of thm moti on s I t appea rs tha t the su n
.
'

at
 th e ea r th a

sco pe o f a work li k e the p rese n t i t seemed desira bl e to presen t

,

to th e read er cer t a i n mod es o f a pp ro x i ma ti on to some of the

to t hi s
no t in v olv e the di ffic ulti es of the sy stema ti c an aly ti cal soluti on .

5 . T he mo ti on s plan et s
of th e s un , , earth a n d mo on, a re
d ed uced by s upposi n g these bodies to be p oi n ts , e a ch of
wh i ch ex er ts a n a ttra cti on v ary i ng i n v
of the d i st ance B ut i t a ppea rs tha t i f
.
,

on e BU

poi n t of the ea rth s

’
ma ss , the ll be preci sely the sa me
res ult wi .

T he c ttm cti on of the sp he re wi ll i n t his case v ary accordi ng

to the sa me la w as the mu seum of the poi n t T he proof
. .

of t hi s a n d si mila r proposi ti o ns con cern i n a ttr acti on s for ms

g ,

the s ubj ec t of the two fi rs t secti on s of Ch apte r v :

sect i o n s a re e mp loy ed i n the co n si d era t i o n of the

o f t hose p ri n ci ple s to cer t ai n t er re s tri al ph en o m

Fi g u re of the Ea rt h an d th e T i d es, .

6 In the preoedi n g pa r t of the v olu me i t ha s hm

.

s u pposed , t ha t the di fferen t bodi es of the un i v erse eXer ci x

u pon o ne an o ther for ce s w hi ch are in v ersely as the q

s uare

of the d i stonce ; tha t i s, the la w of

been a ss u med : an d by reas on i n g deducti v e};
M o n , v ari o u s res a l ta ha v e bee n obtai n ed ,

com pa red w i th the fac ts as they occ ur i n n ot

ord er t ha t o ur k n owl ed ge m ay be shewn to be

of the fact s, i t m u s t a ppear
begin nin g wi th the facts ,
, that
an d re as oni ng i ud ucti s s ly finom these, w e ar ri ve ot the lm
of un i v ersa l i t a ti on , an d a t n o ot he r T é t ut th
g r a v o
p n o e .
c

s te ps of th i s i nd ucti ve asce n t , i s the obj ct of C ha ter w r

“
p e .
 B OOK I .

N
MOTION OP POI TS IN A NO N 3 881 87 1110 SPA - CE .

PART I .

T HE F REE H OT I O N OP P OJQ T B .

C H AP . 1 .

BEN a poi n t m o ves freely i n a t

s rai
gh t li n e,

t in whi ch the fo rce acts . In thi s we

ds do 0

d; dt
e, are the ti me of mod o n , spa ce d escri bed , an d
a bod y, t is actd on by am acoelera ti n g

en a ble us i mmedi a tely to oh mi n

quan ti ti es i n qm on , in sev era l

the 5 m
p de
t s ib
by i n egra ti n gcr ed ,

3 the fra me were k n o wn i n terms

i n the sa me ma nn er obta i n the v e
eqn ati on In ge n eral ho wev er the
.
, ,

od ti m of the body
p .

it h m u i r ed mfiw the v eloci ty

/ at
and the ti me o
f des cr i bi n g a n y ap a ce .

d o da dc
g ga

dt ds dt do
 6

If f be a fu n cti on of c, we may n ow i n tega te both sid es

wi th rega rd to s ; an d u si n g j: a s the sym bol of thi s i n te p

do
g ra ti on , an d obser vi n g tha t the i n te
g
ral of 0 — 13
i
’
o ,
we
33
hav e
when 0 is k no wn i n terms of s .

We can then d etermi n e t i n te rms of s ; for

dt d8
v o °
°

' w hen ce l v
as at

I n tegra ti n g wi h t re
g a rd to s, tg

A co n sta n t q uan ti ty wi ll be i n tr od u ced i n each i n t egrati on .

If the fo rce be a fu n ct i on of the bod y s di s ta n ce from

’
9 .

a poi n t towa rds whi ch i t i s mo vi n g, let a be thi s di s tan ce .

T hen a decreases as t i n creases, an d

it will be n e a ti ve ;
g
therefore , in order t ha t 0 m ay be posi ti v e ,
we ha v e

dv d o da dc

_
g , f .

= v = v When ce

10 .We n ow proceed to the l l i on

ca c u a t for di fferen t
s u ppos i t i on s o f fo rce .

On e of the m ost om mon a n d u seful supposi ti on s i s tha t

c ,

the force t en d s to acerta i n poi n t or cen tr e an d v a ri e s ac ,

cordi n to so me d i rec t o r i n v er se power of th e di s ta n ce fro m

g
thi s cen tre L et S fig 1 be the cen tre of force ; S s
.
, .
, ;
an d w hen a poi n t i s a t P le t i t be urged to wa rd s S by a ,
 a bei n g a o t t
c n s an
q uan ti ty . T he qua n
u pon the a ttracti v e po wer resi din g i n S an d ,

It i s meas ur ed by the accelera ti n g

di sta n ce 1 ; for , ma ki n g a 1 w e h a v e the fo rce
:
,
a
“.

t ha t
; p resses ti n g
"
u
pp osed or pm ex the acceler a

par ti cle P , w ha t ev er he the magni t ude of the

f orce or press ure pr od uced i n P by the
g
r ea t er as th e ma ss acted on i s rea ter
g g .

A bodf f rom rom m

a lls r es t f a
gi o

, tow a rds a cen tr e a

f f orce S, va r i
y gn as

of tlte d is ta n ce S P : it is r equ i r ed to de tem i n e

g a, SP = w; an d take the force to be as

er of the di sta n ce, an d a

i .

l st, T o fin d the l
v e oci t
y z— by Art 9, .

6
f
’ — 2
(
'
a n

C bei ng an ar bi tr ary con s an t t qu an ti t y , to be determi n ed .

When a z a, 0 2 0;
2 “
fl — l

i
( 53m )
( n -
1 t )
T hi s gi v es the v e oc l i ty when

If n z l thi s
i n tegra ti on fai ls , an d recurri n
g to

fa cn ti a l expressimi , we ha v e

‘
To detsrmi n e thc moti on , ’ “defin irs motnm ” i mpli es , thc w oblm of obh lni ng
the reb ti on of the s ace, veloci t
p y ,
an d ti me i n fin i te h
terms, t a t ls, freed from dif
 8

O
' s -
Q
fs fl -
fln lw t C - - - Qul
g.

2”
’
If 0
1 4- 73

If the force v ar y as some d i rect power of the d i sta n ce,

let f “
“
a , a n d we ha v e

a u+i
( )
an
” , a _
fl .

In ca ses where the fo rce v arie s as so me i n v erse power n ,

grea ter than 1 , when w 0, v i nf . or the v eloci ty of fa lli n

g
to the t
cen r e i s i n fi ni te .

In the sa me cnse ; when a s énj i v re mai ns fini te, a nd

2p

( n

or the v e oci t
l y of falli ng from an i n fin i te di sta n ce to the
di sta n ce a
s is fi ni te .

If the force v ary i nv ersely as the di sta nce, both these

v eloci ti es a re i n fin i t e .

In all oth er ca ses , the ve loci ty from an i n fihi te di s tan c e

to a fi n i te on e, i s i n fini te ; an d the v eloci ty from a fi n i te

d i sta n ce to th e cen tre, i s fin i te

If ths body , in s tes d of falli n g fi om rcst s t a di stsn ce a,

be p rojected u p ward s or d o wn wa rd s wi th a l
v e oci ty V,
h av e , w hen a d , n i f the body he proj ected in
di recti on of the force, a n d o == V, if i t be proj ected in

In bot h these cases, v

’
.
W4 .

2d , T o fin d the ti me ;
I

v
 <
9

w hi ch can be i n t egra ted on ly in par ti cular ca ses : see Lacroi w,

E lem T rea t A r t
. . . 1 69 .

1 st, We ca n i n tegra te i f
2 7 be a who e l nu mber, where

” P l ’
i nf - d an d n m n n - l

th a tis , calli n
g r a whole number, i f
93 -
1
44
2
= r, or n + l = 27 n -
2r ;
n -
l

thi s com preh en d s the ca ses 91»

a sol as

2 d, We can i n t egrate i f be a wh ol e n um ber ;

su
p pose
’
m 1 n 1 1
r
’
n 2 2 0 2 -
1 ) 2 71 — 1

2E
4
mp hotid
t
thi s co le s th e ca ses i s =r 2, " Q
i

P
o
I 2 c 4
a s lo n = o$ , 3 , 9
2 4 5
0
0

H en ce the on ly la w s of force expressed by i ntegra l powers ,

for whi ch we can fin d ,the time, are

force cc con s t .
, force “di st , force 0:
1
force cc

(d i st )
2

T he m ost si m ple fracti on a l power s are

l 1

If the i
some be repu l si v e , the process or fin di ng the ve

loci ty an d t
im e y i ll be the same a s abov e ex ce t that
p , the
 10

In th a t case , i f force

m
e t-
xs :

12 . In ma n y of th e i n tegra ble ca ses, it is better

par ti cular me thods, tha n the gen er al
di fleren ti a l 6 9 B rafi ow
'

the w - a i i a

l . T he form v ari es di rectly as the di sh n ce

f = aw;

C
c

f: =

“
ti cos
$3 a

an d i f t begi n when a a a,

l “l
t as cos
23

If with radi u s 8 1 - 0 , 5 8 2, a .

an d P O be pa pw di cula r to S A ; an d if

Q = arc whose cos . is a an d rad . a a x ar c whose

and re d . 1

arc A Q arc A Q
tlme m AP
M a v a s ts
We have for the whole ti me of falli ng to the cen tre, ma ki n g

t = —L
’
0 - 0;
2 1; .

Ex a . . T he force i s m
”h a g ” ; ti
' a flf s , the monon begmmn g when a an o

I
t being 0 when 8 is o
 11

If the con sta n t force be grav i ty , represen ted by g,

c
'
a zg s , s ud t
Vi i , or s =
§ g tfl

T he force v ari es i n v er sely as q

the s ua re of

ai m;
t
[c m u a? ”
as ;
(
an )

an d , t bei n g su pposed to begi n when w a , si n ce v er s n i “2

a
-
w — v er si n
2

We h av e for the whole ti me of falli n g to the cen re, t makin g

ar e ,
w=O t
2 2 n) ’
(

Co n Ou AS a a , fig let a semi ci r cle be d escri bed ,

'

-
. .

wi th cen t re C a n d let P Q be d ra wn per pen di cu la r to AS

mee ti n g i t,

a rc AQS =

arc SQ 30 x an
g.S C Q l
= SC x an g . whose v er . s n . i is

Hen ce , ti me i n AP P
( Q arc AQS a rc S Q)

( Q
P arc AQ ) .
 Heh cé , l
a so tim

area AS Q ‘ .

If S Q be prod uced to mee t i n R a tan gen t to the

st d ;

0 B
“
g L Afl
g
——
0
b ‘
a!

d i s tan ce ;

V
’
W fl
fl
a
/u
x t= a .

V “
C on . if wi th wa tra S md ra di u s S A, fi g. 4; we no

f
s A
“

an d it P Q , AR p p er en di cular to S A; and v i u a j1 ;

C on . If wi th focu s 8, fig . v er e x t A, the poin t

s to
the

d are AQ SQ SQ
d . SQ « Q
( S -
S1 "
)

w ee -
se w « (v -
w )

P ro m Boo kr M m
. .
 13

Ex 6 . . The force v ar e s i i n v ersely as the s q ua re roo t of

v = 2 u§ .
{ c f — wi
p
-
ai
} i .

G s ou r a xc a x. v a sr xe a r xo u o
f Emm i “1 an d 3 .

T he ve
loci ty t hese ca ses may he obtained
and ti me in
wi tho u t the u se o f the Di fferen ti a l Calc u l u s by mea n of the ,
s

P ropod ti mu co n tai n ed 1 n the I n trod ucti on ”

.

( w m fl, Book I . P rop . x xx vn x .
)
13 P eon T he f m e v ar i
y gn s m ug “th e d a tum
f rom the cen tr e, the ti mep of fa lli n g , p eloci ti ec a cqu i red , m
descri bed, ar e a s the m e, si n ce an d versed
ci r cle
f whi h the r a di u s i s the
‘

a o c

Let SA , fig . 14 5, be th e ori gin al

di stan w , AE a qu adran t
wi th ratBuS MS A Let AP B be an elli pee, ol Whi ch the semi '

a x i s m ajo r i s SA ; a n d le t a bod d scr i be thi s elli p se , an d

y e

a n ot h er bod y descr i be th e ci rcle AE b h e su e force a t S

y t .

T hen , by Prop i t Cor B, of th e In trod ucti on , the peri od i c

. . .

tfin es i n these orhits will b e eq u al, and therefore th e ti m es

’

( A de s cri b i n u a d ran t s A B , AB , whi ch a re each

g the
q f of

L et CP D be pu pea di eular to S A ; than -

ti me i n AP AS B ti me i n A D
8

ti m e i n A B
me
H en ce , i ti
n A P E ti me i n D ; an d i f the m ot ions

beg in toge ther at A , when the i th ci rcle i s a t D

y n e

bod y i n th e e lli pse wi li be a t P , wha t ev er he the semi

(
 14

T herefor e thi s will be true when the semi ax i s S B V i n i shes, -

in whi ch ca se the moti on of the bod y i n the elli pse becomes

the rec ti li n ear moti on of a bod y falli n g i n the li n e
wh en thi s body is a t S , the v eloci ty i s eq ual an d

B ut the m oti on of the body i n the ci rcle i s u n ifor m hence

AD AD
ti me i n AC = ti me i n AD =
=

a lread y prov ed in page 10 .

A lso fo r the loci ty by N ewton s ’

ve at C
P rop h I n t rod ucti on to Dy
. v1 .
( Co r 5 i n t e.

Vel .
’
at P : 2 force } ch or d of curv .
M

SQ bei n g the semi di ameter conj uga te to SP . T he refo re

v el by Gen i e
’
. at P a
u . SQ '
. But
‘
A n d when B S va n i sh es, SP SQ

th eref re o in tha t ca se so u SA ’ -
SC ’ = SD -
Se - bb ’
:

an d v e loci ty at C p
i CD .

H en ce the space descri bed bei n g th e v erse d s in e A C,

the ti me i s a s the arc AD , and the v eloci ty as the si ne CD .

(N E W T O N , Book I . Pr op . x x x ru .
)
14 . Face . The or ce c an nin g
f i n v ersely as the m an
of tk e d i s ta n cq a body f a lh in a str ai g ht li n e tow a r de the
cen tr e, f ro m A to C ; then

veL a t C oel . in ci r cle wi th ra d . BC V AC x/ QAR

Le t mov e i n the elli pse A B , fig 1 4 6, a bout the

a bod y P .

focus S : an d let anot her bod y de scri be a ci rcle wi t h ra di us

SP . T h en by N e wton , P rop V L , .

v el .
’
in e l li pse AP ch o rd t
cu rv a ure a t P th ough S
r

5P HP HP
'
2 . . .

” "
A0 . eS P 76
 15

la the mi n or a xi s of the elli pse AP B be di min i shed

wi fi ou t li mi t : then the moti on i n the elli pse becomes th e

an d S wi th B .

ve L of falli n g bod y st C

C on . 1 . T he ve loci ty i n the ci rc e l
tha t whi ch will be
is
acqui red by falli n g th ro ugh an ex tern a l spa ce e u a l to the
q
radi u s ; for w hen C is at 0 v eloci ty of falli n g
, v eloci ty

C ox . 2 . If the force be

80 2

Hen ce the l
v e oc i ty of a fa lli ug body at C

/B C MJ C AL CD ’

N . A0 A0 . BC °
A0 B C.
’

page 12 .

P rop . xx x v . )
In the emne caee, tofl n d the ti me of deacri b .

AC f
o the descen t .

mov e i n the e lli pse AP B a bou t the focu s S .

ti me i n AP a r ea AS P area AS D

W e; the elli pse area of the el i l pse area of th e ci rcle

the peri odi c ti m e i n th e lli pse

e is e
qua l to tha t in
m1 the same semi di a meter .
 16

a rea AS D

—
an d ti me i n AS P —
— ‘

g
f 1 fi
a

4 .

When th e mi n or a xi s d th e lli pse

e is
fini tely, the M on becom es tha t of a fal
M
'
in 8 P u
wi ll C fi d As wi th 3
n
"

n °

T hi s a
g re e w ith wha t we ha v e pr ov ed in

16 . P a or .
A body meted r
e o t
p by r a f or ce v a ryi n
g as

di atom s ( ) a : to fi nd th e whole ti me d f alli n g

Hg M 1 1 , we hav e, i f force

dt ( os 8

da

( g a n ? g
-
1

. c u -
uw 1 a
»
!
u w e
 17

Multi plyi n g an d i n t egra ti n g , we s hall ha v e

( 71 1
°
2
°

( 1
2 0i 2 3n — l a

6 3 - 3

w 9

' '
2' 4
e . s su -
3 a

and this , ta k en fr om a: a, to w 0, gi v es for the w hol e t i me

( 11 1 1
+
( 1
2 05 n + 1 2 eu — 1

'

2 . 4 5n -
3

Cox 1 F rom di fferen t di st a n ces the t i mes of falli n to the

.

g
.

same cen re as a 2
t
Hence i f force cc di st . t i me cc 1 , or is con s a n t t ,

if force at l , or is o t t t i me
c n s an , 0:

i f force at ti me cc di st .

i f force at t i me 0:

7
( 1
—
82 353
-
1, ti me 0:

i f force cc ti me cc

Con 2 .In all these ca ses the ti me i s greater (or at least

.

not less a s the di s ta nce i s r ea t er ; b u t if the force v ary i n a

) g
higher di rect ra ti o tha n the si m ple po wer of the di stan ce, the
contrar y wi ll be the ca se .

T hu s, i f force cc t i me cc

i f force a t: ti me a s
 18

Con . 3 . T he i n tegra ti on for fi n di n g the ti me when th e

force i s i nv ersely as the di stan ce, i s n ot p roperly i n cl ud ed
i n t hi s ca se, an d i s co n si d ered i n the follo wi n g problem .

17 . F a ce . When the f or ce v a ri es i n v er sely as the di e

tcm ce, to fi n d th e w hole ti me o
f the descen t to the cen tr e .

L et di s ta n ce S P , fi 1, r ; h en ce ,
an
y g . a

{a s -
2

'
An d o ur obj ect m u st now be to i n tegra te t hi s ex pressi on

a 0 dr 2a m
= w; ;
d d? 7
dt dt d r 20
' . e
dw dr dw ( 21 0i

so .

from m = o to m= x .

N o w let there be a cur ve B Q , fig 6 , of whi ch the or

.

“"
di na tes a re CO : u, OQ a s : a n d let i ts eq u a ti on be z = e

L et t hi s ol v e ro un d the ax i s CB par all el to 3

cu rv e r ev , ,

through a qua dr an t so as to gen era te the surface B Q Q

,
’
.

We may fin d the soli d con ten t thus ge n era ted by supposi n g

the plane CB P N to rev ol v e throu gh a n a n gl e 39 = N 0 9L
If CN u a w e sh all ha v e N u = n d9
, a nd if w e ta k e a ,

porti on of the tri a n gl e whose bread th alon g CN is 311 a nd ,

co ncei ve s tan di n u pon i t a p ri sm whose hei h t i s N P or x

, g g , ,

th e solid co n ten t of t hi s pr i sm will u lti ma tely be m u dfi 316 . .

H en ce the d i ffer en ti a l coefi ci en t of the wedge B CP n wi t h

r e ard to u w ill b e the li mi t of the r ati o of the i n cr em en t
g ,

of the w edge to the i n cremen t of u that i s i t will be $ 15 39 , ,

an d the wed ge dfi fiz u a t ak en fr om C to N .
 19

A n d the so li d con ten t of the fi gu re when the plan e has r ev olv ed

th rou gh a qu ad ran t wi ll man ifestly be
,

'
7l
w
s

Q
fi e u
I
.
{ c -

} .

i f thi s be tak en from C, when u 0, i n tegral 0;

i
r
hen ce, soli d o
c n ten t s .
{ I

A n d if we su pp ose the solid to be ex t en d ed to i n fi n i ty , so

as to comp rehen d the whol e space be t ween th e pl an es B CX ,
'

B C Y, an d the curve surface , we mu st ma ke u i n fi n i te, an d

we ha v e the soli d con ten t

B u t we ma y fin d thi s soli d con ten t i n a n oth er man n er,

by referri n g the surface to three recta n gular co ordi n ates, -

CM = w , H N =
y, N P = z z an d i t w i ll then be e qu a l to

r oi w, E lem T r ea t Art
Lb s .
( L ac . . .

N ow u
”
ON 2
w
”
y
“ , an d z e
" “
(fl -
w"
)

”
A W
H en ce, con ten t
LA K

” '

Lfi y
‘

e e

w '

L
'

3 e

b ecau se i n i n tegra ti n g wi th respect to y, a: may be con sidered

An d for the whole t we must t a k e the

con ten i n t egr a l s
f rom w = 0 to m = x , an d fr om y = 0 to an d in
" '
thi s L an d
L y wi ll man ifestly be eq u al H en ce,
‘

case, e
e e .

whol e con ten t from w = O to w = o ; s

from M = O to w= 3 °1

fi r
“f om
, r m = o to w = x .

And hen ce ti me to in thi s P rop

a
N / rr
cen tre .

x / Qfl
 CH A P . II .

T HE C U R V II J N E A R M0 7 1 0 ! “ OF A P OI NT .

18 . WH E N a poi n t in moti on i s acted o n by

whi ch i s n ot i n the d i recti on o f i ts mot i o n , it
p etua lly d eflect ed fro m i tspa th so a s to ,

lin e T he q ua n ti ty o f thi s defl ect i on wi ll

.

th e seco n d la w of moti on as ex plai n ed i n ,

p 23 B y t ha t la w i t i s asserted that i f
. .
,

m o vi n g w i th a v eloci ty w hi ch w o ul d i n a ,

i t thro ug h the s pace PR fig 7 ; a nd , .

i t be acted on by a co n s tan t fo rce al ,

whi ch w o u l d i n the sa me t i me mak e i t

, ,

P p from re st i t w i ll be fo un d a t the
, ,

a poi n t r det er mi ned b co m pl et i n the

, y g

If the force w hi ch ac s t pon u the body ,

m agn i t u de , or di rect i o n , or bot h , we can no lon ger i n the

sa me m a n n er fin d the pl a ce
of th e bod y a t th e en d of a

fi n i te t i me fr o m P T he seco n d la w o f .

pli a ble u lti ma tely o n ly ; t ha t i s, to the moti on

d u ri n g a n i n d efin i t ely s mall t i me ; a s ex pl a i n ed
trod u cti on , C o r . 1, to Law 11 .

19 . P oo r . T o fin d th e equ a ti on s o f moti on
mov i n g i n a
p la ne an d a cted up on by an
y
p la n e .

Fi g 7 . . L et t be the ti me fr om a
gi ve n epoch till the bod y
,

arri v es at P , an d t+ h t ill it a rri v es at Q so ,tha t It i s

the th mot i on i n P Q
e of A lso let AM , M P be rect .

a n u l a r cc ortfin a tes to the poi n t

g
-
, a n d be ca ll ed 117 an d y : P
si mi l ar ly , let AN , N Q , a n d A O, OR , be

ra llel to these ; PI and EX pa ra lle l to

at P be ca lled P, an d let the a n gl e wh
 21

be called a Also le t the v eloci ty a t

.
be ca ll ed V, P an d le t
th e an g le whi ch i t ma k es wi t h m be ca ll ed 9 .

L et PR b
d escri bed i n th e t i m e h , wi th the v eloci ty a t ,
e P
an d let R r be th e space thr ou gh w h i ch a poi n t w o u l d i n th e
sam e ti me be d e scri bed by the fo r ce a t P We shall then ha v e .

an d
%
‘
3
P R = Vh : Rr = Ph ; -

beca u se Rr i s d escri b ed by a co n s t a n t force .

( Ch . I . Ex .

H en ce, P H Vh cos. 0; RH Vh si n . 9 .

Al so i f R s, M be para ll el to AM , M P ,

” 3
é
9
R8 P h cos . a ; er ~

2
Ph si n . a .

But by T aylor
’
s T heorem , con si d eri n g w an d y as fu n c
ti o n s of t, an d t as th e i n d e pen d en t v a ri a bl e ,

AN = w +

NQ =
y+

=MN
RK = PH &c . Vh co s . 9 .

KQ IQ RH 8m . Vh si n . 9 .

N ow , by la st l
arti c e si n ce Rr ulti ma t ely coi n ci d es th
wi

“ u l ti ma tely a n d also KQ
RQ , w e h a v e R 8, E X e u al
q , .

90 08 , ulti ma tel
y
g
V 00 8 . h &c . Pk cos . a .

’
V si n . h é p h . si n . a .
 22

Whence we m ust necessaril y ha ve eq ua ti n g coefi ci en ts of h

, ,

d y
V oos . 0= o, Ysi n 0 = . o,
dt

d“
P co s. a ,
a : P 3 10 . a .

dy
H en ce , ve loci ty i n w,
dt
‘
c y

If w e
a ct on the poi n t m the d i recti on of m an d o f y, we ha v e

(P a:
X, an d
d?

where t i s the i n de pen d en t v ari a ble ; an d X an d Y are posh

ti ve , when they ten d to i n crea se a; an d

C ox . 1 . It is l
c ear th a t i f we h a d r e erref d the path
of the body to three r ectan
g u l
a r co ordi n ates , w, y, 18 , md
i f we had mad e X , Y, Z , repm en t the whol e forces
the z. s of t hem co o r di n a tes, w e sho uld hav e
in

’ '
d w d y
dt ‘
dr
'
a
Z ( ) a .

0 T hese ti on s ou s problems ble olv e v ari

2 q
eu a en a us to s
.

i the moti m a of bodi es acted on by an y for m s .

If the m oti on be k n own we can fro m t hem fin d the forces , , ,

i n the di rec ti on s of the co o r di n a tes a n d by compou n di ng -

,

these the whol e force whi ch acts u pon the body If on

,
.

the other han d the force d epen d s i n a kn o wn man n er on

, , ,

the posi ti on of the bod y we m n by resol v i n g i t i n the , ,

proper di recti on s fin d X Y Z i n terms of w y an d z ;

, , , , , ,

a n d w e shall then by i n tegra ti n g the eq uati on s hav e the

, ,

mot i on o f the bod y d etermi ned If w e ca n el i mi n ate t w e .

,
ob tai n a r ela ti on a mon g the cordi n a t es
c -
wh i ch d efi n es the
cu r v e d escri bed by the body W e shall . h av e i n st an ces of

th e se v ar i ou s a ppli ca ti on s i n wh a t follow s .

Ex . 1 . T o fin d th e forces wh i ch m u st pon
act u a poi n t,

so th a t i t ma y d escri be the arc of a para bol a w i th a u n i fo r m

m o ti on .

If m, y, 8 , r epresen t the a bsci ssa , ordi n a te , a n d cu rv e

o f th e pa r abola , we sh all h a v e , si n ce the v eloci ty i s con st an t ,

c, a con sta n t q u a n ti ty ;
’ 2 a
de d ar f
dg
’ ’
+ 2
‘

dt dt dt

N ow , i f 4 a be the pri n ci pa l parameter of the parabol a ,

We ha v e

y = 2 V a m;

H en ce , c
”
1

a
d m 0 a
9

2? 2 (
a m)
which gi v es the for ce parallel to the a b sci ssa .

”
y dw y
A gam, w
40 dy 2a

2
dt
g
dy
’ ” ”
di 4a y
 d’
’
8a a y
’

24 g 0 3; If
an d d1fleren t1 at1 n g,
W
'
0

dt ?
d

’ ’ ‘ ‘ ’
d y‘
ta c y 4a c y d y
27 ( 4 0
’
( a
4
’
s a w)
’
4 ( a w)

whi ch gi v es the f rce o pa rallel to the ordi na te , th e n e a ti v e si

g g n

shewi n
g ha i t t t
en d s t to wa rds the ax is .

If s , fig 8, be the focus , A the

. d S A the ax is of ver tex , a n

the pa rabola ; an d D N per pen di cu la r to A D,

so tha t U N i s the d i r ec tri x ; we sha ll ha v e D M or N P ==a + w .

H ence , the forces i n N P an d P M are respecti v ely as

Q AS PM MK PM
; or as
’
an d
'
PN ’
PN ‘I
PN PN

PK bei n g the n ormal , t herefor e M K

an d H en ce,
the whole force o n P , whi ch i s com pou n d ed of these two,
PK
1s m the d1 rect10 n P K ‘
, an d propor tl on al to ”
PN

Ex 2 . . A bod y t
pon a t ev ery poi n t of i ts pa th
is ac ed u ,

by a force whi ch i s propor ti onal to the d i sta n ce from a gi v em

cen tre to ward s whi ch i t ten d s to fin d i ts pa th : .

L et the cen r e t force C, fig 9, be ma de the o ri gi n of

of .
.

t
rec a n
g ula r co- o rd i n ates CM , M P : the force i n the di rec tion
PC is ev er y
proporti on al to P C Resol v e i t i n the
w here .

di r ecti on s P M M C ; an d these li n es wi ll be propor ti onal to

,

th e resolv ed pa r ts H en ce we shal l ha v e , ,

force i n di rect i o n of m a w, force i n di recti on of y

-
ny

M b ei n
g so m e con s t a n t q u a nti ty , and the ne
g a ti v e s i gn s i n di
ca ti n g the directi o n of th e fo rces .

It may eas i l yb e sha m h

t at if . b dy m
o ov e un i formly in a n y curv e, the force
h h
w ic retain s i t i s perpendi cular to the curv e .
 d ’
a?
y
H en ce ,
’
m ar, my
dt dt ’

" ’
dz d w dw dy d y ’

2m y
Z? "
°
”
dt dt dt dt

i n t egr a ti n g , C mm 2
; D my 2

wher e C , D bi trary quan ti t i es d epen d i n g on the v eloci ty

a re ar .

a n d d i r e ct i on of the bod y s m o ti on a t so m e
g i v en po i n t
’
W e .

may e v i d en tly wi tho u t restri ct i n g thei r v a l ues p u t for C an d

, ,

m h a n d m ic ; a n d t h u s w e ha v e
’ e

d d:
a;
"

“ ( C — m m), 2
(l g

dz “ (D — my 2
) ,

dy

“
”
dy / ( D /
g ?
dt x fi n
s ) x ( k -
) y
d cr ”
dx (
f — m
h )
di
dy
1 dw

« ( r -
w) ”
« m w s
o —

I n tegrati n g wi h t re
g a rd to m, we ha v e a B 7 ; where

a 18 the a rc wh se s1 n e o 1s
«?
1
3 IS th e a rc wh ose s1 n e 1s 2
;
,

and
7 ,
an ar bi tra ry a rc . T h er efor e, w e h av e

si n . a s ni .
fi co s .

7 i
s n .

7 cos .
B
or i f n be the cosi n e of
y, a n d c n se o quen tly i ts si n e,

w fl y Q
-
n )

trans osi n
p g an d s q u a ri n g , w e get

if My ”
a y
“
2
+ ( l — n ) l — n
h , .

k h is
 26

3?
’
a
W hen ce d
P ”
.

hk

whi ch i s the
.
e q u a ti on
pse referred to recta n gu la r
to an elli

cc o rdi na tes meas ured from the cen t r e

-
( Wood s Al g P a r t x v
) .
'
. .

H en ce the curv e d escri bed by the bod y i s an elli pse of w h i ch

, ,

the cen tr e is C .

T he l li pse may be thu s fo un d : let the

ax es of th e e ta n gen t
at P fig 9 be par allel to C w when ce CP an d CD
, .
, , w ill be
conj u a te di a meters a n d he n ce b C o n i cs
g y , , ,

PM . CD = a . b,

where a and b a re the semi -

a x es .

“
g
dy I
s
N ow, si n ce —
;
d [F l

i t i s ma n ifest tha t when the t an gen t i s pai allel to C ar, we

y k : hen ce to find w CM we h a v e pu tti ng I:
, . for y ,
’
w

n = o, w e n t M;

Also, to fin d CD , pu t y O, a n d we ha ve

g a l -
f f ;

H en ce whence a, b

T o find the posi ti on of the majo r ax i s CA, or the a ng le

A Cw 9, we may proceed t h u s . Di fferen ti a ti n g the equa ti on
to the cu rv e, we fin d
m n y
dy h? hk
da 3; saw

”
k k l:
 27

N ow at thepoi n t A the curv e i s perpen di cula r to CA ;

,

an d h en ce, a t tha t poi n t th e n ormal pa sses throu h the cen tr e ;

g
therefore ( La cr oi w , A rt .

ny
h !
hk
—w
’
y a m
’
k h i:
”
my fl y my n w ’

e
h hk k ’
hk

11 3 — 10”
3;
w hen ce we fin d 1 0;
2
a; n hk w

2 ta n . 0
an d hen ce
y
2
1 tall .
2
0
?
w

h en ce 0 i s k n own .

T o fin d the t i me of d escri bi n g an
y porti on , we ha v e

dt 1

1
" if con st0
m h

the con stan t quan ti ty bei n g determi n ed by the pl ace of the

body at a
gi v en ti me .

l
For a whole r ev oluti on , we hav e ti me 2 1r . H en ce,
m
th e ti me of a rev oluti on i s i n depen den t i n the si ze of the or bi t
.
 C H AP In
'

. .

C EN T R A L r on cs s .

21 . T HE q e uap ti on s
reced i n
g C ha pter wo ul d en
of th e
abl e u s to d e t er mi n e the moti o n s of bod i es ac t ed o n by a n y .

forces w ha t ev er a n d of co ur se a mon g the res t by a force

, , ,

whi ch i s s upposed a l wa y s to ten d to a cen t re a n d to be ,

r ep re se n t ed by so m e fun ct i on of the d i s ta n ce fr om t ha t poi n t ;

of w hi ch we h ad an i n st an ce i n the la s t ex a mpl e B ut .

probl ems respecti n g the act i on of cen tr a l forces a s these a re ,

ca ll ed a r e of r ea t i m por tan ce a n d l ea d to con si d era bl e si m

, g ,

li fic a ti on s of o u r e n er al for mu la ; w e sha ll t he refor e t rea t

p g
sep ara t ely t hi s a ppli ca ti on of o ur r ea son i n s
g .

S ect 1 . . G E N E R A L T n s on a ms .

22 . Fa ce . A body a cte d on by a cen tr al f or ce w i ll

d escr i be a cu rv e lyi n g i n on e plan e, an d w i ll d escri be a bou t

the cen tr e o
ff or ce a r ea s p p
r o or ti on a l to the ti mes .

L et the cen re oft fo rce Sb

ori gi n of rect an g ul are ma d e the
co o rdi n a t es ; a n d let P be th e fo rce a t a poi n t P
-
of w hi ch ,

the co o r d i n a t es a re (27 y z
- If 7 be the li n e joi n i n g the
, ,

ori gi n of cc ordi n a t es S wi th the poi n t P w y a: wi ll

-
, , ,

be the ed ges of a p arall elop i ped of whi ch r i s th e di agon al , .

H en ce by M echa ni cs Art 3 1 r w
'

P : resol v ed pa r t of

“
, ,
.

P i n the di rect i o n of the l i n e w ; a n d therefo re t hi s resolv ed

P 31
par t is In li k e ma n ner an d
.
are the res olv ed
pan s for ce i n the di r ecti on of g an d 58
of f the A nd t hese s i .

u a ti ti es m u s t be ma d e n e a t i ve i n o rd er to r e rese n t th e
q n g p
forces , beca u se the forces t en d to di mi n i sh w,
y an d z H e n ce .

w e ha v e by e
q ua ti on s 4 9,

(P et d y Py
’ i
Pm d e Pz
77 T
.

5
7
6
,
’ ”
dl r 8 r
 29

M u lti ply the fi rst by y an d the secon d by w, an d su bt ract ;

w e hav e th u s
’
d x
SI
y ” w ‘
dt dt

s a
d w d g
i n li k e man n er z
” w ’
dt dt

’ 2
d x d y
y z
ef df

B ut i f w e di fferen t i a t e y t
wi h re ar d
g to t,

we ha v e the d i fferen i a t l
2 z z z
(l n dy dx dx dy d y d w d y
”37 + ”
W ”d fi w
‘
' ’

dt dt dt dt

H en ce i t a ppea r s tha t the i n t egra l , w i t h r ega rd to t, of the

.

left han d si de of the fi rst of the abov e three equa ti on s, i s

-

T he i n t egra l of the ri
gh t ha n d si d e i s
-
a o t
c ns an t
q uan t i ty ,

whi ch w e may call h . H en ce w e ha v e

d d? dy
y {U — h
zi
.

dt

In li ke man ner, z

dz dy
y 2{
dt 27

where h
'
an d h ar e a s l o con stan t q u an ti t i es .

If w e m u lt i ply the fi rst of these equ a ti on s by 58 , the sec n o d

by y, the t hi rd by m, a n d a d d t he m we fin d ,
 30

T hi s i s the q ua ti on
e pla ne pa ssi n g through the ori gi n
to a .

It a ppears therefore t ha t the mo ti on o f the bod y ta k es pla ce

, ,

i n a fi x ed pl an e pa ssi n g t h ro ugh the cen tre of fo rce .

T he moti on of the bod y

ll be the sa me w ha tev e r he wi ,

the po si t i o n of the co ord i n a te pl an es to whi ch w e re fe r i t

-
.

Le t the fix ed pla n e i n whi ch i t mo v es be ta k en for the pla n e

o f my ; t hen a i s ev ery wher e = 0 ; an d the on ly on e of the
'

preced in g thm eq ua ti on s no w appli m ble i s thi s ,

dm dy
y ” as 13
a? 27
.

B u t if, i n fig . 1 0, SM s w, Ms , we h av e -
y
%
fo r the dlfie ttal coe fi ci en t of the AM P wi t h rega rd
'

a rea

go 3 , Also m le S M P a
g
-
wy, an d i ts 15 E
. eren t i a l co
efi ci en t

dy
i si t
y
2?
B ut o
AS P
sec t r S M P + AM P , an d therefore di fferen ti a l
a

coefi ci en t of sector A S P = d i fieren ti al coefi ci en t of

di fie ren ti al coefi ci en t of A M P
'

dy da
t Jr ’
s
“
m g
?!
11
2

H en ce the di fier en ti al eoefi ci en t of AS P ta k en w i th

to the ti me i s con s t an t .

T herefore the ve loci ty t

wi h whi ch AS P i n c
t t an d the area AS P
s an ,
is propor ti on al to the ti me of the
mo ti on from A to P

Or , sector AS P t bei n g 0 at A

an d y an porti on thi s sector

o f is propo r ti on a l to the ti me
o f descri bi n tha t por t i o n
g .
 81

Co n . 1 . We hav e h t 2 a r ea A S P d escri bed i n t . H en ce ,

i f w e ma k e t l, h 2 a rea descri bed i n ti me 1 .

CO " 2 ° IfSP and an

gl e As p = o, we ha v e
”
( La crai a ,) d i fferen ti al of sec tor AS P wi th re
g ar d to v
$ 7

d AS P
. d AS P d o
.

‘
’
dt do dt

or
l b $9 5
2
;
Cox 3 . . When P is r efer red to three co- ordi n a t es , z is
p p
er en di cu a r onl the plan e my , an d w, y a re the co o rd i n a es
-
t
of th e poi n t wh er e i t fall s T hi s poi n t wi ll t herefor e be
.

th e p r ojecti on of the pl ace of the bod y on th e pl a n e my : a n d

th e area , of whi ch the co ordi n a t es a r e w, y , wi ll be the p ro
-

ected p a t h N ow , i n thi s case, a s i n l a st p a e,

j .
g

~
dw d
l 31
3;

i s the di fferen ti a l coeffici en t of the sec tor d escri bed , ta k en w i t h

r e ard to the t i me
g .

gj 33
i
An d by the e
q ua t i on g - — h, t hi s d i fferen ti a l

coeffici en t is o t
c n s a n t, an d
é h . T herefore the sec tori a l
area of the path of the body proj ected on th e plan e of my
corres pon di n g to t, wi l l be a

ll; t .

'
dw dz h
In li k e ma n n er , w -
15 the d i fferen i a t l
3? E? 2

coefi ci en t of the area of the p a th on the pla n e w, an d the

g
'
n di n g to t is h t
s
po .

A n d the ar ea of the proj ecti on on the pl an e of y e is

i n li k e mann er
 32

23 . Fa ce A body bei n g a cted

. on by a cen tr a l
f orce,

r eq u i r ed to n d th e v eloci ty a t
i t is fi an y p oi n t .

L e t the mot i on be i n the pla n e as , y , and le t the cen re t

of force be at the ori gi n . T hen w e h a v e
2
d '
a
z
dt

da dy
M ultlply t hese by 2 r es pecti v ely a n d a dd ; t herefore
37 E7
, ,

2 z
d a
'
dy d y
" 2
2 P
dt d t at

B u t th e left han d
-
si d e i s th e d i ffer en t i a l o
c effici en t ,
t
wi h re
g ard
2 2
da ’
d g/ 2
to t, of
” z
' An d s m ce m + y
2
r
2
,
dt dt

da dy dr
w L —” = r
" y
i
'

dt dt dt

h en ce the ri ght ha n d sid e

-
2P T her efo re ,

hen ce, di v idi n g by

an d 1 n te
g ra t1 n
g
dr

C — e
fiP
 33

If s be the len gth of the arc, veloci ty

as ?
da" 9 2

+ 1” .

dt ‘
dl 2
dl

a “ s

5 0
75
W hen P is a fun ct i on of r , the i n t egr a t i on may be performed .

If the l
v e oci ty for a
gi v en v a ue l of r be k n o wn , C may
be fou n d .

Cox . 1 . If the ve loci ty a t a gi ven di stan ce a from the

cen tr e be gi v en , A su ppo se) we ha v e , , at the di st a n ce r,

2
ds ”
di z
A 2 fW ,
P

wh en A“i n d i ca t es t ha t th e i n t e ra l
g begi n s when r a .

H en ce the vel oci ty a t the di st a n ce r depen d s on ly o n the

d i stan ce, an d i s i n depen d en t of the cur v e descri bed : for fn a P
d oes n ot depen d on the cur v e .

C on . 2 . If we had t
r e ai n ed the three t w y
cc- ord i n a es , , z,

an d proceed ed i n the sa me m an n er as i n t hi s propo si ti on , we

sh o uld h a v e ha d r
2
a)
” 2

a
” an d sho uld ha v e fo un d
y ;

“
”

;
it i f dz
+
d dt 2
= c 2 f, P ( )
c .

C on 3 . . If the an
gl e AS P : 0 .

z
da dr 2
dc
it
dt dt 2
dt z

24 . P a or
A bod y bei n g a cted up on by a cen tr a lfor ce,
.

it is r e u i r ed to
q fi n d the p ola r equ a ti on to the cu r v e .

E
 34

dc h
B y Cor 2, to Ar t 22 . a

dt

dc ” “
d c dv
? 2

ther efore, ”
753
dc dt
’

a 2
h dr
r
“it?

H en ce, by C or . 3, to A r t 23 ,
.

2P
dr

l dr 1
M a ke 1 u, when ce £1 ; an d the q
e ua t i on becom
r r do do

2P

2P

Di v idi n g ou t h an d observ i n g tha t

w e fin d

2P du
’ ” .

do h u do

Differen t i ati n g, 2
i
? d
9
u
+ 2 u
d “ 2P d “
"
da do
2

or d i v i di n g an d p
tran s osi n g,
It?
s bei n g n ow the i n depen den t v a ri a ble .
 35

T hi s i s the qua ti on
e of whi ch we sha ll ma k e u se mos t
c ommon ly i n the con si dera ti on of orbi t s descri bed abou t a
cen tre I t may be employed ei ther i n determi ni n g the la w of
.

force when w e k n ow the curv e an d con sequen tly the r ela ti on

, ,

of u a n d c whi ch i s called the di rect pr obl em of cen t ra l

,

force s ; or i f P be k n o wn as a fun cti on of r an d therefore ,

of u , we may by i n t egra ti n g fin d the rela ti on of u an d c

, , ,

which gi v es u s the n ature of the o rbi t ; thi s i s ca lled the

i n ver se problem of cen t ral forces .

25 . P RO P . T he or bi t bei n g gi ven , to fin d the ti me f

o

By Co r . 2, Art 22 ,
.

an d if r be ex pressed in terms of v ,

when ce

And if c be ex pressed in t erms of r , t

Con . 1 . T o fin d the ve loci ty a t an

y poi n t i n ter ms of

u and 0,

dr ’
dc “ dr 2
do ?
do ”
“

dt ”
fi fi ifi er dt”

2 ” ”
h dr h
"
°

i
+ 2
7 dl r
4
dv f
r

2
du

C on 2 . . If we d ra w S Y a perpe n di cu l a r on the t an gen t ,

an d su ppose S Y p, i t i s ea si l y seen t hat we ha v e

 36 '

ds ds dt
2
1 r r

r dv p dl dv p
ds r
2
dv 2
r h
wh en ce by Cor 2, Ar t 22 ;
dt
. .

1) dt
k
hen ce i f

dl p
T herefore the v eloci ty i s i n v ersely as the p erp en d i cu la r
on th e ta n g en t .

26 It ha s been u sual amon g E n gl i sh M a th ema t i ci a n s

.

to d efi n e a spi ral by the equa ti on be t ween the ra di u s v ector r ,

a n d th e perpen d i cu l ar on the t a n gen t p T hi s i s v i r t u ally .

on ly a di fferen ti al equa ti on to the cu rv e, but i ts use i s some

ti mes o
c n v en i en t .

P n or . To obta i n the cen tr a l for ce i n terms o

f r an d p .

B y Cor 2 , A rt 25 , we ha v e
. .

i
f
; g
an d d i ffere n ti a ti n g wi th re
g a rd to r ,
z
de
2

di?
t
(l — ? — 2P
, by Ar t
~
. 23 ;

2
h dp

Con . T he
loci ty i n the cu rv e a t a n y poi n t i s equ a l to
ve

tha t ge n era ted by the force P a t t ha t poi n t con ti n u ed con st a n t , ,

and a ct i n b d y t i t t h o h f t h h
g on a o o u r
ge r u
g o n e o u r t e -

cho rd o f c ur v a tu re d r a w n a t th a t poi n t t hro u h the cen t re

g
o f force .

F or by t hi s A r t i cle ,
2
h dr
( l y)
2
v e ocl t
?
I 75
(
: 2P .

% ch o rd o f t
cu rv a u re ,
( fo r

d
c hor d 2p
d ; . L a croi m, N ot e H .
)
( v e oc l i ty ) 2
prod uced by force P t hro ugh 71; c hord ,
b eca u se for co n st an t fo rces
( v elo ci ty ) 2f s ,
2
.
 37

S ect II . . C I RC U LA R M or xo x .

27 . P n or . When bodi es r ev olv e in ci r cles ha vi n g the

cen tr e o ff or ce in the cen tr e o f the ci r cle , to deter mi n e the

In thi s ca se r i s con stan t, an d therefore u con sta n t , an d h en ce

’
d a

dv ’

an d q
e u a ti o n (d ) A rt 24 , . becomes
I
” ; O, or P = h ”
u
3

”
Al so by Cor . 1, Ar t 25 , . h i
u hen ce

( lo
ve ci ty )
’
P r, and v e loci ty V P;

Now i f T be the ti me of a r ev ol u ti on
ci rcu mferen ce 2 71 r

v e oc l i ty V} ;

Co n . 1 . If P oc r
'
T is o t t
c n s an , ve loci ty cc r

P oc l, l
v e oc i ty cc

l
T i, v eloc1 t cc
cc r
y
r

1
2
T o: r ve o l mty c c
.
7

Cox . 2 . Si mi l a rly i f the v ar a i t i on of T wer e gi v en , t ha t of

P woul d be k n own .

S ect III . . E LL I P T I C AL M O T I O N .

28 . P n or A body bei n g a cted u p on by a cen tr a l for ce

.

whi ch i s i n v er s ely a s the s qu a r e of the d i s ta n ce ; i t i s r equ i r ed

t0 j i n d the i n teg r a ls o
f the g en er a l equ a ti on s of moti on .
 38

T he t
ce n re of fo rce bei n g ma d e the origi n of co -
ordi n a t es ,

let r be the di sta n ce of an

y poi n t , an d
$ 3 the f rce a t o t ha t

g
l
di st a n ce . T hen a re the forces w hi ch

a ct u pon the body ; an d th e eq ua t i on s (a ) '

of A r t 1 2 , gi v e
.

'
di
’
d w u m dy ny z uz
fi e” 2 +
de l dt r
3

w e ha v e l
a rea d y foun d fo ur ,
i n t egra l s of these e q u a t i on s ,

n a me ly , i n A rt 22 , the i n t egrals
.
( )
b
'

da '
dy da dz dz dQ
h’
‘

g
— w y ” h
i tt 217 3? 37
-
’
dt dt

lo
a s , from Ar t 23 , Cor . . 2, observ i n g t ha t here

i if M
[
i
C 2 fiP L 2 .

r
.

’
r 2a

( 2 a bei n g the v a ue ol f r for whi ch the ex pressi on v an s i hes, )

2 z

z
da '
dy dz n
we ha v e the i n t egra l (c ) '
2 + 2 +
dt dt r a

In order to fin d oth er i n tegra l s, tak e the eq ua ti on s

d w
e
“ a: d y
a
“
y
T
i ? r
s
dt
”
r
s

da dz dz dy
w z
87 2? Ft dt
’

mu lt i ply each member of the u pper equa ti on s by the member

whi ch sta n d s u nd er i t, a n d subt ra ct the secon d eq u a ti on s fro m
the fi rs t we ha v e t hu s
2 z
f
d a
'
d y na
'
dz da fl y dy dz
h w
dt
"
dt
” 3
3 dl r
3
dl

u 2
dz a
'
da :
y d y
7 ° 3
3
r dt at
 39

In tegra ti n g, h
’
f , f bei n
g o t t
a c n s an .

we fin d

da “
3!
dt
‘
n -l

dt r

H en ce, we ha v e 7 i n teg rals, an d 7 o t t

c ns an s :

( ,
k h " h
fl
a fl f f a
"
, 0
)
b u t these a re eq ui v a len t on ly to 5 i n d e pen d en t e
q ua ti on s a nd

5 con stan ts . See M r s S omer vi lle , M ac H ea v Ar t . . . 37 0 .

T he bod y o sec t i on
will mov e i n B ut i n s t ea d o f
a c ni c .

pr oceedi n g wi th the de termi n a ti on of the moti on fo un ded on the

preced i n g i n tegrals we shall obtai n the solu ti on by mea n s of
,

th e equ a ti on of A r t 24 T he for mer m e thod of fi n d i n g

. .

thi s moti on lead s to the mod e of i n v es ti ga ti on whi ch i s em ploy ed

i n the case of the P la n eta r y T heor y the la t ter to tha t whi ch i s ,

more common ly u sed i n th e L un a r T heory .

29 . P n or . Let the for ce be i n v er s ely as the squa re o f the

[4 ”
dis ta n ce, or P nu to deter m i n e the
i ;

H er e , by (d) ,

To i n tegra te thi s , let u

f ;

’
d w
2
w 0
dv
” presen t pa rti cula r v alu e of w , w e ha v e
and if e re a

,
k l 0, k i
V
(Lacr oi a , A r
'
t 280 , .
 40

H en ce, the gen era l v alue is

in
/T l ' c f :
G
-

w : C a s

( 0 + C ) uys/ 7 1 /
o xT i
2
( G e

’
ma k i n g C
’
C C, , C C

C, cos . 1) C2 si n .

H en ce, u C , cos . c C2 si n . c

C , si n . 2) 0 2 cos . 0 .

N o w w hen 1: 0,
d “
dv

da
w h en a —
30

hen ce, bet ween 0 O, a n d v ra w, there m ust

d2
w hi ch ma k es
3
—
5 0 : let t hi s v a ue o l f c be a ;

C , si n . a C, cos . a O; C, cos a . = C, si n . a ;

1 C, cos . a cos . c C2 cos a si n

. . c p
2
co s a . it

cos . a cos . 0 i
s n . a s n i . c
)

C, cos .
( 0 a ) i
“
t

5
co s . a it

"
L et r
’
an d r be the v a ues ol f r, for v a, an d v 1r a ;
bo th bei n g supposed posi t i v e ; hen ce,
Cl “
1
? a
r co s . a It
 41

an d, a d di ng a n d su bt racti n g ,

H en ce, the e
q ua t i on become s

cos .
( 0 a
)
I I]
2T T
' " '
r + (
r r
) co s .
(0 a
)
No w r
’

, r are opposi t e pa r t s of the sa m e li ne : let r

" "
’ '
a 2 ”
r r = 2ae ; r r = a a e , an d

( — i
a l c )
’
1 + e cos .
( v — a
)
the equ a ti on to an elli pse v , a bei n g mea su red from the v er ex t
near e s t to S ’

If r be l es s t h a n r
'

, e wi ll be g ne t i v e a n d the a n l e 1)
a
g , a

l
wil be m easu red from the l arger por ti on of the a x i s .

T he cu r v e m ay a ssu me di fferen t form s by th e a lt era ti on of

the ar bi trary u an
q t i t i es C, , Cg . If
i or u ev er become O , or

ne a
g ti v e , the form of th e cu rv e is no lon ger an e lli p se .

N ow the two l
v a u es c r res o pon di n g to v a , an d v 7: a ,

g;
C
bei n g tho se for w hi ch O, are ma n i festly the gr ea t est a nd

lea st v a l ues of u H en ce .
, if an
y v a ue l of u be g t
ne i ve on ea ,

of th ese wi ll be so An d . hen ce the cur v e wi ll n o lon ger be

an ell i p se i f ei ther ,

01 n C; p .

+ ‘ ‘

2 9 Ol
'

2
be ne
g a tl v e .

00 8 a
. h cos a . h

P r i n ci pi a , Boo k I . Pmp . 11 .

F
 42

If fo r i n st an ce th e l a tt er be ti v e we m ay su ppo se
,
ne
g a ,

Cl
'
1

2
"
2
; where r 18
p o s1t1 v e, wh en ce , as before ,
00 8 a .

" I
2r r

’
an d ma k i n g r — r = 2a
,
’
r 2 a e, ( pp
su osi n
g r > r )
c ( c
2
l)

m
w e h av e r the e
q ua ti on to an h yperbol a .

If we h a v e 0 , we g et, p utti n g £3
for

2
13
an d 1 ! = 2 D,
( v a )

2D
th e e
q ua ti on to a par abol a .

l co s .
( v a )
C] It
And s1 m1lar ly 1 f 2
O, th e cur v e w1ll be a par abol a ,
co s a . h
bu t i n a di fferen t posi ti on .

H en ce, i n all cases the cur v e wi ll be a o

c n i c sec t i on : an d

su ppo si n g C , posi ti v e , i t w i ll be

C
'
u Cl
If osmv e,
$
.

9 111 3 89 b
an 1 e
p or
.

h ” 2
o
c s a .

a parabol a if

C1 C;
'
M u
hyper bol a l f
.

an be ne
g a tl v e , or
cos a P 2 2
co s a .

30 . P n or . A bod y bei n g p rojected fr om a g i v en p oi n t,

w i th i n v eloci t , i n a i n di ti on d t d o b
a g v e y g v e r ec ; a n a c e n y a

or ce v a r yi n g i n v er sely
gi v en
f as the s qu a r e o
f the di s ta n ce ;
to fi n d the tr ajectory descri bed ”

P ri n ci p i a , Boo kI . Prop 17 . .
 4-3

problem mi ght be sol v ed by

T hi s the p recedi n g formu la ,

bu t more si mply a s follows .

In fig 1 1 , le t a bod y he proj ected from a di stan ce S P

. R,
in a di rect i on P Y ma ki ng the an gle S P Y= 3, a n d let the o
v el

ci t y at P = V ; force
S
"
’ Sp a r .

B y A r t 23 , . v e oc l i ty ’
= c -
2 fiP =

and when r R, l
v e oci t y V; v e oc l i ty = [ +
’ 72 2p

But by A r t 2 5 , Cor 2 ,
. . ve loci ty p bei n g the perpen
dicular on the ta n gen t .

H en ce, at P, ”
V ; beca u se perp ‘
. R si n . 3

2
V + 2p

d i v i d i n g,

1 2p

p
”
m WR s
si n .
2
3
+

1 2a 1
now i n the e ll i p se " ”
°

b b r

i n the hyperbol a

and the ex p ressi on for m th e t raj ectory may man i festly

For i n th e elli p se,

an d p
’
1n th e hyperbole, by C
on i c Secti on s .
 44

be mad e to agreet on e or the ot her of these

wi h ,

par t of it i n d ep en d en t of r i s po si t i v e or n ega t i v e .

H en ce, the t raj ectory wi ll be an e lli pse

l 2”
be
'

— ne a tw e ;
g
-

”
R 2
sm .
”
3 V R 3
sm
f
3
R ”
t ha t i s, i f l < or if V <
WR

Si mi l a rly , i f V 2
the cu r v e w i ll be an hype rbol a .

If V 2
the cu rv e wi ll be a pa rabol a .

In the ca se of th e e ll i pse , we m u s t hav e

1 2p . 1 2p .

b ”
WR 3
si n .
”
3 R ”
si n .
2
3 WR 2
si n .
2

20
“
;
b
y
WR 2
si n .
2
3
1 V 2

2 a R 2p .

H en ce , a an d b, th e se mi -
a x es of th e e lli p se , a re k n o wn
2

an d hen ce, e
’
2
i s k n ow n . T o fin d th e posi t i on of
0

the major ax i s we hav e

”
a ( l e )
’
o ( ) 1 + ec s . v — a

wh ere v i s the a n gl e whi ch d et er mi n es the po si ti o n of P, an d

i s ther efore k n own H en ce cos ( v ) i.s k n o wn ,

. a , an d hen ce
a, whi ch det erm i n es th e posi ti on of the major a x i s .

COR 1 It a ppears by pa ge 11, th a t ( lo

th e ci ty ) fr o m ve
2

“
. .

2
t; h en ce ,
an 1n fin1 te dlstan ce
i the t raj ectory M be a n
 45

elli pse a pa ra b ola

, . or an hyperbola , as the i tv i s le s s l
v e oc

than eq ual to or
, .
g re a te r th a n th a t acq ui red fro m i n fin i tv .

Cox . 2 . In the firs t ca se

“
“R
1 1 l
t
r 2
24 R i n 51;
therefore l i s the
'
l i ty
v e oc ac
q u i red by fa ll i n g from a d i s ta n ce
2a to a di sta nc e D , ( see p . H en ce e a i s the di s t a n ce
from the cen tre at w hi ch a bod v m u st begi n to fa ll , s o t ha t
when i t rea ches th e cu r v e , i t ma y ha v e the l
v e oc ity o f the

body i n the c ur v e : an d thi s d i s ta n ce i s the sa me fo r everv

poin t o f the c ur v e .

Cox . 3 . L et the l
v e oc i tv n ti mes the ve loci ty fro m
infini ty, or

3
1

bv la st Co r .

2a R

"
R l l n

l — n
” b
’

Hen ce , e
’
l l 4n
’
( l
2
) si n .
’
3.

By m ea n s of these form u lw , w e ma y, un d er gi v e n ci rc u m
stances, fin d th e ma n i t u de a n d posi t i on of the t raj ect o ry
g .

CO R . 4 . I t appears fro m the

preced i n g i n v e ti ga t i n t ha t s o

the major a x i s i s i n depen d en t o f the d i rect i o n o f r j ect i o n

p o .

An d tha t i f n be gi v en the eccen t ri ci ty i s i n d ep en d en t o f the

, ,

di stan ce of proj ecti on .

Ex . A bod y i s proj ected in a di recti on ma k i n g an an

g l e f o

30 °
twi h the d i s tan ce ; an d wi h t a veloci ty w hi ch i s to the
veloci ty fro m i n fi n i ty as 4 to 5 : to d etermi n e the ell i
p e s

descri bed .

In t hi s ca se , n
 46

R 25 11
1!
1 n 9
’
si n
2
3 4 R
“
.

1 — n 9

e 0 87 7 .

An d at the poi n t of proj ecti on

25 K
”
X 2 3 04
a ( 1 e ) 18
;
1 e . c s o (v
.
-
a ) 1 - 87 7 C°S ~
( v “ 0
0

x . 23 0 4 1

cos . v — a
)

. 77 53, 8 m . cos .

’
°
H en ce , v a 140 50 AS P , fig . 11 .

31 . P a or . T o fi n d the ti me f
o des cr i bi n g any p or ti on

the elli p ti ca l or bi t"

f
o

We ha v e the eq u a t i on ( A r t . t

an d si n ce by A r t 29,
.

£ 5 i

I n st ead of su bsti t u ti n g for r i ts v a ue l in t erms of v , wh i ch

w ou ld prod uce for an ex p ressi on n ot r ea di ly i n t egra ble ;

dv
we sh a ll ex press the t i me in terms of an other an g e l a , as

follow s .

P r i ncip i a , B oo kI . Prep 3 1 . .
 47

On the m ajor ax i s of ll i p se A a , fig 1 3 , let a sem i

th e e .

i
c rc el be d escri bed , an d M P Q d ra wn per pen di cu l a r to the
ax i s , an d S Q, CQ joi n ed : an d let A C Q = u .

pressi on fir ”
begi n n i n g fro m A, i s t wi ce the area
T he ex ,

N ow i t i s easi ly seen th a t

a rea AS P MP BC .

,
area AS Q MQ AC

a r ea AS P a re a AS Q
3 ( a rea ACQ S CQ )

AQ i S C M Q)

”
r 2 a rea A S P a b (a e si n u ) ,

and putti n g for b , a an d for h i ts v a ue, l

”
r at
:
( -
u — e si a n )
o
h 7
p .

the ti me bei n g su pposed to begi n fr o m A .

We hav e n ow to fin d the re al ti o n between i t an d v ;

” ”
HP HM 2
PM 2
SP ”
SM ;
” ” ” ”
HP SP HM SM ;

(H P S P) (H P S P) ( H M S M ) (H M SM)

2 AC .
(2 A C 2SP) 2 CM . 2 08 ;

di vi di n g by 2 2 an d p u tti n g a co s u . for CM ,

a ( a r ) a co s u . . a e ;

SP : r a ae c s a o .
,

SM CM CS a c s a o .
-
a e
an d
.

’
SP SP a a e cos x u
 48

c s a o . 3
cos v .

1 e cos i t .

1 — o
c s e . 1 — co s u o .
+ c — c os . a
H en ce ,
1 + cos . v 1 — e co s u — e + c os u . .

( 1 +e )( 1

( l e) ( 1 o
c s ti .
)
e l + e
l

N l — e

H en ce , we ca n fin d a in t er m s o f v by an d t hen t in
term s of u by a n d con v er sely T he a n gl e . to, or A CQ ,
i s ca ll ed i n Ast ron o my the eccen tr i c a n oma ly , AS P bei n g
ca ll ed the tr u e a n om a ly .

C on . T o fin d the t i m e of a h al f r evol u ti on from A to a ,

it is e v i d en t tha t w e mu s t t a k e i t fro m O to w hi ch w i ll gi v e

H en ce , th e t i me of a r ev ol uti on is

If th e t raj ectory be an hyperbol a , th e ca l cul a t i on s w i ll

be n ea r ly the sa me a s i n the ca se o f th e ell i p se .

If the force be p u l si v e an hyperbol a wi ll be d escri bed

re , ,

h a v i n g th e cen t re of force i n i ts ex t er i or focu s ; a n d i ts pro

erti es wi ll be an alogo u s to t ho se i n the ot her ca ses
p .

32 . P a or . To ex p a n d u , si n . u , si n . 2 u, i n ter ms of t .

B y the l a st Ar t i cl e , we hav e

ué
u -
e sm u .
— t= n t, 1f n
at

H en ce, it n t e si n u . .
 4-9

B u t by La g ra n g e s T heorem ,
’

( T r an s La croi w, .

p.

If y z w e ha v e [p u tt i n
g y for f
d i om}
?
moon}
i
a
y
_

”
0 dz

N o w , ma ki n g ¢( ) z si n . z, w e ha v e

PO)
( ?

di ”
ff
2 2
s z

z z

” " ”
si n d ( 3 si n
3
d d . z . z cos . z )
” ”
dz dz dz

”
6 si n . z co s z . 3 si n . z

6 si n . z 9 si n .
3
z .

3 si n . z si n 3z
” ”
.

Now, sm 3 z . 3 si n . z 4 8 m . z , when ce sln . z a

”
3 si n 3 z . 3 si n . 51:

”
dz 4

An d, in l i k e ma n n er , the other t erm s m a y be d uced

re

to si n es o f m ul ti ples of z H en ce p u tt i n g n t , for z, an d

u for y,

e
u = n t+ s1 n n t+ 2 sl a 2 n t
I
. .

”
( 3 i
s n . 3n t 3 si n n t .
) 8m .

Agai n , by the sa me t heorem p u tti n g , si n .

y for
f (y) ,

d si n . z

i /N ) }
2
(l t z
e
e
8111 .
y s m . z -

¢( ) z &c .

1 dz
An d , sin ce ¢( ) z is si n . z,

d si n
¢ )
( z si n . z e os . z
é si n . 2a,
d

d ai n

{ W) i
z
”
.

d ”
d . si n z cos. z S s ni . Sz si n . z

as a bo v e : an d so o n . H en ce ,

s1a . 2n t ( 3 si n 3 n t .

A gai n , by th e sa m e t heorem pu tti n g , si n . 2y for f (y ) ,

j:
d 23

;
3 .

si n
s n i . 2y = . 2z + .
q( ) + &c .

e
= si n 2 z . z 2 cos 2 z . 8m .

8
g em . 2z 8m .

A nd si n 2 si n z 4 si n si n si n
3
'

. z 2 cos . 2z . . z . 3z . z .

H en ce w e h av e

si n . 2y si n 2z ( si n 3z i
s n z
) 8m
I
. . .

or s n i . 2a i
s n . 2n t -

( si n . 3n t si n . n t) 8m.

33 . P n or . To ewp a n d v in ter ms o
f 11 .

We ha v e the e
q ua t i on

B u t ( La w .
V l ta n z
 51

hen ce
.
e 1 — 8 “
e

“
/
42 1
-
l + e
1f e N l -
e
3

40 — 1

w+ l (fi + 1 ) w -

(B — 1
)
w -
l fi '
t l -
(fi
w+ 1

— 1
B 1

w
= w w —
fi— l l ha '
-

l w
fi + l

hen ce, v \ / -
1 = lw + l —
l( 1

” s
x A a
” ”
a 2m 3m

+ Km +

Bu t l w = u \/ — 1
,
w l si n . u,

l si n . 2 u, 8t c .

hen ce , v u. 2 7x si n . n si n . 2a si n . Su

\ / 1 —
1 + e

8 \/ 1 + e -
e

/
1 + e
\ l -
e
 52

34 . Peer . To . em a n dp v i n terms o
f t .

”
2 7k
S1n ce, by Ar t 3 3 , v u 2 k s1n u 81 0 2 a 4» 8m
7
. . . .

S ub sti t u ti n g for a , s i n . n , si n . 2a , & c fro m Art 3 2 , we h a v e

. .

e
v = n t — s1 n . n
-
t 2 s1n 2 n t .

”
( 3 s n i . 3n t 3 si n n t) .

s m . 2n t

”
e

1
( 3 s1n . 3n t

”
e 7x e

7 § s1n . 2n t
l ( s m . 3n t m
s .

&c .

3
e a
A l so A “
8m by ex
pan dm
g
2 g
. .

H en ce we ha v e

v = n t+ e s n i . n t+ si n . 2n t +

wh i ch i s t ru e as fa r as t erm s i n v ol v i n g e
”
.

35 . Fa ce . T o emp a n d r i n ter ms f
o t .

We ha v e by Ar t . 3 1, r a ( 1

N ow, as before , i n Art . 3 2, p u tti n g cos .

y fo r
f (y) ,

“
wem : a
d

— cos z
cos y +
dz

“
m
d cos z .

d
d,
dz
 53

M a ki n g ( )
z si n . z, w e ha v e

d co s. z cos . 2z 1
2
si n . z
dz 2

d cos z

{a s }
.

d .

dz

”
3 si n . z cos . z s m . z si n . 2z

( cos . 3: cos. z
) ,

d cos z
a .
3

dz d 4 si n .
3
z cos z .

dz dz
” ”
12 s n i . z cos . z 4 si n .
‘
e

”
4 si n 4 si n
f ’
4 si n . z 16 z . 2z

2 ( 1 cos . 2z ) 2 ( 1 cos . 4z )
2 cos 4 z . 2 cos 2 z , . &c .

Hen ce, pu tti n g a for y an d n t for z,

— l 2
e co s . 2n t e 3

2
+
1 2
.

Z ( co s . 3n t -
cos n . t)

2 (cos . 4n t co s . 2 n t) 8m .

= 1 e cos n . t cos . 2n t

( co s . 3 n t cos n . t) 8m .

36. P aor . To e xp r es s th e chor d

f
o an elli p ti ca l a re

m terms mea n ma li es of i ts ex tremi ti es

o
f the ano .
 54

be the mean
’ '
If a n omali es,
'
u, u , v, v the tr ue , r, r the
ra dii v ect rs ; o by A rt 3 1 , .

l B CO S u , . co s 1) . o
c s a .
-
e
l -
co s a o . r

”
” ”
1 — co s a o o c s a .
— e 2

wh en ce aln . e = 1 -
cos . v
( e co s u )
2
l .

”
l -
e ( 1 co s . i t,

” ”
( 1 e )( 1 cos . n

an d si n . v

In li ke m a n n er

a
’ '
” ’
(
’
cos v . = cos . u e ) , s n i . v e ) s1n . u .

N ow by t ri gon omet ry , if c be the ch rd o of the a r c,

” ' ' ” ' ' ”

( si n r si n
)
c
( r cos v . r cos. v ) r . v . v

” ” ” ” '
i
’

)( si n
a ( cos . u co s a .
) a ( 1 e . u s n .

by the precedi ng form ul ae .

3 3
’
then u n 1
-
1 ;

fi
'

3 si n
’
an d cos. u cos i t . 2 si n . .
,

'
si n . u si n . n 2 si n .

fl co s .
3 ;
therefore
” ” ” '
” ” ” ” '

[3 3 3 B;
”

si n i
c 4a si n . . 4 a
( 1 e ) s n . cos .

” ” ”
or, 4 a si n , [3 ( 1 6 cos .
 55

37 . P n or . In an elli p ti ca l or bi t, the ti me f
o d es cri b
i ng dep en ds chor d o the sum o f
a n y ar e on ly on the f the a re,

the ewtr eme r a di i v ectors , an d the m ajor a wi s these qu a n

ti ti es bei n g the s a me, the ti me i s the sa me, w h a tev er be the

If 11 be the a n g e l meas ured from th e peri hel i on , w e h av e,

b y A rts . 29, 3 1 , 3 2 , ma k i n g a 1,

r a ( l co s a o .
) ,

a§ a ( e si n
t . n ) .

S uppose t ha t r, v, u , t belon g to fi rst e x t remi ty of the

th e
lli pti cal arc, a n d tha t r , v , a re the co r respon d i n
' ' ' '
e u , t g q u an

ti ti es for the oth er e x t r emi ty . T hen

'
r a
( l

a3 u
’ ’
t ( e

a3 u
{
'
H en ce, ’ ’
t t u (
e si n u . i
s n u .

a?
’
a -
u -
2e i
s n .

'
Let t -
t= -
r,

t he refore 2 a? (B B B)
'
, 1 e si n . cos .

Add together the tw o sec n o d l

v a u es of r an d r
'

,
obser v i n g
' '
th a t cos n . cos u. 2 an d ma k i n g r r R ;
we then ha v e

R 2a ( 1
 56

N ow bei ng
c the chord of the elli
pti cal a re, we have hr
the last P rop .

” ”
4 a si n B(
’
a . 1

F ro m ( )2 we ha ve e cos

T hi s su b sti tuted in ( )1 and ( )

3 gi v es

2 r = 2 ai
{B

” ” ”
B B
’
c 4 a ta u . cos.

H ere e i s n ot i n v olv ed : a n d if we tak e the v alue of B

gi v en b
y ( )
5 a n d su b st i tu te i t i n w e sh all ha v e 7 d ep en d
ing on a , c, a n d R solely .

38 Pe er To em the ti me descr i bi ng
. .
p r es s o
f an y a re

o
f an elli p ti ca l or bi t
i n te rm s d ep en d i n g on the major a xi s ,

chor d , a n d ewtr eme r a di i v ector s .

M ak e z

H en ce,
’
zz =

2a R
For the sa k e of abbrevi a ti on , ma k e k, i
s n .
B s,

tan .
B t. T hen by ( 5) of last Prop .

” ””
8 k t .
 57

Hen ce , k ’ ”
(
’
)
’ = k
l +t -
s

” ” ”
k ( 1 t) 8

S quare the fi rst eq u a ti on an d su bt ract dou bl e the secon d ,

a d di n
g 1 to both sid es : then
” ”
(
‘
k 1 — 2 Ir
( l t) s
’
1 +s
‘

” — 2
— ” 2 ”
-
t 2 s
) = 1 z -
z + z z

‘ ”
k ( l t + ’
s
'
t)
’
( 1 ( 1 — z
)( 1 z
) .

” ” ” ””
But t when ce , s t s t 0, an d we ma y pu t

1 -
s
”
t
2
s
z ”
t for 1 s
”
t
”
s
””
t . When t hi s i s don e the
first si d e becomes a square ; an d ex t ra cti n
g th e r oot we ha v e

3 ” ”
A150 , 1 0 t) s

cos .
“ z, cos .
‘

”
lo
a s , 1 2s cos . 2 B;
hen ce, m si n
g x/,l z
'
”

ta k i ng the u pper si
g n,

co s . 2 B ? cos co s . si n
g si n .

efi =
r z
— ;

” h ” w ”
S e i ;
S e

t t
l
+h t
l
0 0 8.
m w
hen ce, tan B
m
.
S

N
I S

i ”
C
‘
”
‘
” +
cos. ,

0
1
0
1 w

cos . co s .
§
H
 58

ga — R
Al so , by ( 4 ) last P rop becomes
’
z + z = hen ce of . 1

’
7 a Si lh
gj .

In thi s ca se the wh ol e peri od co r respon d s a

” 2 71 . si n ce p . is 1 .

H en ce, i f T be the peri od of a body for whi ch a l

S ect I V . . PA R A LIC
BO M O T IO N .

39 . P a or . In the ca s e i n w hi ch the or bi t

bola , i t i s r equ i r ed to fi n d the ti me i n ter ms f

o

if 2
”
As before , ,
,

an d r v bei n g measured fro m the v er tex , th a t

1 o
c s e .

a in page 4 2, is 0 .

Also, h V 2p . D . H en ce,
Di 1

0
2

2 D5 1

( a)
2 ” 0
‘

( )
2 fl 2 3

t bei n g su pposed to begi n at the v er tex , when v 0 .

 59

4-0 . P n or . To fi nd the p la ce f
o a body i n a g i v en

paraboli c or bi t, at a g i v en ti me, b y a g eometr i ca l con s tr u c

(NE WT O N , Book I . Prop . x xx .

)
Fi g . 14 7 . L et S be the focu s, A the v er t ex , t the ti me
from A w hen the bod y i s a t P T he a rea AS P .

Let M be such t ha t ar ea AS P 4-31 . AS .

or 4 D M .
-
t M = t
MDi
°

4
V 2

Bi sect AS i n G , and ma k e G H per pen d i cula r to AS a n d

e ua
q l to 3 M : wi h t cen re t H a n d rad i us H A
, , d escri be a
.

ci rcl e S P , m eeti n th par abol a i n P P w i ll be th e pl ace

g e :

of the bod y a t the t i me t .

Dr a w P 0 perpen di cul ar to th e axi s . T hen

’
— GH )
’-
AG + P 0 2
2 GA . AO 2
—

H en ce,
2 GA AO S A A0
2
2 GH . P0 AO + P O ’ 2
. A0 P0 2
.

2 "
P0 3 2
3 P0 AO
+ PO "

Z 3
°

4 AS

£ 2
10
or
§GIL AS =
2
1
3
-
+ AO — SO

AO P 0
i so P0 . a rea A OP t ri an gle S OP ,

2
beca use the ar ea of a pa rabol a ls of the ci rcu mscrlbm g

rectan
gl e .

H en ce, 4M AS a rea AS P , an d P i s righ tly determi n ed .

 60

C ox . 1 . L et S Q be per pen di cular to the ax i s , an d let

M be N when the bod y i s a t Q :

g 3
’
t hen 4 AS S Q . = AS

H en ce, N

an d t i me i n AQ : t i me i n AP zz M : N 3M 3 N GH : AS .

C on . 2 . T he li n e GH i n crea ses
p opo
rr t i on a lly to the

t i me ; hen ce the v eloci ty of H is o

u n i f rm . N o w , w hen the
A S AP
bod y is v er y n ear to A, AP i s s mall , a rea AS P
é
u lti mately .

A n d G H == 3 M
3 a rea AS P
fi e
;
4 AS 8

i
v el . at H 3
uIf1ma tel y and therefo re
vel . at A 8

41 P a ce It i s requ i r ed em th e ti me
. . to p r es s
f
o de
s cri bi n g wa y a re f
o a p a ra bola i n ter ms o f i ts chor d , an d
f
o the r a ys at i ts ewtr emi ti es .
( L a mb er t ’
s T heorem ) .

T he ex pr essi on h ere o gh t i s to be
s u i n d epen d en t of the
d i st an ce of th e t
v e r ex fro m th e focu s .

M ake i n A r t . 38 . a l a rge

an d i
s n ce z : 1

z
— z

l
u ti ma tel y when a is v er y l arge
I l R c 3
hen ce t
ul i ma tely , g mm ?
3 5

“
Si mi larly, C si n .
é é ?
 61

Hence, i n thi s case, we ha v e by Ar t 3 8, .

{( R r ( R

The s i gn i s to be ta k en w hen the two ex ret mi t i es o f

the ch ord c a re on di fferen t si d es of th e a x i s .

If we t a ke th e ra di u s of th e E ar h t s orbi t for un i ty
’

an d su ppose the parabol a to be d escr i bed a bo u t the S u n ,

T d ay s .

S ect . V . THE I N V E R SE CU BE .

42 P n or Let the f be i n v er sely the cu be o the

. . or ce as
f
distan ce or P 3
r

T he e
q ua ti on in t hi s case beco mes

To i n t egra t e thi s t i on u ""

e
q u a , let e be a pa rti cula r sol u ti on .

(See L a cr oi a , E l em '
. T r ea t Ar t . .

T hen ce, l

Nw e ton consi er e d d th e curves d escr i b d wh

e en th e force i s i n vers ely as th e
b
cu e of th e d i s tan ce, an d b ides es th e l g i th m i
o ar c s p i ra l, n oti ce d th e cu r v es,

Speci es I , v , an d V I ; bu t o m i tt d e th e ex am i n ati on of th e ot ers, h by su pp osi n g

b
the od y to mov e from an a pse P r i n ci p i a , B oo k 1 Prop 9, an d Prop 4 1, Cor 3
C
. . . . . .

The complete an alysi s of hit s ca se wa s gi v en by otes in hi s L og ometr i a

h
P i l T ran s 171 5 ;
. . from wh i h c ci r cu m stan ce h
t ese curv es are som eti m es called

Cotes ’
s Spi rals . From certai n an alo gi b
es o serv e d by N ewton , Sp eci es r, a n d v , are
called the y b E
H p er oli c an d lli pti c Spi ral, respecti v ely . It m ay h e remar ed , how k .

ever, t at h the Reci procal Spi ral i s sometimes, by forei g n wri ters, calle d th e y
H per .

holi c Spi ral .

 2

and if 7 , 7 be the two l

v a ues of k in t hi s equa ti on , the
en eral i n t eg ra l w ill be
g
”
a C6 7

"
C, 6 bei n g an
y two ar bi t rary con stan t s .

T he cu r v es d escri bed w i ll be d i fferen t ,

l f =l=
7 as the v a ues o

a re po ssi bl e or i m po ssi bl e an d a s th e a rbi t ra ry co n st a n t s a re

,

posi ti v e or n ega ti v e We shall con si der the differen t speci es

.

t hu s produ ced .

S P E C IE S
5
'

I . L et 3
> l, an d C, C bo th th e sa me si n
g .

H en ce , k l=
=

S uppose t herefore , , a C5 ” Of ” ;

7 { c m

N o w, when
dz
— f 0, C
’
c or 5
97 ” 2;
do C
whi ch ca n alwa y s be fulfill ed by a possi bl e l
v a u e of 0 : let t hi s
l
v a ue be a , so t ha t
06 7 “ C ce
‘

V“
, C
'

H en ce, a c

da
When 0 a, u 20 ; a n d sm oc a t tha t p om t -

d0
cu rv e is perpen di cul a r to d i u s , or t her e i s a n
the ra a p se
" .

As v i n cr ea ses, i t i n crea ses, an d t herefore r d i mi n i she s , a n d

w h en 0 becomes i n fi n i t e, r beco mes 0 H en ce, the cur v e i s .

s uc h as is re presen t ed i n fig . 14 .

An a pse is a h
poin t w ere th e curv e i s perpen i cular to the radi us v ector, an d d '

wh ere, con seq uen tl , i n y g

en eral, th e rad i us v ector wi ll be ei t er a ma x i mum or h
 63

If C, C be both n ega t i v e , the cu rv e wi ll be the sa me

'
.

The si gn can o n ly i n di ca t e tha t the a n gl e 0 i s to be meas ured

i n the opposi t e d i rect i o n .

S r s cr a s II . L et and C =O
’
.

T herefore, u = C5 7 ”
; if a

H en ce, the cu r v e i s the log a r i thmi c sp i ra l, fig 1 5 . .

u
Dl fiere n tl a tmg, 7
'

’
h

hen ce, is th e co- a n t g en t of th e t

con s an t an
gl e

SP Y, whi ch the ta n gen t ma k es wi th the rad i us v ec tor : an d

M h
theref re o i s the co- seca n t , an d th e si n e of SP Y .

h x/ u

.
B ;

If C O, the cur v e wi l l be the sa m e .

;2 t i ve
'
S rE cm s III . L et 1, an d C ne
g a .

T herefore, a a C5 7 ”

"

g
' 2
Now , when u C6 7 ”
C 7 d 7 ”
for whi ch
"

O, e an 6

there i s a l way s a possi ble v a ue o l f v let thi s v a ue l he a ; an d

let Ce? “ C
'
s
-

7 “
V“ “
"
C C 0 67
‘

ce ;

an d hen ce it c

W hen 0 = i a
a , 0, r i s i n fi n i t e
s n ce A s 1: i n cr ea ses,
: .

i t i n crea ses, an d r decrease s ; an d w h en 1: i s i n fi n i t e, u i s also

infi n i t e, a n d r v an i shes H en ce, the fo rm of the cu rv e i s tha t

.

in fig 1 6, v
. a b ei n g the a n l e A S P
g .
 6 49

If p be the perpen di cular fro m S u pon the ta n gent,

hav e, ( p .

’3 ”
1 1 ds 1 1 dr
” 2
p
2
r
‘
do r
’
r
‘
do

( ) 2 —
h a)
}
) (—
{
2 2 )
}
o- a 2 2
a
7 y 7 v- a
- -

0 e 0
7 e e

”
( )
‘
c 1
y fat

d when
1 “1 9
an u a , , c ( 7 ) 2 l )
p

2 ’
l
40
7 an d p
20 7

A n d hen ce
'

there is an as y mptot e BZ to the cu r ve,

1
to S A , at a di stan ce S B
220 7

Si mi l arly , i f C be posi ti v e ti v e
'
an d C ne
g a .

S P E C I E S IV . L et

In th i s ca se we mu st t
r e u rn to the ori gi n al e
q u a ti on,

whi ch her e gi v es us

’
d a da
do
”
. .

a
— a
)

it bei n g
ppo sed that when u O o a
su , .

F or thi s po si t i on r i s i n fi n i t e : a n y ot her v a l ue of r , as

S P i s r eci pr ocally a s the a n gle 0

, a or AS P H en ce , .
, the
cu rv e i n thi s ca se i s the R eci p r oca l S p i r a l fig 1 7 , . .

If a ci r cu a r a rc l P Q be d escri bed wi t h cen tre S , P Q

( an d h en ce, i s a t ev ery poi n t the sa me
r o -
a ) a ; .

I t i s mani fest tha t the curv e wi ll h av e an as y mptote B Z ,

such t ha t S B , a .

m
S P E C IE S V L et < l
h
. .
§
 65

In thi s case the v a lues of k i n the equati m P + l

i mpossi ble . L et then be Ju

y / Tl . T here fore for the

gen m l i n tegral of the equati on we hav e

ct r

M C 0 ) ( 45W ? l

C l cosn y o C, si n y o, -

mak i n g an d

da
H en ce, "

7 C, arm - o C
7 , cos
7 0 :
25
z
y .

da C.
an d w = 0, tam - o for t ch there
2; y
a
l
v a ue of 0 , whether C, an d C, be of the same or

si ns Let be thi s v alue ;

g . a

Cg C)

cosa
y a i
s nd
y v si n .
y
~
a
}

a ),

a
or ma k i n g 9 an d

When 0 a, r a , an d there is an a pse . When 7 ( v a )

g , r i s i n fini te, an d th eref ore may be pa rallel to an as m

y p

tote . T o fin d the posi ti on of the asv mptote, w e ha v e

 66 *

s
I
( —
Z
2
an d wh en a)
'

7 v P
F
,
7
.

T he form of the cur v e i s gi v en i n fig '

. 18 .

43 . P s or . T o d eter mi n e i n w h a t ca ses ea ch o
f th es e
cu rv es w i ll be descri bed .

We may observ e tha t , i n the ca se wh ere the bod y d escri be s

d i
et
a c1rcle, a n d c n se o q ue n t ly w here 0, we ha v e,
a?

0 , an d 1 , or h th e . a r ea i n ti me 1 -
.

N o w the s
p eci es v a r esi as in the cu r v e i s grea t er th a n ,

e
q ua l to ,l ess th a n 1 :
or t h at i s as h th e a rea i n t i m e 1 , ,

i n the cu r v e i s l ess t han equa l to or grea ter than

, , i ts ,

V alu e i n the ci rcl e So t ha t i f the a r ea i n a gi v en t i me be

.

les s than tha t i n a ci rcl e wi th th e sa me force we sha ll h a v e ,

S peci es I I I or 1 1 1 ; i f the a r eas be equa l we ha v e Speci es I v

, , ,

i f th e a rea i n the cu r v e be gr ea ter w e hav e Speci e s v , .

In t hese two la tt er ca ses i t i s cl ea r t ha t si n ce th e area i s ,

n o t l ess tha n i t i s i n the ci r cl e w hen the ra d i i v ector s a re the

sa m e the v eloci ty w i ll be r ea t er t h a n i t i s i n a ci r cl e I t h
, g n e .

three fi r st cases we may thus compare those v eloci ti es .

In the ci r cl e whose r adi us i s r si n ce r v eloci ty h p ,

2 2 2
,

we hav e loci ty
5
2 ?
ve a n
5

In the cur v e , ( love

ci ty )
2
h 2
u
2

“
Bu t u C e”
‘

d
f
;
”
Ce ?
i
2 '
C C
’
4
7 .

h
T i s i s also the veloci ty frb m an i n fin i te di stan ce .
 67

Hen ce, ( v eloci ty )

’ ’ ’ ’
(
s
h l u 4m ,
) C C
” ’ ' ’ ’
m 4wy CC si n ce h ( l
fy )
'

p
-
; It»

If the loci ty be less tha n tha t i n a ci rcl e we ha v e CC n ega

ve ,
'

ti v e an d t her efore the curv e i s S peci es I

, If the w elo d ty be .

e qu a l to t ha t i n a ci rcl e we h av e Speci es I I If the v eloci ty

, .

i n th e cu rv e be g r ea ter we ha v e Speci es I I I , .

I f the force be re pulsi v e , the e u a q t i on will resem ble the on e

for Speci es v , an d the curv e , whi ch we ma y cal l Sp eci es V I,

w i ll be a s i n fi 1
g 9 . .

44 . P n or .T o fin d the ti me of descr i bi n g an y
p or ti on

o
f the cu rv es descr i bed i n Ar t 42 . .

In S peci es I, i f we ppose the

su an l e v to be mea sured
g
from th e a p se , an d co n se u en tly
q a 0, w e shal l ha v e

l 1 do 1 dc
h -
r
z f—B
2 3
dt u dt 0 di
’
Y"
e do
.
.
'
w t— l
{
z z
e i-«
dt

1
ht= C 2
20 7 6 7 0
+ 1

We may su ppose the ti me to begi n when 0 0 : on thi s sup

posi ti on we ha ve
1 a
“87 °
1
.
°
2
7 h 6 7 °
+ l

Si m i l arly , we sh ou l d fin d

a
in Speci es { i
— ”
I I, t= 1 e 1 e 7
co t fl
q/ n
2 h
7 .

c a n d t bei n meas ured fro m th e oi t w h re the r a d i u s v ector = a

g p n e .

2a I l
In Speci es I I I, t If a —
;
g em — 1
,
20
bei n g measu red from S A,
. an d t bei ng th e ti me fro m P to the ~

cen tr e.
 ’ '
a a
In Speci es tg
m ba ng measured from
.

Iv ,
0
g a
hd
’

S A, an d t bei n g the ti me to the cen tre .

I n S peci es v, t ta m-yo ; o an d t bei n g meas ured

from the a p se .

Cox 1 . In ord er to fin d the ti me 1 of d escribi n g a gi v en

.

an le 8 w e m u st ta k e th e v alu e of t between the v alu es 0 an d

g ,

o 3 ; we shall thus hav e i n Speci es I ,

27 0
1 6

"( 87 2 mm
)( )
’ ° 7
2o s 1 6 1

5 7 °
c w “

7 6 -
y d
6 e
— r 1 ra
.
s
27

r , an d r, bein g the radi i at the begi n n i n g an d en d of the gi v en

an
gle.

Similarly ,

in Speci es II , hr

i n Speci es I I I, hr

i n Speci es Iv , hr 3 r , r, ,

811 8
2
7
i n Speci es v, hr

Corr 2 . In all the cases, the ti mes of successi ve

. rev olu ti on s

in the sa me spi ral are as the ex treme radii .

 69

Let a h t li
strain e SR Q P , fi 1 4 d r a wn from S , cu t the
g g , .

s iral su ccessi v ely i n R , Q , P : then , si n ce i n thi s ca se 3 2

p 11

is constan t, we ha v e

time from P to Q ti me fr om Q to R SP . SQ : SQ . SR
SP SR .

S ect VI . . T H E IN V E a sE F IF T H P own a .

A sr n r r o r rc
' '
C Ia CLE s .

45 . P a or . Let the f orce be i n v ersely as the 5 th p ower

u

!
d
T herefore, by (d) ,
d : w

and multi plyi n g by 2 an d i n tegrati n g wi th re ard

g to v,

C bei ng an arbi tra r y con stan t ; hen ce,

’
da
C — u ’
+
”
d o

This q
e ua ti on ca n n ot be i n tegra t ed gen erally by the c ommon
method s .

When the ri ght -

han d member i s a square, i t becomes
Si mple ; tha t i s, i f 4 t i mes the prod uct of the ex t reme terms
be q
e ual to the squ ar e of the mi ddle t erm ;

2 Cu .

1 ; If C
’
h

On thi s su pposi ti on ,

da 1
1=
=
do

a nd we shall ha v e two d ifferen t S peci es ke

as we ta the or
the si
g n.
 70

In the fi rst ca se,

a bei n g th e l
v a ue of 0 , when u = 0 .

When 0 a, r i s i n fin i te ; as i t i n crea ses an d r d ecr eas e s ,

i
h
wh n
v
i n crea ses ; an d
“ i s i n fin i te
'

0 en a or r .

H en ce, th e cu r v e, fig 20, ha wh a t may be l

cal ed a n a s m t ti
.

s y p o c

ci r cle wi ht ra di u s SA
“to whi ch ci rc e l it perpet ua lly
h
a pprox i ma t es , bu t wh i ch i t n ev er t lly
ac ua rea ches .

“ ”
“+
‘
m h
We h a v e 2 p n u

“
”
2h 2p 2h 2

)
2
2fl
an d when r i s i n fi n i te, or u O, p whi ch i s S B ,

the di stan ce of th e as y mptote B Z fr o m S A .

In th e
. o
sec n d case, w e ha v e

2h da

\/ n do
h it

[1

h
u

x/ fl
a bei n g of v when u i s i n fi n i te .
 When 0 a, u i s i n fi n i te , an d r O; as u d ecrea se s, or r

i ncreases, a 0 a so l i n crea ses ; an d w hen

u s:
, or r

a o i s i n fi n i te
H en ce , the cu rv e h a s, i n t hi s ca se al so , a n
.

a s y m ptoti c ci r cl e , a n d i s si t u a t ed w i t hi n i t, a s i t w a s b efore

w i t h ou t i t S ee fig 2 1 S Q co m es to S A when 1)
. .
O ; an d

AS P = a — v .

C os . 1 . We sha ll n ow c om pa r e the loci ty

ve t t ha t
wi h in

In a ci rc e l wi h t :
ra di u s r, v eloci t
y
z
P r, ( see Ar t.

2
In the cu r v e , v e oci l ty e
h a
2

2
Now when r S A, or u

4 4
nu 4
l
ve ocl t
2
y In cu rv e nu loci ty
ve
2
in l
ci rc e ;
2

whi ch i t ma n i fes tly o ul d be beca u se a s the r adi u s a pprox i

sh ,

mates to S A, th e moti on a ppro x i m a t es to ci rcu l a r mo t i on .

h
In the fi r st c a se a is l w a y s l ess t h a n an d hen ce the
w
. a

veloci ty i s a l wa y s rea t tha n t ha t in a ci rc e l

g er .
 79

In the secon d ca se a i s alway s grea ter tha n thi s v a l ue , a n d

the v eloci ty i s less t ha n t ha t i n a ci rcle a t the sa me di s ta n ce .

C on 2 . . T o fin d the v eloc i ty , so t hat on e of t hes e cu r v es

may be descri bed .

L et, a t an y poi n t P, he le S P Y== , S Y bei n

B
t
an
g g a
”n ”
perpen di cular on the v eloci ty
’
n h SI
v eloci ty r m
’
'
. .
B .

No w let the v eloci ty be e ti mm that i n a ci rcle at the

di stan ce S P : tha t i s, v eloci ty ‘
e a u : h en ce,
’ ‘

' l i
(
‘
)n
, ’
d p tt a 20 l a 2 h

-
l)

H en ce , i f s be gi v en , we m u fin d
di recti on i n whi ch the bod y mu st be proj ec ted to d ew ri be
the curv e It wi ll belon g to the first
. or S w

c is ra ter or less tha n 1

g .

Alm a
‘
m ‘
B 4 , i "

?s M B

am m x/ ( 1 1
“fillg -
m? )

an d the first or secon d cu r v e wi ll be dm ri bed , as we ta k e

the u pper or the l wer o si
gn .

C on 3 . . By eq ua ti n g the l
v a u es of A SP i n the two
s peci es , we s ho u ld fin d for the sa me an gle AS P , fig 20 , .

S ect VI I . Is a ss n
“P a wn s . T au n cr o m wi r e
'
v a so

cr r r
'
ACQ U I RED s e em an I N F IN I T E D i s t a n ce .

46 P a ce Let the force v a ry i n oer sd y as an y p ow er

“
. .

o
f the d i s ta n ce, or P mu a .
 73

T herefore u

m u lt i ply i n g by 2 and i n t egra t i n g ,

w hen ce ,

( n -
l )
an d i f the pressi on on
ex the fi rst si d e he i n t egra bl e , w e ca n

fin d the r e la ti on b et ween a an d v .

T o fin d the t i me ,
w e hav e

dt dt dv 1 dc
°

da dv du ku r
du

T he quan ti ty
C wi ll d epen d u pon the v eloci ty , a n d wi ll
be k n o wn , i f we k n o w the v eloci ty for a gi v en poi n t ; whi ch
may be call ed the v eloci ty of p r ojecti on , i f we con si d e r t hi s
poi n t a s the begi n n i n g of the moti on F or we ha v e .

”
ve loci ty 2
h 2
h C,

and i f, w hen u a, w e hav e ve loci ty V,

+ t ; when ce C i s k n o wn .

It ll be con v en i en t to compa re th e eloci ty wi th t ha t

wi v

acqui red by fall i n fr om a n i n fi n i t e d i st a n ce L et q be the

g .

veloci ty a c ui red by fa ll i n t hrou h an spa ce to wa rd s the

q g g y
centre . T herefore
 7 4

con s t
and i f q be the l
v e oc i ty ac q ui red from i n fi n i ty ,

an gn u
“
“
”
con s t . 0, q "
( n l ) r n 1

H en ce, if at the poi n t of proj ecti on where u ,

loci ty be e t i mes t ha t from i n fi n i ty we ha e ,

v

rt - 1 w- l
Qua gna
’
h C ;
n 1 n 1

’ ’
h C ( e 1)

C on A t the si d es we ha v e
. a
p

C u
s
2s “
—
( n 1 ) h

o r, p u tti n g for C i ts l
v a ue , an d d i v i di n g,

“
2
l) h rn— l
)
2 2
( 6 l u

T hi s may ha v e fou r r oot s possi bl e { for i n stan ce i f n , , 5,

(
s ‘

an d
n l ) h I

> 4 (e
’
bu t on ly two of t hese i ve
8 g
4
a psid al di st an ces ; i n fa ct the other two a re a l way s n ega ti v e .

47 . P a ce In the p a r ti cu la r ca se wher e the veloci ty i s

.

equ a l to th a t fr om i nfin i ty , to fi n d th e cu r v es descr i bed .

If the v eloci ty be a t on e poi n t th at from i n fi n i ty , i t wi l l

be so a t a ll poi n ts For , by Ar t 1 7 , Cor 2, i f the v eloci ty be
. . .

a cqui red i n falli n from a di sta n ce a ,

g
u ll 1
”
r n -
l

l
and if a be i nfin i te, o
’ L a t all poi n ts
7 3
.

1
 75

Here, i n the ex pression of la s t A rti cle, C o, a n d we ca n

i n te g rate . F o r we h a v e

" 3 —
2a u ( 3 ) du 2 dy du 2 dy
'

rt u
Let .

—1 h
(
’
n
) u do do n

1 dy
therefore 1
n -
3 — 1) do
and i n tegra ti ng wi th
, res pect to o,

P
v a
i sed — a
)
-

” s

1 I )
cos .
( o a ) y 2
- 16

l) n 3
H en ce, If n >3 cos . ( o a ) .

x/ ( M)
Q

h¢ (n 1 ) 1

W
St l , If 00 5 .
( o a ) .
3

T
?

In the fi rst ca se , i t i s m an i fest tha t when the fi r st si de is

M
—3
n
2
1 , or r 2 the fi g u re ha s an a pse . T he
1 )
curv e is s y mmetri ca l on the two si d es of thi s a
p se, a nd

n 3
r dImIn Ishes
e o e

as o
e

a 1 n crea ses . W hen

0 a we hav e r = 0 , a nd the cu r v e pa sses through

the cen re t .

In the sec no d ca se, r i n crea ses as o a i n creases .

3
When
ar
or o — d r is i n fin i t e,
2 2 3 n

and the cu rv e is pa ra ll el to it . T o fin d the n a ture of the

 76

i n fi ni t e bran ch , we ha v e, ( i
s nce i n A r t 46 , C . a: O, )
sa w
“
“+ d
’
do
17 = 3
"
’
p a ( n
Oh

an d whe n r i s i n fi n i te , an d
p i s i n fi n i te ;

branch ha s no as y mptote .

S ect VII I . . I N VE RSE n

tb
P ow s a .

As v u r r o r rc C re a t e s .

'

48 . P a or . Let the f orce oc

zr y isw er sely as a ny
p o w er

o
f the d i s ta n ce ; i t i s r equ i red to fi nd the con di ti on s r equ i

s ite tha t the or bi t ma y ha v e an as ymp toti c ci r cle . S ee Ar t 45 . .

P :
a u
'
, an d as before i n Ar t 4 6 . .

N o w , i f the orbi t ha v e an as y mptoti c ci rcle , o f w hi ch the

ra d i us i s
ii ’ i t i s man i fest tha t the l
v a ue of o , ta k en from an
y

l
v a ue o f up u to u c, wil l be i n fi ni te : t ha t i s, the i n tegral
on th e ri h t ha n d
g
- si d e m ust be i n fin i te when u n c . At» ,
u z c is n ecessar il y a factor of the de n om i n a to r, beca u se whe n

u c, 0, a nd therefore C u + s o B u t if
r
.

the d en omi na tor has two fa c to r s a — c, the i n tegra l wi ll be

i n fin i te for u c .For i n tha t ca se
1

Q i n v ol v i n
g u , a n d i n fe r i o
"" 3
r po w e rs of u . A n d i f we put
a a: c s , i t i s ma n i fes t t ha t Q wi ll beco me A B ar & c an d .
 77

f w/ e A
{ I

la Be
&c
m/
.
;
, / A el A

th e other ter ms i n v olvi ng di rect powers of 3 . H en ce ,

u = c, an d a : O, 0 beco mes i n fi n i te .

We sh a ll therefore ha v e an as y mptoti c l
ci r c e i f t he re be
u
the factor u c t wi ce in the d en omi n a tor of t ha t Is,
do
i f the e
q ua t i on
C 0

ha v e tw o r oo ts 0, 0 .

But i n thi s ca se the q

e ua ti on

2u 0, has on e o f t hese root s ; therefore

d +C= m or C= d

2 ’H ’
2c O, or h p c .

”
Now, i n the curv e, v e oci l ty h 2

2
(by Art . h

(p u tt i n
g for C i ts l
v a ue, )
 78

p t i fo r h i ts v a l ue )
" “
( u t n
g , u c

""
{ 2u (
n 3)

L et, po
a t an i n t the v a l u e of u be b an d the a n gl e S P Y
y , , ,

fig 2 1 whi ch th e t a n gen t mak es wi t h the ra di u s v ecto r 3 ; a n d

. , ,

s u ppo se t h a t a t t hi s po i n t th e v eloci ty i s 6 ti m e s th a t i n a ci r c l e .

N ow i n a ci rcle
,

ve loci ty 2
force x rad i u s ( Ar t .
n u

”
An d wh en u b, v e loci ty '
in ci rc e l and l
v e oc i ty in
cur v e

{
l
(
2 l
H en ce, b ~
a 3) c
fl
- ‘

n
€ M

n—I
l( }
" 1
an d (
2
) b 3) c
"

n l € 2 n ;

’
( 1) e 1
-

n -
e -

n —3

1
“
fB
‘
Al so, h 2
veloc1 t
y si n
b
.

6
2
.
“ b. -
8
si n
f
fi .

”
B ut h .
”O
n- 3
;
3
"“ s
o si n fi
fi ; an d c b ( e si n .
B)
2 — " T i

T herefo re i
( n l ) e -
2 "

( s s n.
n 3

—
And si m
l (n l )
fi

H en ce, w h en u = c, veloci ty
3 =p c "
in a ci rclc ; as i t man ifestl y
shoul d be .
 79

w h i ch
g i v es the l t i on bet ween the v eloci ty an d the d i recti o n
re a

o f p r oj ecti on , i n order t ha t the cu r v e may hav e an a sy mptoti c

ci r cl e.

T he i
r a d us of the ci r c e , l is ea si ly fo un d by the

l l
reced i n o r m ul a If t t h an ma de
O 0

f the
O

is
p g .

h g r ea er is an
e

i n ter i or on e , as i n fig 20 . : t ha t i s,

2
( fl — l
) € —2

n — 3

2
if ( n — l ) e — 2 >n — 3
,

2
if e > l, or if s > l .

If on the o t
c n rar y e be l ess t ha n 1 , the ci rcle is ex teri or to
the curv e , a s i n fig 2 1
. .

It i s cl ea r t ha t w e m u s ha v e t n 3 .

In ly the same way we may fin d the con di t i on s req ui si t e

n ea r

for the d escri pt i on of an orbi t w i t h a n asy m ptoti c ci r cl e when

, ,

the force i s repr esen ted by an y fun cti o n wha t ev er of u .

S ect IX . . R e v on v m c O n m r s '
.

49 Pr os Let the f or ce con s i st o

f w
. . t o p a r ts , on e
f
o
whi ch v a r i es i n v er s ely as the s qu a r e, a n d the other i n v ers el
y
as the cu be, o f the di s ta n ce .

To i n tegra te, let

 80

or fl a w }

l w = 0; or if 1

+ n = 0

f whi ch , by n ea r ly the me proces i n Art

'

o sa s as . 30 ,

fin d the i n tegra l to be

w C, Cg si n u s/ v ;

n C , co sn y v C, si n my e
h -
n

T hi s may be t ran sformed in e x ac tly th e sa m e ma n n er as in

Ar t 29 ;
. that i s , let a be the v a ue ol f 0, whi ch ma k es
33 0
: 0,

then the v a uel whi ch gi v e s y e 1r

y a wi l a l l so m a k e
g;
l
end if -

r $ 7 ,
be the v alues o f u , corres
pon di n
g to these v alues

of v , we s ah ll ha v e

u n

i s
;
whi ch i s th e eq u a ti on to th e cu rv e d eseri ba l, i f r
’
an d r
”
be

T his man ifestly a

g
rees t
wi h the e q uati on to an e ll i pse , of

whi ch the f ocus is in the t

cen re o f forces , ex ce pt i n ha vi n g
i n s tea d of v H en ce , th e may be th u s d e
y ( v a ) 1
« . cu rv e

scr i bed : i f, i n fig 1 48 , . a n d 1 4 9, Vp be an ell i pse o f wh i ch the

focu s 18 S ; an d , Sp bein g an y ra di u s , if we ta k e VS P z K!! g

so tha t , VS P bei n g 0 a , we m ay ha v e VS p =
y(
’
v a ) ; then
SP S p ma y be r , an d the eq ua ti on j ust r will be fo un d fo r
sa ti s fi ed ; t heref re the cu rv e VF B t hu s d escri bed w i ll be the
o -

pa t h of the body .
 81

VP B will be wi thou t the lli pse

e if 'y be less

t han un i ty ; t hat i s, if 1 or if p
'
be posi ti ve . If ,u
'

be ne
ga ti v e
, or the fo rce be P :
n u
“ p u
'
’
, the pa th d escri bed
will be wi thi n th e elli
p se, as i n fig . 1 49 .

both cases we shall ha v e an a pse

In B i n the cu r v e,

corres po n d i n to an a pse b i n th ll i p at w hi ch poi n t

g e e se ;
VS b 7 VS B , an d SB Sb . H en ce, si n ce VS B = or , w e ha v e
VS b

Y
‘

VS B i s the a n g le betw een the a

p s i des .

Aft er descri bin g an an

gl e BS V VS B , the bod y wil l
Y, o
'
come aga i n to an a
p se at an d a
g o on
y per
petu all re

vol v i n bou t S pp roa chi n g to i t, an d r ecedi n fr om i t

g a ; a
g

T he li n e S V re ta i n s a l wa y s the sa me posi ti o n ,
a p si des
f o

when a bod y d escri bes an elli pse a s i n A r t 80 I n the case o f . .

the p resen t pr obl em , thi s li n e , wh i ch i s a t fi rs t i n the po si t i o n

V
S , g fi 1 4 8.
, 1 4-
9 , wo ul d , aft er o n e rev ol u ti o n , co m e i n to the
"
posi ti on S V ; aft er a seco nd , i n to the posi ti on S V ; an d so on ;
'

"
the an
g les VS V V S V
'
8, m b '
ei n
g eq ua l H en ce
, t hi
. s li ne .
,

i s sa i d to r ece i v e roun d S If i t rev ol v e in the di r ect i on o f th e

.

bod y s moti o n as i n fig 1 4 8 i t i s sai d to mo ve i n con sequ en ti a

'

, .
, ,

or to r og res s ; if i t m o v e i n the opposi te d i rec ti o n i

p as n ,

fig 1 4 9 i t i s sa id to mov e i n a n teceden ti a or to r eg r ess

.
, It , .

ap ea rs by w ha t ha s p reced ed t h a t the fi rs t or the seco n d o f

p ,

these ca se s wi ll occur as the par t of the force n u whi ch v ari es

, ,
’ ’
,

i n ver sely as the cu be of the di st an ce i s ad di ti v e or subt ract i v e , , .

If so th a t we h a v e VS B

i t i s ma ni fest tha t we must t herefor ' ’

1 an d e h p
 82

When the bod y will fall i n to the em)

comi n g to a sec ond a pse as mi h t be she wn by
g
,
i
the eq ua t i o n

When It ”a
p
'

, ( v a
) ;

c ; su pposi n g t hat u 0 wh en 11

Int hi s case the bod y a pp roa ches the cen r e t by an i n de

fi n i te n umber o f re v ol u t i on s .

50 . P s or . Let the for ce be p

reby ( m y fun ctiv n
r es en ted
o
f the d i s ta n ce ; i t is r equ i red to fi n d w h a t v a lu e the a ng le

betw een the ap s i d es a

pp r owi m a tes to, w hen the or bi t becomes
v er y n ea r ly a ci rcle .

It i s man i fest , t ha t
p roj ect a bod y perpen d i cula rly
i f we
to the radi us v ector wi t h a v eloci ty a v e ry l i ttle grea ter or
,

les s t han the v eloci ty i n a ci r cl fo r the sa me di st a n ce an d e

fo rce the pa t h of the bod y w i ll n o t d i ffer m uch fr o m a ci r cle

, .

Wi th m an y l a w s of force the body wi ll r e v ol v e perpet u a lly ,

bet wee n i ts grea tes t a n d l eas t a p si d al d i s ta n ces a s i n las t ,

P rop fig 1 4 8 1 49 ; an d the an gl e be twee n the a p si d e s w i ll

. .
,

d epen d both upon the v eloci ty an d the la w of fo rce As ho w .

,

ev e r the v eloci ty a pp ro a che s m o re n ea rly to t ha t i n a ci rcl e

, ,

the n l e bet wee n th e a psi d es w i ll te n d n ea rer a n d n ea rer to

a
g
a cer ta i n li mi t T hi s l i mi t i t can n e v er re ach beca u se wh en
.
,

the v eloci ty becom es a cc u ra te ly t ha t i n a ci rcl e th e two a psi da l ,

di s ta n ces ar e eq ua l a ci rcl e i s the curv e d escr i bed an d t her e

, ,

i s n o lon ge r p roperly spea ki n g an an gl e bet w ee n th e a psi d es

, , ,

as ev ery poi nt i s an a pse B u t i f w e fin d t hi s l i mi ti n g an g le

.
,

i t may ser v e to i n di ca t e wha t i s the a n gle be t w ee n the a psi d es ,

when th e di ffer en ce o f the hi gh r an d lo w er a psi da l d i st a n ces e

i s s ma ll bu t fi n i t e
, .
 83

L et P 2
w he re ( is fun ct i o n of u ; tha t P
u
¢ a ;
p a a . so

ma y b e fun ct i on w ha t ev er of n ;
an
y
d i
u
i
n (
by (d ) , ”
u s
dv

N ow at th e poi n t w here the bod y is proj ected per pen d i

l ly
cu a r to the ra di u s, let u e; an d for an
y ot he r poi n t le t

a c z, a: bei n g s ma ll . T he n

+ &c .

A l so i f 1 1 + 3 w er e ti o of the
th e ra ve loci ty to the 2

ve loci ty 2
in a ci rc e a t l the poi n t of p roj ect i on ,
w e sho u l d ha v e
l
m the c1r cle , for ce
0

l
o 0

x r a dl u s
2
o

v e oc1t
y =
( Ar t 2 7) . c
g
qbc
c

”
in the cu r v e , ve loci ty
v eloci t
2

hen ce m the cu r v e , h
? y I
()c

( l +3
)
2
c c

therefore , su b s t i t u ti n g i n the ori gi n a l e

q ua t i on , we h a v e

d’
x ( I 3) e
+ c + z _

fi P
( C

’ "
d a
¢ c c z

’
dv p
c c 1 . 2
I
N i) 0
03 58 3 &c .

(be

A n d wh en the orbi t becomes i n d efi n i t ely n ea r ly a ci rc e, l

3 becomes i n d efi n i t ely small a s does z ; a n d hen ce , ,
e d 8Lc
,
.

may be o mi tt ed i n co mpa ri son of z

i '
d e c
¢ c
z — 0 3= O .

dv 1
( 10

If w e m a k e 1
y
v
we sh a ll hav e , as i n Ar t 29, .

for the i n tegral of thi s e

q ua ti o n ,
 84

0 3
a s C , cos 7 v + C , s1 n .
y
v v +
”
.

v
0 3
an d

whi ch i n di ca tes the sa me k i n d of orbi t a s is des

cri bed

l as t problem . An d here, as t here we sha ll ha v e

,

A a th e an
gl e bet ween the a
pd d es

Ex . 1 . L et th e fo rce v ar y i n v ersely as a n
y po wer of the
di stan ce,
P a
uu
'
s u
g
.
“ u
h "
; A
W ¢ u = ( n

"
— 2
)
'
n c

n o
“ fl = 3 _
n

the m g le bet ween the a psi d es a

« ( a n
)
When n = — 1, 1 3

2 , whi ch agm s wi th Ar t 20 ; .

w hen n = 0, A e

when fl = l, A

w hen n a 2, A ar
m, whi ch a
g rees wi th A rt 30 ; .

when n 8, A i s i n fi n i te ;

when n 3 , the u p i s i mpossi ble . In fact , i n

Yl eav e on e a i t w i ll n eve r an other ,

o 0 3 to n fin i ty , if the v eloci ty be than

but
i M tha t
“
r
g
i n a ci rcle, a n d to the cen t re i f the veloci ty be less .

1 is ah a m e i f the v eloci ty be n ot nw ly equal to that i n a ci rcle , 0 5 mi ght

7
m d on of the an l etween the a ps i d a l, in some
eb
'
"

g
isn ml C mb i d g
.

wh m he w hi t t ot n a rly ea s »
, i n the of the a r e Phi
M d 1 n . V ol I Part
. . 179 .
 If n li ttle grea ter than 2 the a psides progress slo wly
be a ,

thu s the s pec will ad v an ce abou t 3 i n on e rev ol u ti on or b y i n °

,

a semi re v ol u ti on
-
if n ,

Ex 2 L et the force con si st of tw o par ts each v a ry i n g

. .
,

as a n
y po w er of th e di st an ce ;
2 ’ M —z
( )
2
P ”
n n -

a u uu n u ;

p
( a “ a
" ?
uu
’ v '
z
, ( p
'
u

'
( n ( n
'

( n ( n 2 )
“ c
u— 2
M
’
c
’l ' —2

( 3 " w e
”
( 3
a —2 n'
’ -
2
”c + n c

When ce A i s k n own .

V 7

Ex . 3 . L et the force
y a s the si n e of the d i sta n ce from v ar

the cen t re the di st a n ce bei n g con si d ered a s a n ar c

,
.

Let q be the di sta n ce whi ch i n thi s v a ri a ti on i s co n si d ered

, , ,

as a qua d r an t ; a n d M the for ce a t th a t di st an ce : t hen ,

si n .
q i
s u. r pt “i .

s n q
force at d i sta n ce r : the

sines bei n g ta k en to s uch a ra d i u s tha t q i s a

q u ad ran t .

But, i f the si n es of the o

c rres pon di n g an gl es be tak en to
radi us 1 , th e y wi ll be i n the sa m e ra ti o :

and q r
g g , the an
gl e cor respon di n
g to r ;

er a a
° °

2 2
2qu
'
a 2 qu
 86

'

7l
”
H en ce , y l ot an
c .

2 qc
l
w here is the ra d l us of the c1 rc e l to w hl ch the or b1 t p
a

I
If w e m a k e a, w e ha v e
c

c ota n

If a = 0,

If a =
% q,

If a = g,
7
2
=

W 71
T he an
gl e b e t ween the a p si des v a ri e s from
3
o
acc r di n g to the d i fferen t m a gn i t u d es of the l
ci r c e d escri bed .

G E O M E T R I C AL I N V E ST IG AT I O N F OR SE CT . IX .

( N E W T O N , B oo k I . Sect . 1x .
)
51 . Fi g 1 4 8
. . If a body r ev olv e i n the
orbi t VP a bou t the cen tr e o
ff or ce C, an d if the an
g le V C p
be ta k en a lw a ys in a
g i v en r a ti o to V OP , ( G F) a n d C p
equ a l to C F ; the or bi t V p m a y a lso be d es cr i bed by a for ce
ten di n g to C , P an d p bei n g a lwa ys a t cor r esp on di n g p oi n ts .

F or th e a rea propor t i on a l to the t i me ( I n t r od

VC P i s .

P rop . B u t i t i s eas i ly seen t ha t the a rea VCp i s to th e ar ea

VOP i n the gi v en ra t i o ( G F) H en ce the ar ea VCp i s so .

d escr i bed a s to be propor t i on a l to the t i me If t herefo re w e .

fin d (by P r op 1 I n t rod ) the for ce a t C by w hi ch the bod y

. v . .

m a y d e scri b e the orbi t Vp the bod y p wi ll mo v e i n th e ,

ma n n er a sser ted i n the P ropo si t i on .

 87

52 .
( N e w to n , P r op . XLV .
) T o fi n d th e dif er en ce o
f the

f or ces by w h i ch th e bodi es P an d p a r e r eta i n ed i n thei r or bi ts .

Fi g 1 5 0
. . L et P , p be corr espon di n g poi n t s of the or bi t s,
an d a s l oK , n . T a k e th e a n gl e k P CK , a n d d escri be, wi th
cen tre C, a ci r c e l Kkn . D ra w r km perpen di cu l a r to Cp , an d

ta k e mr : k r zz G : F .

T he m oti o n s bod i es a t P a n d p may be r esol v ed each

of th e
i n to two pa r t s the fi r s t pa r t s bei n g i n th e di r ecti on s P C p C
, , ,

r espec t i v ely th e secon d p a r t s perp en d i cu l a r to t hese d i r ecti o n s

, .

T he for mer pa r t s a re equ a l i n the two ca ses beca u se Cp i s a l wa y s ,

e u a l to CP t h e l a tt er p a r t s a re a l w a y s i n the r a t i o F G
q : ;
f or the v eloci t i es t ra n sv er se to CF Cp wi ll be i n the u lti m a te ,

r a t i o of th e a n l e s VCP V C H i f P w er e to
g p en ce
p , pro .
, ,

c eed fro m P w i t h th e v el oci ti e s w h i ch th ey t here ha v e d

p , a n ,

w ere both to be acted u pon by the force whi ch act s i n P th ey ,

c oul d st i ll h a v e e u a l v eloci t i es i n t h e r a di i P C C nd
q p a , ,

v eloci ti e s t r a n s v er se to t hese r a d i i w hi ch w o u l d be i n th e
r ati o F G H en ce w hi le the for mer body com e to k the
.
, ,

latter w o u l d co me to m beca u se p r P R (K R bei n g per pen

, ,

di cula r to CP ) a n d m r kr G F .

B ut i n or d er th a t the secon d bod y m a y d escri be the orbi t

Vp i t m u st be d r a wn to n w hi l e the fi r st body i s brou gh t
, ,

to k H en ce w e mu s t ha v e besi d es the force whi ch a ct s on P

.
, , ,

an ad di ti o n al for ce whi ch sh all d r a w the bo d y th ro u h m n i n

g
the ti me of d escri bi n g p n .

I f f be thi s force , an d t th e t i m e of d escri bi n g P K or p n ,

mn é
‘e
f ,
t f

N ow i f m r prod u ced m ee t the l

ci rc e a
g i a n in s , an d if mn
G
m eet It m t, w e ha v e B ut m r
F

when ce m ic k r, ms
F
 88

A nd m t u lti mately passes t hrough the cen tre “ , an d therefore

2 Cp . H en ce ul ti ma t ely
, ,

-
F) ou r m
( y
2 0p mn =
8
when ce m n =
”
F R 2 0?

A l so i f A be the a rea in a u ni t of ti me, d ecri bed by P,

At is e
q u a l to P CK or 17 0 1
0 ; th a t i s A t = 9—Q — ° I
é
,

when ce h r w and hen ce

0p

If the s in e of n x be dn v man d i f m n m eet x c i n o, i t wi ll ea si ly be seen tl m

we h a ve

mr si n . r “ C c+ Cr

and o
ur mr -
si n mz C o+ C r C r — cosm a ; '

Cr cosm z
h
-

w en ce 0 0 + C r = m r
m .

Let S k a
-
8, M d
g =y 3 $ 180 Ck =l .

T herefo re h r = si n . a, m r = y si n . z, C r = cos . z,

sin n e r - d ud s,

’ ‘
z s

m
.

Hen ce, Cr oos . y z =l—

r§
-

w r z
’

ifi
27
3
mr ( z
1 3

-
se .

m r = 7 sin .x =y z “
r
i
gs
Hen ce, by omi tti n g the hi gh er powers of 3 , becau e s 3 van i s h es ulti ma tel y ,

2
7;
A nd ulti matel y Cc + C r =s o, of w ic h h th e value i s ri ghtly foun d by mak i n g 3 to
van i s h . T h erefore z o z a, C s bei n g = l .
 89

‘P "
2m n —
G
31 :
’ ’ ’
C P ’
2A t
.
F
”
‘
’
” 3
F cp 3
a F cp

hen ce the di fferen ce of forces i s i n v ersely as Cp s

.

Cox . 1 . If a bod y
descri b e th e ci rcle K k , d escri bi n g the
arc a h i n ti m e t, the a rea i n a un i t of ti me i s the sa me as i n

the or bi t of P , for the ar ea s Cp k , C z k , a re ulti ma tely equ al .

H en ce, i n t hi s ci r cl e the for ce i s ( I n t rod P rop v 1 C or . . . .

;
2
4
H en ce , f force i n ci rc e l wi t h sa me an
gu l
ar v e oci l ty
C
" 2
G F
F 2

Co n . 2 . If th e orbi t VP be an e l li p se of whi ch C i s the

’
84
focu s, we hav e the force at P
"(
I n t rod . P rop . xr .
)
L CP
L bei n g the l a tu s rec u m t . H en ce, the wh ol e force at p
” "— 2
A ”
84
2 m
8A G F (
2
F 4 G
+ 2
’
*
+
L . Cp 2
F cp L F .
’
Cp 3
cp s

F ’
Cp + ( G
'2
.

an d th e force v a ri es as
3
Cp

Co n . 3 . If VP be an elli p se of w hi ch C i s the cen t re force ,

Cp
on P 2 2
a, b bei n g the se mi -
ax is ; hen ce force on p
a b

" ” ”
6 2 -
1 5 4 4 2
44 F
a
’ ”
b F 2
Cp 3
F 2
Eb ?

Con 4 . . If R the ra d i u s of cu rv a u re a t t the a p se V, the

8

force i n P S orbi t at V is ( I n t r o d . P r op . VI . Cor .

2 2
6 F 4 4 2

and therefore at V, f ; b ut at other p om ts

F 2
CV B 2
.

CW G 2
F 2
CV
f = fo rce at V .
.

Cp 3
F 2
R . Cp 3
 90

l
O
and the wh ole force at p : force at P +
g a

C ox 5 . F be a ra ti o of l ess h ellua li ty, so th a t

. If G
Vp fa ll s wi thi n VP , the fo rce o n p will be less than tha t on P .

T he sam e ex pressi on s as before wi ll be tru e for the dif m n ce

of t hese forces .

Co n 6 . . H en ce , k n owi ng the force i n VP , we ca n fin d the

C on 7 . . If VP be a t
s ra i
g ht lin e perpen di cq to CP ,

force
m -
P 4 m
the at P v an i shes ; an d the for ce at
p a
”
F ”
7 5
3
an d v ar es i i n v er sely as Cp ’
. H en ce, if i n Fi g . 1 5 1 , we tak e

locus o f p o rbi t w hi ch m ay be descri bed by a force v ar yi n g

is an

as the i nv erse cu b e I t may be she wn tha t thi s con s tru cti on

.

i v es the orbi t s Speci es 3 an d 4 i n Sect v of thi s Cha pter

g , . . .

53 .
( N ew to n , P rop . X L V.
) In or bi ts w h i ch ar e v er y

n ea r ly ci r cu la r , i t is requi red to fi n d the a n g le between the

In C o r 2 . . of th e las t problem , the force may be m ad e to

appro x i ma te u lti ma tely to an y gi v en la w of for ce, by pro
perly deta mi n in g the rati o G 1 F H en ce kn o wi n g the la w .
,

of force w e m a y d et er mi n e tha t ra ti o
,
An d w hen P comes .
,

to an a pse ch o does : hen ce k no wi n g

the an gle { e tween the a psi des of p s orbi t
, ,

T he ulti ma te
’
.

propor ti on of the t erms ex pressi n g the la w of force i s fo un d

by pu tti n g T w for Cp ( T bei n g the a psi dal di stance Cp )
-
, ,

an d t hen m aki n
g a: to v a n i sh .

Ex . 1 . L et the cen tr a l force be u n iform . It therefore i s

$5 ls
‘

But by Cora , A rt 52 , i t i s
. as
 91

H en ce these two quan ti ti es must v a ry as each o ther ; or ,

utti n T w for an d compari n th n u mera tor s

p g g e ,

’
-
F ) % L i s as ( T tha t i s,

°
-
F w is as T ’

or as w &c .
, or as F m ’
&c .

But, si nce the v ari able terms a re ulti ma t ely equal, thi s can n ot
be the case, ulti mately , when w i s very small, ex cept the
con stan t terms be equ al T herefore, .

An d ulti matel y , when the orbi t becomes a ci rcle, is qual

e
0
8
F G l

H en ce, the a n gle bet ween the a p si des of p

’
s orbi t is

’
°
1 03 55 23

C a

Ex . 2

Hen ce, m a k i n g Cp
. L et the cen tra

T w
l force
as
v ar

before
y as

an d
( p)
C

c ompa ri n g
or
6 55

the
.

n umera tor s of the f orces ,

” T —n
is ( T ‘
F ( T as or as

’ ‘
or P T + (G -
F a as

F )}
'
when ce F T
’
( G ’ -
L

and u lti mately , when % L T,

i
F
g 1

I
’
F
 9%

”
1 Cp G l
’
thi s Is as
” an d H en ce, g

Cp Cp F fi
the an
g l e bet ween the a psi des o f p
’
s orbi t is u lti ma tely
1 80 , ”
0
2 1 27 18 46

bod y acted on by wou d l lti ma tely when

uch a
forc
a u
s e ,

g
1
If rt e-
é , so tha t the fo ree is as or - —
fi ,
=

Cp
’ "

: OP T

md the l f between the apsi d es of C s orbi t i s

’

u n
p
f x 1 360 ;9
an d the bod y would em ploy a a n n let f
p
a

e
g

Ex . 3 . La the force be as b . c . H en ce
the n u mera tors ar e

( an d
‘
F T b(T

or F T + ( G ’ -
F w ’

" "
is as b (T &c ) + c ( T
.

or as
“
bT + c T "

M ulti ply the fi si d e : 1»b T

“ n c T“ the
by F , an d the terma in
‘
is wi ll be e
q ual . Th
the first te mu st be so an d observi n g
ul ti mately L 6 T , we ha v e

-s

"
bT + n c T ”

"
mbT + n c T ”
 93

If we ta k e T for the t o f l i n ea r di stan ce b an d c wi ll be

un i ,

the val u es a t the a pse V o f the two par t s of the for ce whi ch
, ,

vary a ccor di n to the i n di ces m 3 an d n 3 In t hi s ca se

g .

G
F

and the a n gle between the a

psi d es of
p
’
s orbi t is

b+ c

mb + n c

An d i n li ke ma n n e r, i f c wer e ne a
g ti v e , i t w o ul d be

C0 3 .H en ce , i f th e a n gl e be t w een the a p si d es be k n o w n ,
1 .

we can fin d the po wer of th e d i st a n ce a ccor di n g to whi ch the

force v a ri es u lt i m a tely , i n a pproa chi n g the ci rcu l a r form of the
or bi t . If the an
g l e fr o m ei t her a p se to the sa me a pse agai n be
in we sh all ha v e the fo rce a s

or as

H en ce, when th e orbi t ha s two a p si des, the force ca n n ot

decrea se i n a hi gher i n v er se ra t i o t ha n the cu be For i n t ha t .

case the a n l e be t wee n the a psi d es w o uld be i mpossi bl e

g W h e n .

the force v a ri es i n a hi h er i n v er se r a ti o t ha n the cube , i f the

g
body p roceed fro m a n a pse , a n d the di st a n ce i n cr ease a t fi r st ,
the bod y wi ll o off to an i n fi n i t e d i sta n ce If th e di st a n ce
g .

di mi ni sh a t fi r st, th e bod y wi ll fa ll i n to the cen t re .

Bu t if the forcey In a lo wer i n v er se ra ti o tha n the cube

v ar ,

or in a di r ect r a ti o the bo d y pr oceed i n g from a n a p se (a s a

,

hi gher a se wi ll com e to a n other ( a s a lo wer ) an d con v er sely

p ) , , .

An d the sma ller the a n gl e d escri bed before meeti n g the

a p se , the fur t her d oes th e la w of for ce r ecede fr o m the
§ econd

"Werse cube an d v i ce vers ei '

, .
 94

T hus, i f the body mov e from the hi gher to the lower apse
in l
rev oluti on s 8, 4 , 2, l , the force wi ll v a ry as

l
t v el
3 4]
r es
pec I
y .

Cp
'

If thebod y r etu rn to an a pse at the en d of ev e r y half

r ev ol uti on , m 1, for ce 0:
8

If the body r etu r n to the sa me a p se in i i of

a rev ol u ti on , the f
‘

orce v a ri es as

Cp 9 '
3
, r es pecti vely ;

‘
or as Cp ,

If the body r etu rn to the s a me a p se i n m

H ence, th e force i s as

I
or as , or as
a ,
s (lg) m
Cp cp

the force decreases v er y n ear ly a s the q ua re

s of th e di sta n ce ;
the rati o bei n g a li ttl e hi gher .

Gen . 3 . H en ce, if a bod y rev olv i n g i n an elli p se by a

force i n the focus, v aryi n g i n v ersely a s the square of the
di stance, be affect ed a l so by a n ex tra n eo u s force , w e ca n

find the moti on of p

the a si d es by E x 3 . .

T hus. let the ex traneous force be as the di stance, an d

0 .
0p , th e pri nci al p force bei ng
é . T hen , i n Ex 3 , .

m = 1, n = 4s
 Hence, the an gle from hi gher to lo wer apse is

1 c
’ T bem g 1 .

-
4c

Suppose t ha t at the a pse wher e T l, the ex tran eou s

1 00
force i s of the pri n ci pa l force . T hen the an g e l
3 5 7 4-5

3 5 64 5
°
1 30 45 44
353 45

Hen ce, a rev olu ti on from an a pse to the sa me apse would

r ev ol u ti on the a p se i tself
'
occu py 36 1
°
31 an d in a
’
°
adv an ces 1 31

1 00
T he a bov e fr acti on ex presses n ear ly the p r op orti on
3 574 5
of the r a di a l pon the M oon
di st u rbi n g fo rce whi ch t
ac s u .

But the m ot i on of the M oon s a p se i s n ea rly or d o u ble

’

that a bov e fo un d T he d i fferen ce a ri ses fro m the a cti on of

.

the tran sv erse di stu rbi n g for ce whi ch a l so affect s the moti on
,

of the a pse i n the case of the M oon s o rbi t

’
.
,
 ON T HE MO T IO N OF SE VE R A L PO I N TS .

54 . W E ha v e hi ther to i n v es ti ga ted the m oti on

a tt ra cted to war d s fi x ed cen t re s S uch ho we ver
.

of a ttr a cti o n w hi ch w e gen era lly fin d i n n a t u re .

to whi ch we ha v e m ai n ly to a pply ou r dyn a mi

the a tt racti o n s w hi ch opera t e u po n som e of the
a re d i rect ed to wa r d s ot her bod i es ; a n d th

i n m oti on . T he ac t i on s w hi ch two bodi es

other a re m u t ual a n d equ al a n d the a tt racti ng
,

ac t ed u pon by the sa m e for ce ( tha t i s th e sa me

th e bod y a tt ract ed . T hu s both m ov e ; a n d the

m u tu a l acti on i s as wi ll be seen to ma k e t hem
, ,

th ei r common cen tre of gra v i ty I f there be .

whi ch ei t her all a t tra ct an d are a ttr acted by

or all a tt ract each ot her t hese a l so
,

tha t the co mmon cen tre of gra v i ty wi ll ei ther rema i n a t re s t

o r m ov e u n i formly i n a s tr a i gh t l i n e We sh all n ow con si der
.

th e ca ses of s u ch mot i on s .

We shall i n the fi rs t pl ace i n v esti ga te so me of the most

i mpor ta n t ca ses of the moti on o f sev era l bodi es by me thod s ,

i n depen d en t o f the gen era l recta n gu la r equ a ti on

S uch m odes of i n v es ti ga ti o n are i n so me r espect
‘

t hose d eri v ed from the gen eral eq ua ti on s ; a n d

ori gi na lly employ ed by N e wton to d ed u ce the la ws
of so m e o f the l a r e s t per t u r ba ti on s a ri si n fro m the m u tua l
g g
a tt racti on s o f th e bodi es o f the solar sy st em .

an alyti ca l m et hod i s requ i red for a m ore e x a ct c

the per t urba t i on s ; an d we sha ll poi n t o ut the pre para tory

s t ep s o f t h i s a ppli ca t i on of the fo rm u l a e i v en i n th
g e
pre

ced i n
g p a r t of the wor k .
 97

m u tua l ac ti on are i n v ersely as the ma sses of the bodies .

For i f M be the m u t ua l ac t i on or pressur e

whi ch urges
th e two bodi es to war d s each ot her , T, P the bod i es , the by
M M
thi rd l
aw of mo ti on the accel er a ti n g fo rces a re as -

2 P
tha t i s, i n v ersely as T : P .

T he a cce er a l ti n g forceother bod y P i s of a bod y T on an

in d e pen d en t of the m ass of P F or i f a bod y T ex er t a .

cer tai n accel era t i n fo r ce u pon a pa r ti cle p i t w i ll ex er t an

g ,

equa l accelera ti n o rce on an ot her e ual pa r t i cl e

’
f an d
g q p ;
ther efore i f we s uppose p a n d p to be join ed the accel era ti n g '

for ce on p p or 2
p w ill s t i
'
ll b
,e th e sa me ; an d si mi la r ly
for 3 p , w h a t e er be u v .

H en ce the mo vi n g fo rce of '

a
gi v en bod y T on P at a

giv en di sta n ce i s p ropor ti on a l to P : far the mo vi n g force

S ect 1 . . T m: M OT ION or T wo Bo o m s .

55 . P aa r . If tw o bod i es mov e, a cted on by the i r

mutu a l a ttr ac ti on , the cen tr e o
f g r a vi ty wi ll ei ther r ema i n

at res t or move un if mlor

y i n a str a i g h t li n e .

Ca se . 1 . F ig . 15 9 . L et the ce n re t of
g y C be
ra v i t at

rest a t an y mo me n t L e t M , N ; P , S ; be the
. posi t i on s of

the bodi es a t prox i ma t e s uccessi v e ti me s ; t hen

ther efo re M CP N OQ
, fi gu res an d M P i s ulti
, a re si m i ar l ,

mately pa ra llel to N Q A ls o the v eloci ti es a t M N ara as .

,

MP N S or as CM CN
, , An d i n the n ex t sma ll i n terv al of
, .

time the bodi es woul d go on descri bi n g wi th these v elo ci ti es , ,

PR P M and S V
- S N whi ch al so woul d be as C M a nd
,
z
,

CN .B u t the m u t u al a ttr act i on a cts to w a rds C a nd d ra w s ,

the bod ies th roug h spaces H Q V T p roporti ona l to the accele , ,

9
rati n forces ; t ha t i
g to an d or to S an d P Or to s,
% 5 , ,
 98

CP RQ , CW T , wi ll
“i
CM , CM ,T herefore” the fi gures s ti ll
Si m an ; M d .
0 . l l

an d C will he the cen t re O f gra v i ty , when th e bodi es co me to

Q , T ; an d therefore th i s ce ntre i s s ti ll at rest
r
A n d i n li k e .

man n er i t m i gh t be she wn to be a t rest after an y n u m ber .

o f s u ch i n t er v al s An d when the n u mber of such i nterv a l s

.

i s in creased an d t hei r ma gn i t ud e di mi ni she d in d efin i tely , th e

motio n so represen ted a ppro x i mates i nd efi n i tely to the rea l
cu r v i l i near mot i o n o f the bod i es T her efore i n t hi s mo ti on .

the cen tr e O f gra v i ty wi ll be a t res t a ) . r

Ca s e 2 . If the ce n ret of
g ra v i ty be i n m oti o n , w e ma y
su ppose th e whol e space i n wh i ch the bod ies a re to ha v e a
,

m oti o n gi v en i t i n a d i rect i on opposi te to t ha t i n whi ch th e

cen tre o f r a v i ty m o v es an d wi th an e ua l v eloci ty T hi
g q , s .

n e w moti on wi ll n ot affect the forces a n d r ela ti v e mo ti on s

o f the bodi es as a ppea rs by th e secon d la w o f moti o n
, B ut .

t his supposi ti on will red uce the cen tre of gra vi ty to a bs olu te
res t ; a n d th erefor e the p r oof Of the fi rst la w i s h ere a ppli ca ble .

Co n . T he mot i on Of ea ch hOd y abo u t the cen tre O f

g a
r vi ty i s si milar to the rela ti v e moti on Of each bod y a bo u t
the other (N E W T O N Book I P rop
.
, . . Lv u .
)
F or th e di sta n ce body from the o the r i s a l way s
Of n ea ch

i n a gi v e n ra t i o to i ts di s ta n ce from the centre O f gr a v i ty .

A nd the di recti on Of ea ch body from the other i s a l wa y s

in the sa me li n e as the di recti on of the fi rst fr om the cen tr e
of rav i ty H e n ce the cu rv e w h i h h d i b bo t
g . c ea c es cr es a u

the other i s si mi la r to the cu rv e whi ch i t descri bes a bou t

,

the cen tre O f gra v ity ; an d the moti on i n t hi s cu rv e a l so

si mi la r to the moti on abou t th e centre of rav i ty
g .

N n , Book 1 P rop LV I I I )
( e wt o . . .

56 . Paor . If two bodi es a ttra ct ea ch other, o n d r evolc e

c bout tk ei r m tre
c
q rav i ty , ao th a t each dew ri bee a r ela ti ce

or bi t a bou t the other ; if ou s O f them be m pposed to become

 0 09

o d oc obou t i t ; tk e la s t mo y be m de to de scr ibe an a bsolute

o r a t d mi m a ud e u a l to the rd a ti ve or bi t o m
f tbe f
-
q or er

F i g 1 59 . . L e t the bodi es S, P rev ol v e a bo u t the cen r te

of ra vi t
C i f m S t T d f m P t Q L t
g y , g o n
g r o O a n ro O e .

8
p , s q be t a k e n p a ra ll e l a nd e
q u a l to S P , T Q ; th en th e

c urv e
pq w ill b e si m i la r to P Q , a n d e
q ua l t o t he c o rr es
p e n di n
g p a rt o f th e re la ti v e or bi t o f P a bo u t S .

Le t there be pl aced i n s a n d p , bod i es si mila r an d eq ual

S
to an d P respecti v ely , a n d le t 8 be fi x ed an d p rev ol v e a bo u t
it Also lét be ta nge n ts to the cu rve s i n P an d p ,
‘‘ ‘ ‘
.

Q R , qr s ubten ses parallel to P S , p a Si n oe th e m figu res .

a re si mi l ar, we sha ll hav e

Qfl z
q r zz Cs p zz CP : SP :: S : S +P .

L e t T be the ti m e of descri bing t and t the, i me

. t O f ele

scr i i
b g pq T h on P , forces whi ch act eq ua l ei n g
n e t
p are , b
i n bot h ca ses the mu tua l a tt ra cti o n of an d P H en ce the S .

efl ects O f the forces are as th e s uar e s of the t i me

Le m
'

q s ( m a x ),
a n d t he i r efl ects are Q R , q r , (by the secon d la w o f moti o n
'

) .

TM 7 on v

T E
t
“ QR q r
'

S r S + P
‘
; T 1 3 11 W "
V S Q
'
” ;
P9 pq PQ T
H en ce ve l
. of P ve l . o fp
T t pq 1!

CP T S
—
A
\ / S
”i ‘ fi
"
S /
i S P
'

V
‘
4- 4 Z
V
0 h
.

8
p t

And if P and p m o v e so tha t thi s proporti on Of the ve loci ti e s

obtai n s t hey ,
at Q
w i
q lli n th
a rr i v e
e ti m es T t ha v i n
g , , , ,

mo v ed i n a si m i la r mann er T hey w i ll t her efore a t Q q have .

,

v eloci ti es i n th e sa me p ropor ti on a s be fo re ; an d wi ll go on

ag ai n esc ri bi n si mila r a rcs i n ti mes whi ch a re i n the ra ti o

d g ,

V S P ; an d so o n pe rpe t u a lly T h er e fo re t he o r b i t .

of p ro un d wi ll be d escri bed i n a m a n n e r si mi la r to tha t i n

8

w hich the rela tiv e O rb i t of P ro u n d S i s d escri bed .

 1 00

Cox . 1 . Hence i f

those poi n t s are the cen t res : a n d con v ersely i f such ,

d escri bed the fo rces ary di rectly as the d i s ta nces

, v .

C on . 2. An d two bodi es whi ch a ttra ct ea ch

forces v ary i n
g i n v er sely as the s ua re of the
q
a bou t thei r ce n tre Of gra vi ty , an d a bo ut ea ch
t i on s , of whi ch t hose poi nts are the foci : an d

su ch orbi t s a re d esc ri bed th e fo rces v a ry

,
in v
s
q ua re O f the d i stan ce .

COR 3 . . A n y two bodi es w hi ch

ol v e a bo rev

mon cen tre of gra v i ty by t he i r m u t ua l a t

a bo u t t ha t cen t re a n d a bo u t ea ch ot her a rea s w h

porti ona l to the t i mes .

( N e e N, B ook I . P rop m x . .
)
57 . P a cr
I n the la s t P rop os i ti on , the peri od i c ti me i i i
.

the a bsolu te or bi t of P r ou n d S , i s to the per i od i c ti me of

P or S r oun d C i n the r a ti o x/ S + P V S .

Fo r by the la st P roposi ti o n thi s i s the ra ti o of the ti me Of

descri bin g si mi lar a rcs ; an d ther efore Of descri bin g the w hol e
o rbi t s .

C on . 1 . S u ppo se tw o ys sten m of two bodi es S P a n d

, ,

T, Q , d e sc ri bi n g si mi l a r a n d let o rb i t s ; the a ttra cti v e fo r ces

of S on P a n d T o n Q be as the masses of S an d T, an d in
v ersel as the s u ar e O f the d i stm ce
y q .

L et p a n d q be the peri od i c t i mes O f P , S ,

ro u n d t hei r cen tres O f r a vi ty respecti v ely T h
g en .

t i me of P roun d S a t r es t, at the sa m e di s ta n ce
x/ S P
by t hi s P roposi ti o n ; a nd
S
the peri od of Q o
r un d T a t r es t . But
forces a re as homologous li n es d i
pe ri od i n v ersely , ( I n trod P rop 1 . .
 1 01

fo rce of S at di sta n ce S P force of T at di sta n ce T Q

SP S TQ T

F
' ‘

S +p T + 0

Or , si n ce S an d T a re as the a bsol u te a ttracti v e forces of S

an d T;

S T SP S TQ T
“

FF
'

2 ; ’ ’
re p S +P q T + Q

2 ’
SP “ TQ ‘

when ce p q .

S +P T + Q
Cox . 2 . If T r ev olv e r o un d S an d Q r o un d T , we ha v e
2
S + T + Q TQ
’
Q
”
.

T + Q ST 3
p

( EWT ON , B ook
N I .
_
P rop . Lx .
)
58 . P a or . The for ce v a ryi n g i n ver sely
-
as the s qu a r e

f
0 the di s ta n ce, i t i s r equ i r ed to comp a r e the major aa is

O Ps
f r ela ti v e or bi t r ou n d S i n mot i on , w i th the m ajor
’
a xi s

f
O the elli p se i n w h i ch P m ig h t r evolv e r ou n d S a t r es t , in
the sa me i od i ti me
p er c .

Let P
’
r ev o v e r l
ou n d S a t r est i n the sa me ti me i n whi ch ,

P rev ol v e s r ou n d S i n mot i on t hen by P rop x v I n t rod . . .

Major a x i s of P s orbi t majo r a x i s of P 8 orbi t

’

?
o fi o
'

( P e r i d ) of P ( P er i o d of P r u n dS ;
5
b
( y yp )
h (.P e ri o d ) o f P r o u n d C ( P er i o d fi o f P r o u n d S ;
( y l ast P r op )
b .

( S

(NEWT ON , Boo k I . P rop . LX I .

)
59 . P a or . T w o bod i es a ttr a cti n
g ea ch oth er w i th any

forces , it i s fi f r equ i red f the m , th e b to

od y n d, or ea ch o

whi ch mu s t be la ced i n the cen tr e of g r a v i ty , so th at , a ttr a ct

p
ing b the s a me la w , i t ma y p r od u ce the sa me
y (f eet .
 1 02

Let the fiorce v ar y di rectly as th e attracti n g bod y , a nd in

v erse ly as a n
y power of the di sta n ce . T hen the forc e of S on

S
P 18
" n bei n g the i n d e x of the po wer Let X be the
SP
.

bod y which m u st hs pl aced in the t

cen re o f
gra v i ty C to prod uce
the efl ect whi ch S p r od uce s i n P T hen
'
.

X S CP “ 3 :

X : S .

SP ‘
( S P) ‘

In li k e m a nn er i f Ybe the body w hi ch wi ll p rod uce on S the

!
P i

e ffec t w hi ch P prod uces Y ,

:
"
( S P)

C on . 1 . If the force v ar y i nv ersely as q

the s u are of the
i
d i sta n ce , the bodi es wi ll be re s pecti v ely
( S m l

Cox . 2 . If the fo rce v ar y di rectly as the di s ta n ce, the

body to be pla ced i n C i s S + P for eac h of the bodi es S an d P .

(
0

N s w r ox , Boo le I . P uo r . i u .
)
60 P ao r . T w o bod i e s a ttract each other w
.
: i th f o rces
w h i ch v a ry i n versely a s the sq u ar e of the di s ta n ce, a n d set
ou t w i th g i v en ve loci ti es i n g i v en di r ecti on s : it is r e ui r e
q d to

Fi g . 1 53 . L et M , N be
ori gi n al posi t i on s of the the

bodi es M O N T t hei r v elo ci ti es B t hei r cen tre of grav i ty

, , , .

L et T C CQ NB B M ; therefo re C i s the ce n tre of

rav i ty o f the bod i es w hen th ey a re a t T Q and B C i s the
g , ,

v eloci ty o f the cen t re of gr a v i ty a t fi r st ; a n d t h er efore a l wa y s ,

beca u se by A rt 5 5 the cm tre of gra v i ty i s ei ther a t rest o r

.
, ,

mo v es i n a st ra i gh t li n e an d u n i fo rmly .

Dra w P S pa rall el to MN ; M P, N S parallel to 3 6 2 ,

T hen P Q , S T a re l i ti e s o f P
the v e oc an d S abou t C ; fo r the

l i tv M Q is e ui va l en t to M P , P Q ; a n d th e ve loci ty N T
v e oc
q ..
 1 03

N S , S T : and o f these , M P , N S are the

from the moti on o f the cen t re of gra vi ty , a n d ,

the moti on s a bou t the ce n tre

S prod uces u pon P the sa me effec t as

‘

a bod y

He
n ce if we su ppose such a body fi x ed
bod y P to se t out a bo u t t hi s fi x ed bod y ,
we ma y d i nd thc s or hi t pdemri bed by E
A nd i n li k e
fo r S An d co mpo u n di n g the moti on
.

the cen re o f t C, we ha v e the

" " '
of
‘

C ar id S i n a bso é te s l

P s os m m or T e a m: on mo a n B o m s s .

BooleI P rop
i

. . L x xv ) .

If sever a l bodi es a ttr act ea ch other w i th

as thei r mas ses an d d i r ectly as the d i sta n ce ;
to determi n e thei r m ti on s o .

Fi r s t, let t here be two bodi es T , L, of w hi ch

by A rt 5 6 , C o r
. . L
'
these
thei r cen re t i n D , an d w i ll
T + L w ere pla ced i n D , ex er ti n g a force
A rt 5 9 Cor 2
. . . .

S ttra ct T
a and and
let S a n d the
L,
ti v e moti on s . S a tt racts T an d L wi t h
ST d S
an . S L respecti vely T he firs t .

to S TD . a nd S . DS , the sec ond to

S TD t
ac ed on by forces
T D ten di n g t , t ha t i s by a force ( 8 + T + L )

to D In li k e ma n n er L i s acted o n by a force
.

LD ten di n g to D Al so the eq ual a n d pa ra llel

.

on T an d S D S o n L wi ll n o t efi ect the rel ati v e

'

an d L . T he refor e T an d L wi ll rev ol ve abo ut D

S T L) x di st a n ce re si d ed in t ha t poi n t .
 1 04

Le t C be the cen tre of gra vi ty o f S , T, L : t hen

an d T + L) DC .

H en ce , the force S S D w hi ch acts on T pa rallel to D C i s

.

( S T + L) D C : an d t hi s c o m p o un d ed wi th ( S + T + L ) T D
i n the di recti o n T D , gi v es a resu lta n t ( S + T + L) T C ; a n d
therefo re T i s att rac ted toward s C a s i f t here were a t C a force
( S T L ) x d i s tan c e I n li k
. e m an n e r L a n d S are a ttr acted

to wards C as i f there w ere a t t ha t poi n t a force ( S + T + L)

at di s ta n ce .

T he refore T an d L w i l l d escri be a bo u t D , an d T , L an d

S a bo u t C, ell i pse s ha v i n g t hose poi n t s fo r thei r cen tres ; a nd

the per i odi c t i mes i n a ll t hese elli p se s wi ll be eq ua l .

An d the me m i ght be
sa pro v ed if t here we re a
g t
rea e r

nu mbe r o f bod i es .

C os . 1 . y st em of a n y n um ber of bodi es each

In a s ,

descri bes a bo u t an y ot her a n d a bo u t the cen t re of gra vi ty

,

o f i tself a n d ot h elli p ses a bo u t a cen t r e ; an d the

an
y ers ,

periodi c ti mes i n all these elli pses ar e eq ua l .

Con 2 . . In y ste m ther e wi ll be n o P er tu r ba ti on s

s uc h a s ,

fo r a ll the bod i es d escri be elli pses acc u r a te ly A lso a t the en d .

o f the pe ri od i c ti m e the cy cle o f th e ch a n es of con fi g urati o n i s

g
co mpl e t e a n d e v ery o n e o f the bod i es re t u rn s to th e posi ti
,

w hi ch i t had a t the begi n ni n o f th e rev olu ti on

g s

62. In the preced i n g case the mo ti on s are accura t ely ellip '

t ica l B ut i f the force do n o t v ary di rectly as the d is ta n ce , w e

.

ca n n ot h a v e a ccu ra te e lli pt i ca l moti o n i n a sy ste m of se v era l

bodies m u t ua lly a t trac t i ng ea ch othe r, ex cept w i t h certa i n pes u

l iar rela t io n s o f d is ta nce , Ste herea fte r to be di scussed T her e
. .

a re ho wev er so me gen era l ca ses i n w hi ch the mot i on s o f se v era l

bodi es, att racti n g ea ch other wi th forces whi ch va ry i n v er se ly

a s the s uares of the d i stances, w i ll n o t m uch d ev i a t e from
q
e ll i pti cal moti o n ( N w B ok I P op )
'
. a t o s , o r v . . .
 1 05

Ca ss I . Le t severa l small
bou t on e much bodi es re v o v e al
la r ger a t v a ri ous di stan ces ; (as i n the i n sta nce of the pla n e ts
,

r e vo l v in a bou t the su n ) T h en th e cen tre of ra v i ty of the

g .
g
w hole sy s tem will be v er y n ear the cen t re of gra v i ty o f the
la rge bod y ; and the refore the cen t re o f the la rge body w ill
ei ther r es t or mo v e u n ifor m ly i n a s tra i ht li n e v e ry n ea rly
, g .

T he other bodi es wi ll rev olv e a bou t the la rges t i n elli pses o r

c i rcles n ea rly descri bi n g a bo ut i t a reas p ropor tion a l to the
,

ti m es ex cept so fa r a s err ors occur ei ther from the de v ia ti on

, ,

o f th e la r e bod y fro m the co mmo n cen t re o f ra vi ty or

g g ,

from the m u tu a l act i on o f the bodi es o n ea ch ot her An d by .

d i m i n i shi n g the s malle r bodi es t hes e er ror s m ay be d i mi n i shed

,

w i th ou t li mi t .

C a s e: 2 . Let sev er a l s ma ll bodi es

ol v e abo u t a l a rger r ev

o n e a n d le t t hi
, sy te m mo v e t ra n sv ersely
s s ac ted u pon by th e ,

a tt ra c ti on o f a v er y m uch la rge r bod y a t a v ery rea t d i s ta n ce

g ,

i h i s tan ce of a pl a n e t w i t h i ts sa tell i t es mo v i n o d
( as n t e n
g r u n

the s un ) .T hen s i n ce eq ua l a n d pa ra ll el accelerati ng forces

, ,

a c ti n u pon the d iffe ren t po i n t s of a sy s t e m do n ot chan e the

g g ,

rela ti v e m oti on s o f the pa r ts of the y s tem i t i s man i fe st t ha t s ,

the act i o n of the l arges t an d di sta n t bod y wi ll n ot affect the

rela ti v e m oti o ns of the sma ller bodi es ex cept i n so fa r as i t ,

e xe r ci ses u n eq ua l a ttra c ti on s u po n the di fferen t bod i es o r a t ,

tract i on s i n l i n es n o t pa ra ll el H en ce i f we su ppose the l argest

.
,

body to be o di sta n t t ha t the d i fferences an d the m u t ual i n cli

s ,

n a tio n of a ll li nes d ra wn fr om i t to di fferen t pa r ts of the sy s tem

,

o f s maller bod i es m ay be n egl ect ed , the moti on s of t hi s sy ste m ,

wi ll go on wi th n o er rors e x cept such a s ma y be n egl ected

, , .

T he who l e sy stem wi ll be a tt ra ct ed by the d i s ta n t on e as i f ,

i t w e re on e body ; a n d i t wi ll d escri be a bd u t the d i st an t body

an orbi t d eter mi n ed by the v eloci ty o f the sy stem an d the

a tt rac ti on of the di sta n t bod y acco rd i n g to the p reced i n m

, g p

In thi s case the di st u rba n ce of the moti on s of the sma ller

,

bo die s by the l arges t wi ll be less i f they a re a ll a ttracted ,

eq ua lly a t eq ua l d i s t a n ce s fr o m the l a rges t t ha n i f a t eq ual , ,

d i s ta n ce some a re
s, tt ract ed m o r a n d ot hers l es
a e s .

0
 1 06

For i f on e tt rac t ed mo re t han the ot hers ta ke

( )
P b e a ,

m ay tha t pa r t of the a tt ract i o n whi ch i s co mmon to t ha t on e

'

P
( ) a n d to th e ot h e r s a n d w hi c h by th e secon d La w o f m o ti on
( , )
d oes n o t di s t u rb the re l a t i v e m ot i o ns T hen t her e re ma i ns a .

force w hi ch d i st ur bs P s rel a t i v mot i on besi de the d i stu r bi n g

'
e ,

fo rces a ri i n g o u t of the di fier en ce o f d i s ta n ces of the d ifl eren t

' '

bodi es from th e la rge s t bod y and o ut o f the m ut ua l i n ,

cli na ti o n of l i n es d ra wn to the d i stan t bod y T herefore the .

d i st u rba n ce i n t hi s su ppos i ti on i s grea te r t han on the othe r .

W hen the s ma ll e r bodi es

lly a ttract ed a t eq ual a re a ll e u a
q ,

d i ta n ces by the l a rge a n d di sta n t o n e the d e vi a t i on s from

s , ,

re u l a ri ty i n t h ei r m ot i o n s a r e sma ll d m b l l t d
g a n a
y e ca c u a e , .

We shall fi rst d e scri be i n a gen era l man n er the n a t ur e of the ,

per t u rba ti on s t hu s occu rri n g a n d then ex plai n how so me of ,

t hem may be cal c ul a ted a s to t hei r la w a n d q uan ti ty .

( N a w r on , B oo k I . P rop . v x .
)
63 . Pace . To ex p la i n the p r i n cip a l p er tu rbati on s i n
the moti on o
f a s y s tem o
f th ree bodi es a ttr acti n g ea ch other
w i th for ces va r
y i n g i n v er s ely as th e sq u a r e o
f th e d i sta n ce .

F ig . 155 . bod y P re vol v e abo ut a l ar ger bod y T

L et a ,

by thei r m u tual a tt ra ti o n ; a n d let a n other bod y S a tt ra ct

c

both T a n d P .

F i r s t , le t S T P be the pla n e o f P S mo ti o n .

L et S T pr esen t the accel era t i ng fo rce of S on T

re

t hen the a ccel era ti n g force of S on P a t the sa me di s tan ce

wi ll a ls o be represe n te d by S T ; an d the acceler ati n g force of

S on P at P wi ll be S T .

§ ta k e 8L eq ua l to t hi s . T hen

SL p resen ts the force of S o n P

re ; an d LM bei n g d ra wn
par allel to P T the force S L may , be resol v ed i n to forces
LN , MS .

T he body P is t ttracti on
ac ed o n by three forces “
: l s t, the a
of T i n the li ne
P T whi ch v a ries i n v ersely a s the sq ua re of
‘

P T ; 2d the force LM a lso i n the di re cti o n P T , b u t v a ryi ng

, ,

a co r d i n to so m ot her la w tha n the i n v et Se s u a re of the

’

c
g
‘
e
q
 1 07

di stan ce ; 8d , the force M S w hi ch ac t s a t P pa r a ll el to T S . .

T he force M S i s eq ui v a l en t to M T , T S If the two bodi es -

.
c

P a nd T we re acte d upon by eq ua l an d pa ra ll e l for ces T S ,

T S , thei r r ela ti v e mot i on s wo u l d n ot be d i st u rbed He n ce, .

th e on ly fo rces w hi ch a ffec t the r el a t i v e m ot i o n s o f P a n d T

a re th e a tt rac t i on of T on P , a n d th e fo rces L M , M T T he .

fo rm er w o ul d to d esm i be an elli pse abo u t T a s a focu s ;

ca u se P '

th e la tt er two for ces tw d to di s tu rb th i s elli pti ca l moti o n .

T he lli pt i ca l m oti o n i s di s t u rbed on tw o a ccoun ts

e T he addi .

ti on of the force LM to the a tt rac t i on of T on P ca us es the .

la w of the for ce to d i ffer from the i n er se sq u a re o f the d i s ta n ce v

a n d the fo rce M T co m pa red w i t h the for ce i n P T

, ca u ses the ,

d i r ecti on of th e force to d i ffer fro m the d i rec ti o n P T w hi ch

.
,

te n d s to the cen tral bod y T .

N e x t , le t the pl a n e of the m ot i o n o f P r o un d T be ln
c li n ed to the pla n e S TP .

T he fo rces may be rep r e se n t ed a n d re sol v ed a s befor e .

T he force LM , w hi ch a ct s alway s i n the li n e P T , will no t

di s t u rb pl an e of P s mot i on B ut the ot her fo rce M T
the
'
.
,

a cti n
g at P p ara llel to T S
, w ill b i n cli n ed to the pla ne o f P s
,
e
'

m ot i o n H en ce the fo rce M T w i ll ten d to d ra w P from the

.
,

pla n e of i ts mot i on an d wi ll t her fo re d i s tu r b the pl an e o f the

, e

If w e u se the la n gu age of Ast ro n o my , th e i n t ersecti o n

o f the pla n e of o rbi t
th a gi en plan e pa ssi ng thro ugh
the wi v

S a n d T ( the ecli p ti c) i s ca l led the li n e of n od es

, T he mo .

ti on of P projected u pon the gi v n pla n e i s ca lled the mot i on

, e ,

i n lon g i tu de ; the mot i on o f P per pen d i c u la r to the gi e n ,

v

plan e i s ca lle d the moti on i n la ti tu de

, .

When the bod y P (r ferred to the gi en plan e if n ece ary )

e v ss

is i n the l i n S T (a s a t A o r B ) the bod y P i s sa i d to be

e , ,

in syz ygy a n d the l i n e S A T B i s ca ll ed the li n e o

, f y ygy
s s .

When the bod y P (referred to the gi v en pl an e i f n ecessa ry )

i s i n the l i n e CD pe rpe n d i cu la r to S T ( a a t C or D ) th
, , s , e

body P i s said to be i n qu a d ra tur e a nd C D i s ca lle d the li n e

'

a d r a tu re
f
o
qu .
 1 08

It a ppea rs fro m w ha t has been sa i d tha t the forces L M , ,

M T wi ll both p rod uce er ror s i n the moti on i n lon g i tud e ;

,

a n d t ha t the fo rce M T wi ll prod uce errors i n the mo tion i n

,

la ti t ud e e x cept the li n e of n odes coi ncid e wi th the li ne of

,

When l ess t han

S T , S L wi ll be grea ter t ha n S P ,
SP 18

a n d the for ce M T will ten d tow m ds S B ut w hen S P i s less .

t ha n S T , as S p , S ! wi ll be less tha n S p , an d the torce m T

wi ll te nd fr om S .

Cox . 1 . If the sy stem

ol v e a bou t a l a rge a nd
T, P, re v

d i st a n t bod y S (as i n the cas e of the ea r th an d m oon r e

,

v ol v i n ro un d th e s u n he p reced i n ea son i n s are a

g ) t
g r , g pp li
ca bl e to e x pla i n the pert u r ba ti o n s of P s elli pt i ca l m oti on
'

ro u n d T .

We s ha ll , i n the follo wi n g C o roll a r i es , t race th e pri n

eipel i n eq uali ti es whi ch wo uld affect the mo tion of P i n su ch a
case , a n d sha ll poi n t o u t th e co r respo n den ce of t hese par tur

ha ti co s wi th the ascer ta i n ed i n eq ua li ti es of th e moon s moti on

’
.

Va n u r ro x .

(54 . Con 2 . . T he force M T , d u ri n g the moti on o f the

body P fro m Ct en d s i n m
to an ti s tha t i s to th e si de
A, , ,

tow ar ds whi ch the bod y i s mov i n g H ence i t wi ll ca use .

,

the bod y to m o v e fu rt h e r o n tha t si de tha n i t w ou ld ha v e

d on e i f n o s uch force had ac t ed B ut if n o s uch force had .

a cted ,the a reas i n eq ua l ti m es w o uld hav e been eq ua l ; the re

fo re by the acti on of t hi s fo rce the ar eas i n s ucceed i n g ti mes

, ,

wi ll a l way s be gr ea ter t han i n the eq ual p reced i n g ti m es ;

an d the d escri pti on of ar ea s i a ccele a ted d u ri n
g th e m oti on
s r

of the bod y P from C to A .

D uri n g the m oti o n o f the body fro m A to D , the force M T

t en d s i n a n tecede n ti a , or to the sid e f rom w hi ch the bod y P i s
mo v i n g H ence, i t wi ll ca use the bod y to mo v e l es s fa r on the
.
'
 10 9

si de t o wa rd s which i t i s mo vi ng , than i f the re had bee n no

su ch fo rce ; tha t i s, the area s i n s ucceed i n g ti mes wi ll al
w ay s be sma ll er t han i n eq ua l preced i n g t i mes : the d es cri
p
ti on of a rea s i s re ta rd ed d ur i n g the moti on o f the body P
bo rn A to D .

In l i k e man n er , i t wi ll
ppea r tha t the descri pti on
a o f a rea s

i s accel era ted d ur i n g the moti on of P from D to B , an d re

tard ed d u ri n g the mo t i on fro m B to C .

H en ce , the bod y P wi ll d escr i be a rea s q ui c ke s t abou t the

poi n ts of sy zygy , A, B , an d slo wes t a bo u t the poi n t s of
qu a d ra t ure C D , .

Co x 8 . . orbi t o f P i n d epen den t of the di st urba n ce

If the , ,

be a ci rcl e the v eloci ty in i t i s u n iform : a n d hen ce i n or der

, ,

tha t the area s may be descri bed qui ck er at A an d B an d slo wer

at C a n d D the v eloci ty o f P m us t be grea t er a t A a n d B
,

an d sm a ll e r a t C an d D .

C on 4 . . T he o rbi t of P ( ppo
su
si n
g the u n di s ur ed t b or bi t
to he l )
ci rcu a r wi ll
be m o re cur v ed at the qua d ra u res han a t t t
the s y zygies . F or th e force bei n g the sa me, the cur v a ure i s t
sma lle r as the v eloci ty i s grea t er ( I n t rod P rop I v ) An d. . . .

ther efor e on t hi s accou n t the cu rv a t u re i s l eas t a t sy zygi es

an d rea tes t a t q u ad ra t ures by l a s t Corollar y A l so th
g , e .
,

force a t q u ad ra tu r es i i n creased by the force LM ( M T i n

s ,

this cas e v a ni shi ng or becomi ng very small an d the for ce

at sy zy gi es i s d i mi n i shed by M T M L ( LM i n t hi ca se , s

coi n ci di n
g w i th M T i n di r ec ti on ;
) th erefore the f orce i s ,

eate r a t u a d ra tu res an d wi ll p rod uce a rea ter d eflex i on

gr q , g
and less a t sy z y i es an d wi ll pr od uce a less deflex i on A nd
g , .

on t hi s acco un t a ls o the c ur v a t ure a t sy z y i e s i s l ess t han the

g
»

curv a tu re a t ua d ra t u res
q .

Cox 5 . . H en ce, P wi ll g st an ce from

reced e
di to a t
rea er

T a t q u a d ra t ures t ha n a t sy zy gi es ; for the or bi t mu s t assu me

an ov a l for m, the g rea tes t cur v a t u re a t C an d D , bei n g a t

the e n d s o f the gr ea t es t di a me t e r .
 1 10

T hi s is tru e on ly on the su pposi ti on tha t the un d i s u r t bed

o rbi t is a ci rc e l .

If we calcula e t the moti o n of P by the q ua ti on

e s o f m ot i o n ,
we obta i n for the moon
paralla x ( whi ch i s the reci proca l of ’
s

i ts di sta n ce) a se ri es o f ter m s d epen d i n g o n v a ri o us an gles .

O n e of the pri n ci pa l o f these term s i s

m ‘
cos . 2m ) 9

i n w hi ch 0 i s the moon s lo n gi t ude , a n d m 9 + 6 the s u n s

’ ’
.

T hi s t er m i s grea tes t w hen P i s i n sy z y gi es, a n d l eas t w he n P

i s i n q uad ra t ures , a n d t h u s the ch an ges o f the di s tan ce cor
res po n d wi h th e f t or m of the o rbi t d escri bed i n C o r . 5 . See
T heo ry
”
Ai ry/ 8 L u n a r , A r t GQ . .

T he er r r o in lon gi tude a ri s i n g fr o m the l

a cce e ra ti o n of

a rea s ( C or . is a s si n . 2 ( moo n
‘
s mea n lon gi t ude sun s [
’
mea n
lo n gi t ud ) v a n i shi ng a t q uad ra t u res
e an d bei n
g a n d sy zy i es
g ,

the grea t e st i n the actua te o r po i n t s w hi ch ar e a t the di s ta n ce ,

of 45
°
from sy zy gy T he error i n lon gi t ud e a ri si n g from the
.

o v al for m of the orbi t ( Cor i s a lso p ropor ti on a l to the .

sa me si n e T h e refo re the w hole erro r i n lon gi t ud e a ri si n g

.

fro m the di stu rba nces d escri bed i n the l as t fo u r co rolla ri es wi ll

be p ropor t i ona l to si n B ( moou s m ean l on gi t ud e mean
’ ’
un . s s

lon gi t ude) T his e rro r o r i n eq u ali ty i s i n the ca se of the

.
,

m oon ca ll ed the Va ri ati on S ee A i ry s L un ar T heo ry Ar t 64

’
.
, . .
,

AN N U AL E Q U AT IO N .

65 . Con 6 . . T he force
by whi ch P i s of the bod y T on P,
re ta i n ed i n i ts orbi t i s i nc rea sed i n ua d ra tures by th e a ddi ti on
q ,

of the force LM a n d di mi n i sh ed i n sy zy y by the s u btracti on

g
,

of the fo rce M T M L a nd i s o n the w hol e mor e di m m i sha l

,

than i n creased An d t hi s tota l d i m i n uti on of the mean cen tral

.

fo rce i s gr ea ter w hen th e i n fl u e n ce of S i s i n crea sed a s for ,

i n ta n ce i f S approa ch n ear er to T : a n d if S a lt e rn a tely

s ,

a pproa ch n ea re r to T a n d reced e fa r t her fr om T the total ,

d i mi n u t i o n of the me an cen t ra l force wi ll be alt e rn a tely grea t er

a n d l ess .
 111

T he mea n t l fo rce
cen ra of T bei n g di mi n i shed the body ,

P wi ll recede fu rt her fro m th e cen t re T ; a n d s i n ce F i s a s

R R
"( I n t r od P rop W ) P 18 as -
an d the p en od 1c t1 n1 e P
P
. . .

F
will be i n c rea sed bot h by the i n creas e of R an d th e d i mi n ut i on
of F .

If the s y s temol ve i n an elli pti ca l o rbi t abo ut S

T, P, rev ,

( as th e ea r t h an d m oo n r e v ol ve a bo u t t h e s u n
) S be i n
g alte r ,

a s t ely a t i ts l ea s t an d rea tes t d i s ta n ces ( i n peri gee an d a po

g ,

ee ) we ha v e alte rn a tely P o b i t d i l t d i t h a r e ta rd ed
’

g , r a e w s

m oti o n of P a n d P s orbi t co n t ract ed wi t h a n a ccel er a ted

’
,

moti on of P H en ce we ha v e a n er ro r i n P 8 lon gi tude pro

.

d uced whi ch van i shes whe n S i s i n a pogee an d peri gee an d

, ,

i s pr oporti ona l to the si n e of the d i st a n ce from th e per i gee .

In the ex pr essi on ‘

for the moo n

’
s lon gi t ud e (Ai ry , L T . .

Art . we ha v e the ter m 6

,
w here
'
e i s the eccen r i ci t ty
ppa ren t orbi t mp t 3 the
of the s un s a
’
,

s un s m ean lon i t ud e an d e lo n i t ud e of the su n s per i ee

g
’ ’

g th g , g .

T hi s t erm co rres pon d s to th e e r r or i n lon gi t u d e a ri si n g fro m

the d i s t ur ba n ce d escri bed i n Co r 6 an d i s call ed the An n u a l . .

P a oc a s s s xo s os ra s Ar s m s s .

66 . C on 7 . . If re p resen ts the force of S on T , we

sha ll ha v e

S . ST S
Mp
fO l Cfi LM
W
fO l CQ S L
’ ‘
= fO M g —
fi
.
, ,

An d w hen the bod y s i s m y d i sta n t, co pa red wi t h T i , m ’

LM z P T v e ry n ea rly , a nd S P = S T T E , P K bei n g per

'

en d i cu la r to S T h
‘
en ce
p

“ w e 5’
s
S . sr
,

ST
s
”
as

ST
. TE
”
 1 12

S 1
Le t - b’ “bei n
g the fo rce of T on P . T hen at
ST ‘
TP
q u t
a d ra u res the force a dd ed to the a tt rac ti on of T on P is
i
as P T, an d the whol e for ce i s as b . TP . At
Tp !

the fo rce su bt rac ted is as 8AT — AT or as S AT,

wh ol e fo rce is as

H e n ce, by A r t 58, Co r 1 , i n the n ei ghbo u

. .

t ures the a p si des regress ; b u t i n

the a p si d es p rogr es s ; a n d o n the whol e the pr
the regressi o n , beca u se the fo rce s ubt ract ed , 26
the fo rce a d de d , b T P , an d o n the whol e the
in o
c n se ti a
q u en .

In the e x p ressi on fo r the moon pa ra ll ax the

’
s ,

ea tes t i n e u a li ty i s s oo s ( oG —
) ( Ai ry L T
gr q . a , , . .

whi ch chevra t ha t the moon mo v es i n a n elli p ti cal

which the a p se mov es wi t h a v eloci ty wh i ch i s to the moon s
’

an ula r v eloci t l 1
g y as c :
-
.

T he m oti on pse of the or bi t of a

of the a

a s i t d ep en d s on the pa r t o f the d i st u rbi n g

i n the di rect i on of the ra d i u s P T m ay be ca l cula ted by fi n di ng ,

the m ea n v a l u e of t hi s di s tu rbi n g force ( w hi ch we sh all d o

herea ft er ) a n d by a pply i n g the rea son i n g o f S ecti on 9 C ha p I IL , .
'

B u t by th i s met hod we do n ot ta k e a ccou n t of the m

t ha t pa r t of the d i sturbi n g force w
PT .In the ca se o f the m oon ,

r es ult calcula ted by Sect 9 C ha p 1 1 1 fro m bei n an a x i

g . .

ppr o .
,

m a ti on : i t i s on ly a bou t ha lf the true v a l ue B ut i n o ther .

ca ses as i n t ha t of the sa te ll i tes of J upi ter

, the me t hod of ,

the 9th Secti on wo u ld be a ppli ca bl e a s an a pp roxi ma tion ,

T he d i fferen ce d epen ds u pon as the ra ti o of the me an moti on ,

of th e sa tell i te ( P ) r o un d the p ri mar y ( T ) to th e

of the p ri mar y ( T ) r o u n d the s un ( S ) : m for

1
fo r J 11p1 ter mos t
s
s o u ter sa telh te 1 t 15
’

fi
'
 1 13

E v a c r xo x .

8 . progressi on of the a psid es ta kes place

T he
of the d ev i a ti o n of the la w of force fro m the

o f the di s ta n ce ; an d the ra t e of p ro ressi o n

g
a n d v alu es o f thi s d ev i a ti o n .

the la w of the i n v erse squa re

di stu rbi n g forces i s d i ffe ren t ,

li n e of the apsi d es T hu s i f .
,

m ean d i s ta n ces of P from T ,

i s i n syz ygy the forces at these ,

wi ll be r espec ti v ely

7
3 7
the li n e of a
psid es is i n q uad ra t ures , the t hree
[once wi ll be

I
a
,

in these di fleren t
'

cases the m oti on of the ap se

In the for mer i t will progress an d i ts , moti on
the la t ter ca se i t Wi ll
th e d evi a ti o n from the
i n t hi s case l ess than i n th e
progress of the a p se will t a k e place
i n the n ei gh bo urhood of the y zygy s ,

so lon a s th e a pse i s i n the n ei h

g g
An d t hese peri od s will be con si de r
u ar t er o f a y ea r i n mo v i n f m
a
q g ro

e n ce t h i s i rre u l ari ty i n the mo ti on

g
e ri se to a v ery con

place of P T he erro r t i res prod uced

.

rea te s t o f t ho se a ri si n from th e di s t u r bi n
g g g

be the lo n gi t ude f the moo n peri gee pposi n g

’
o s , su

n ot di s tu rbed ; 6 the longi tu de o f the s u n . T he n

P
 114

it ppears ( Ai ry L T Ar t
a tha t the longi t u de of the
, . . .

m oon s peri gee i n o rd er to acco un t fo r th e grea t est i n eq uali ty

’
,

15 m
of h er m ot 1on , m u st be a sm . 2 ( a H en ce i f 3a
8
an d 33 b e the i n crea se of a an d ,G i n an
y t i me , th e tr ue

moti o n of th e p eri gee in t ha t ti me wi ll be

15 m
( 3a os 2 ( a
c .

N ow i n on e r ev ol uti on of th e moon , the peri gee a d v a n ces a

1
l i ttl e m ore th a n or of th e ci rcu mferen ce n ea rl y; in
1 18

l
the sa me t i me the su n s
’
lon gl tu d e i n cr eases of a Ci r cu m
13
feren ce n ea r ly . T herefore, 3a 1 18 18 z: 9 I,

n ea r ly . A n d h en ce, the t r ue m ot i on of th e peri gee is

3a { 1 3 om c s 2 o .
(a —
B) l ’

When the peri gee i s i n q u a d r a t u re , a B ,

or
B
an d the tr ue m ot i on i s

3a ( 1 -
som ; ) o r, si n ce m it is — 3

an d is th erefore re r t ogr ade .

7?
At the n ex t octa n t s a —
B : an d
'

the m ot i on of the
4

peri gee i s do , i ts m ea n mot i on .

At sy zygy , a fi 0,

moti on of th e peri gee 3a ( 1 som) do

it is posi ti v e a n d more than three t i mes th e

, mean m oti on .

T he peri gee i s st a t i on a ry for a momen t

when 1 3 0 m cos 2 (a .
-

fi) 0,
 1 15

or c s o . 2 (a B) , 3 88
4-
&c .
,

w hen ce 2 (a B) 1 15
°
4 0,
-
a [3 0 7
°

o f w hi ch th e omplemen t
c is 32 °

H en ce when the peri gee i s i n qu ad ra t ure , i t r egresses, t i l l,

by the a ppa ren t mot i on of the su n , combi n ed wi th i ts own
m o ti on , i t i s 3 2 10 from q uad ra t ure It t hen begi n s to pro
° ’
.

r e ss , a n d co n ti n u es to do so t hr o u h the sy zy y , a n d t i ll th e
g g g
5 0 beyon d : a fter t hi s the peri gee a gai n r e resses
’
°
su n i s 5 7
g
ti ll the s un i s beyon d the n ex t qua d ra t ure : a n d so on .

T he peri gee pl a ce a t sy zy gy ; i t ad v an ces

i s i n i ts mea n
before the mea n pl a ce m or e a n d more t i ll the oct a n t a fter ,

whi ch i t b egi n s to d i mi n i sh i ts sp eed : a t q ua d ra t ur e i t h as

fall en b a ck to i ts m ean pl ace a n d i t fa ll s b ehi n d t hi s m ean
,

pl ace m ore a n d m o r e to the n ex t octa n t s ; a n d so o n .

C on 9 . If, when a bo d y i s rev ol v i n g i n a n ell i p se , by

.

mea n s of a for ce v ary i n g i n v er sely a s the squ are of the d i s t a n ce,

the f orce be mad e to v ary i n a hi gh er i n v er se r a t i o t ha n thi s ,
by th e a ddi ti on o f som e other force a s th e bod y a pproa ches the
cen t r e , i t i s cl ea r th a t the bod y w i ll b e d ra w n n ea rer to th e

cen t r e t han i t wo u l d ot her wi se ha v e b een , a n d the e x cen t ri

ci ty wi ll be i n cr ea sed An d i f i n th e recess of th e body fr om

.

the cen tre , th e fo rce d i mi n i sh i n a m ore r a p i d p rop or t i on t ha n

tha t i n whi ch i t had i n crea sed the body wi l l reced e fa rth er
,

from the cen t re t h a n i t w o ul d ot h er wi se ha v e d o n e a n d th e ,

ex ce n t ri ci ty wi ll be a a i n i n cr ea sed If t h erefo r e th e r a ti o
g .

of th e force a t the lo w er a p se to t ha t a t th e hi her a p se

g g o

on i n creasi n g for sev era l r ev ol u t i on s the ex cen t ri ci ty w i ll

,

d uri n g th ose r ev ol u t i on s perpet ua lly i n crease : an d v i ce car ed ,

i f th a t r a t i o d i mi n i sh the ex cen t ri ci ty w i ll di mi n i sh
, .

N o w th e r a t i o of the for ce a t th e lo wer to t a t the

th a

hi gher a psi de , i f p a n d (1 be the l ea st an d g rea test a p si d a l

d i st a n ces, i s
 116

t
wi h the a p si des i n quad ra t ure s
l

a p si d es

q
fi 3
q I + bp
"l b a
p 1 q
- -

or i
s n ce b is s ma ll,
“
q
p
, i I -
h (q s -

P
3
)l an “F i q
’

l -
l
-
l f
‘ -
a
P li a

n ea r ly ; of whi ch the la t ter i s the grea ter ; a n d hen ce the ,

r a ti o oes on i n creasi n fr om the for mer to th e la tter peri od

g g .

T herefore the ex cen tri ci ty goes on i n creasi n g fro m the t i me of

the a psi d es bei n g i n q ua d ra t ures to the ti me of thei r bei n g ,

i n sy zygi es ; an d vi ce s en d th e ex cen tri ci ty di mi n i shes fr o m ,

the sy zy gy to the qu a d r a t u re o f th e a psi des .

before a be the lon gi t ude of

L et, as , the moon s peri gee,
’

6 th e lon i t ude of the su n th m ex cen t ri ci ty of th e

, g e e ea n ,

moon s orbi t ; then the t rue ex cen tri ci ty wi ll be

’

15
e
g l —
8
-
m cos. 2 ( a Ai ry, L T . . Ar t 66 . .

H en ce when th e peri gee i s i n qu adra t ure or a fl g the

15
ex cen trl cl t
y e
i l
E
-
m} l ts l ea st v a ue l ; when the p en gee

qr
comes 1n to octan ts, a fl and th e ex cen trl c1 t
y e l ts
Z
 117

15
mean l
v a ue : at s y zy gy the ex cen trl c1 t
y {e l -
m } wh1ch

is the gr ea t es t v a ue l . An d thi s a
g r ee s wi t h the c r o oll a ry .

Con s tr u cti on , ( N E WT O N , Vol . 111 . p .

Fig . 1 56 . Let T C re presen t e the mea n e x cen r c t i i ty of

M or e
the m oon
’
s orbi t , an d CE CA
8

an d let B CD 2 ( a fi) 2 di st a n ce of mea n peri gee from su n .

15 m
T hen T D n ea r ly = TE = TC co s . 2 (a -

B) li
S

and an
gl e CTD a n ea r ly

si n . 2 (a

H en ce i f T be the place of the ea r t h , a n d T C the d i rect i on

o f the m ea n po si ti o n of the m oo n s a po ee, TD w i ll be d i r ce
’

g
ti on of the a pogee a s effect ed by ev ect i on T he cen tre o f the .

m oon s o rbi t rev ol v es i n the ep i cycle B D A

’
.

T he perturba t i on of the pl a ce
psi d e a n d the a lt er of th e a

a ti on of th e v alu e of th e ex cen t ri ci ty w i ll bot h a ffect the

elli p ti ca l i n equ a li ty or e u a t i o n of th e cen t re ; a n d the er ror

q
of lon i t u d e a ri si n fro m t h ese two ca u ses m a b e ex p ressed
g g y
by a si n gle t er m For the equ a t i on of the cen tr e i n stead of
.
,

e si n (9 a ) beco mes a lt eri n an d as a bo v e

.
g e , a ,

35 15
e
{ l
5
-
4rn cos . 2 ( a si n .

{ 0 —
a —

8
m si n . 2 (a B) }

E x pan di n g, an d ne
gl ect i n
g t er ms i n v ol v i n g 112
2
, we ha v e

si n .

{( O a
—
) —
B) }

E5
s n i .
(a + -
m eos .
( 9 —
B) ;
g
 118

When ce the e
q ua t i on of the cen tre becomes

15
e si n ( 9 a ) — m e sm a ) 2 ( a
B
. .

the la st term i s the i n equ a li ty o

n o w c n si d ered .

T here i s in the ex pressi on fo r the m oon

’
s lon gi tude ,
a

term ( Ai r y, L T . .

m e si n .
-
2m -
)p
c t 2 3 a
} .

N o w, 0 is n ot mu ch di fferen t fro m 1 , an d m is s mall ; when ce

the a re in thi s term i s n early

p i — 2 3 + a , o r n ear ly 9 — 2
fi + a,

whi ch i s the sa me a s th e a re i n th e a bo v e ex pressi on for the

i n equ ali ty .

T he an
gu ar l di st a n ce of th e sun a n d moon i s 0 m0 fl ,

an d the m oon ’
s a n o maly i s 0 9 a ; t herefo re the a rc

29 — 2m9 — 2
3 — 09 + a,

i s t wi ce the di stan ce o f the su n a n d moo n mi n u s th e moon s

’

an o m a ly An d the i n equ a l i ty a bov e d escri bed i s propor ti on al

.

to the cosi n e of thi s a re T hi s i n equ ali ty i s called the E v ecti on

. .

CH A N G E or THE I N C L I N AT I ON .

68 .C on 1 0 S uppose F s orbi t to be i n cl i n ed to a gi ven

. .

fi x ed pl a n e pa ssi n g through S T hen , the fo rces LM , M T act .

a s b efor e ; a n d of th e se , LM , w h i ch alwa y s act s i n th e l i n e P T,

w i ll n o t d i st urb the pl an e of P S orbi t B u t the for ce M T, .

a ct i n a t P pa ra ll el to T S , wi ll u r e th e bod y from th e pla ne

g g
of i ts orbi t , ex cept when the l i n e of n od es coi n ci des w i th T S

a n d S TP i s the pl a n e of th e orbi t .

W hen the l i n e of n odes i s i n qu adra t ure let the body P ,

set o u t fro m qu a d ra ture t owa rd s sy zy y : th e fo rce M T w i ll a t

g
 1 19

ev e r y poi n t act to u rge the bod y P towa rds the fi x ed pl an e ,

an d as the bod y i s mo v i n fr o m the fi x ed pla n e the fo rce wi ll

g ,

ma n i fes tly a t ev er y i n st an t di mi n i sh the i nclin a ti on When the .

bod y has passed the y zygy a n d i s mo v i n g to the n e x t qua d

s ,

ra t u re i t i s m o vi n g to w a rd s the fi x ed pl an e ; a n d as the fo rce

,

st i ll a ct s to wa rd s the pl an e the i n cli n a ti on o f th e mot i on to the

,

pl a n e w ill be co n s ta n tly i n creased ti ll the bod y rea hes the n od e

, c .

Hen ce i n t hi s posi ti o n o f the li n e of n od es the i n cli na ti on of

, ,

the o r bi t wi ll be di mi ni shed a s the bod y mo v es from ua d r a

q
tur es w i ll be lea s t when the bod y i s i n sy zygi es a n d wi ll
, ,

ret u rn at the n e x t uad ra t u re n ea rly to i ts or i gi n al ma n i t ud e

q g .

W hen the l i n e of n od es i s i n octan t s after q uadr a t u res ,

t ha t i s bet ween C an d A or D an d B i t wi ll a ppea r by si mi l ar

, , , , ,

rea so n i n t h a t w hi l e th e bod y P m ov es fro m a n n od e to the

g , y
poi n t 90 from i t the i n cl i n a t i on wi ll be con stan tly di mi n i shed ;
°
,

for the n ex t 45 t ill the body reach es the follo wi n g qu ad ra ture

°
,

the i n cli n a ti on wi ll be i n cr ea sed ; fo r 4 5 m or e from q u a dr a t u r e °

,

to the n ode i t will be d i mi n i shed T hus i t i s di mi ni sh ed

,
.
,

thro ugh 1 3 5 a n d i n crea sed t hro ugh

°
a n d i s t he refore mo re

dimi n i shed t ha n i n creased i n a half re v ol u ti o n ; an d the sa me

eflec t p reci sely wi ll be p rod uced i n the n ex t ha l f r e v ol u ti o n
'

It i s therefore perpetually l ess a n d l ess a t e very succeedi n g

app ulse of the body to the n od e An d by a si mi la r r ea son i n g
.

i t wi ll a ppea r t ha t the sa me i s tr u e so lon g as the n od es are ,

bet w een A an d C a n d B a n d D ,
.

Wh en the n od es are i n the oc ta n t s befo re quad ra t u res i t ,

ma y be pr ov ed i n l i k e man n er tha t the i n cli n a t i on wi ll be

, ,

i n crea sed th ro ugh 1 3 5 o f P s sem i r ev ol u ti on an d di mi n i sh ed

’
° -
,

thro ugh a n d therefo re i t wi ll be o n the w hol e mor e , ,

i n crea sed t ha n d i mi n i shed ; a n d the i n cl i n a ti on w i ll be grea t er

and grea te r a t ea ch a pp ulse o f th e bod y to th e n od e A nd .

the sa me i s tr ue so lon g a s th e n od es a re between B an d C

, ,

an d A and D .

T here fore, whi le the od e mo v es from A to C the i n

n ,

cli n a ti o n of the orb i t i s per pe t u a lly d i mi n i shed It i s l ea st .

whe n th e li n e of n odes i s i n quad ra t ure After th a t poin t i t .

increa ses per pet ua lly whi l e the n o d e mov es from C to B a nd ,

 1 20

i s grea tes t whe n od e i sthe n in s y zy gy , i n c reas i n g by th e

same elm as t hos e by w hi ch i t ha d di mi n i sh ed , a nd return

i ng to i ts o ri gi n a l ma gni tu d e .

In th e case o f the m oo n , w e fin d
( A i ry , L T A r t . . .

tha t if 7 be the lo n gi t u d e of the n od e, 3 th e lon gi tu d e of

the s u n, the ta n e n t of the i n cli na ti o n of the or b i t i s
g

k ll + cos . 2 (7

w hi ch i s grea t est w he n 7 fl O or t ha t i s , wh en the

od es a re i n sy zy y ; an d l ea st “
n g w hen
7 B :
90 o r a

t ha t i s , w he n the n od es a re i n q uad ra t ur e .

B n o n n s sro n or ra n N o r ms .

69 C on 1 1
. When the n od es are i n quad ra t ures , the
. .

body P i s perpet u ally d ra w n from the plan e of i ts orbi t toward s

the fix ed pl an e E S T, by the force M T ; an d i n mov i n g fr o m
C to D , i s g ur ed p from the
la n e of i ts o rb i t to wa rd s th e si de

on whi ch i s S H en ce i t wi ll reced e from the pla n e o f i ts

.
,

orbi t a nd will m eet the fi x ed pl an e E S T n ot at the n od e D

, , ,

bu t a t a poi n t si t ua t e from D tow a rd s S whi ch i s th e n e w ,

pl a ce o f the n od e A n d i n li k e man n er d u ri ng the m oti on

.
, ,

of th e bod y fro m the n od e D to C the n od e wi ll be sh i fted ,

from C to the i d e oppos i t e to S

s T herefo re w hen th e n od es .
,

a re i n u a d ra t u re the l i ne of n od e s r e resses d uri n r lu

q , g g a e v o

ti on of the bod y P .

When the od es a re i n sy zygy

n ,
they re ma i n sta t i on ary
d uri ng a r ev olu t i o n of the body P .

W hen the no d es are in an

y i n termedi a t e po si ti on , they wi ll

ha v e an i n terme di a t e moti on ; tha t i s, t hey wi ll regress more o

s lo w ly : ( as wi ll here a ft e r be m o r e fully he wn )
s .

H en ce, u pon th e who le , the n od es re

g r ess .

In the ex p rm si on for s, th e tan gen t of the la ti t ude of the

moo n , we fin d ( Ai ry , L T . . a ter m 1: si n .
(3 0 WM
 1 21

re presen ts mot i o n i n a plan e

ta n gen t of whose i n cli n a t i on , the
to the ecli pti c i s k the n od es o f the pl a n e b ei n s uppo sed to
g
,

mo v e w i th a r e t rogra d e mot i on whi ch i s to the whol e moti on ,

of th e moon a s l l
g
-
.

D m r n n n n ca or M A G N I T U DE or E n n on s .

70 . C on . 12 . If re presen t the force of S on T , we

ST ’

s ha ll ha v e , as i n Cor 7 , .

force S L
Sf ”
fo rce LM

S ST S
for ce M T
.

3
SP ST 2

an d these forces a re so m ew h a t r ea ter

g w hen P is at A th a n
when P is at B, S P bei n g sm a ll er in th e fo rmer ca se ;

therefore all the precedi n g errors a re somewha t grea ter i n

the conju n cti on of P a n d S (a s seen fro m T ) t ha n i n thei r ,

003 . preced i n g rea son i n gs a pply bot h to ca ses

13 . T he
w here a sy s tem T P r ev ol v es ro u n d a l a r er S
g , (a s ,the ,

ea rth an d moo n r o u n d th e su n ) ; a n d to t hos e wh er e d i fferen t

bod i es P S r ev ol v e ro un d a cen t ra l bod y T ( as the pla n et s

, , ,

r ou n d th e su n ) B ut the bo d y S bei n g m u ch l a rger i n the

.

for mer case t ha n i n the l a tt er the error s a re a l so a t equa l , ,

d i sta n ces m u ch l a rger i n t ha t ca se

,
.

C on ra n x r l v m R u s on s IN n m r n n n n r S r s r m rs '
.

71 . Con . 14 . W hen th e body S is v er y d i st a n t , w e ha v e,

as i n C or 7 , .

S PT 3 S TK
ST“ force MT =
ST ’

A n d w hen the force and d i st an ce of S var y , the s s y t em T, P

re mai n i n g, these fo rce s a re as

 1 29

B ut when a bod y or s y stem re v ol ves in a ci rc e a l bout a

‘
cen tre of force s . . at a d i s tan ce s r , we ha v e fo rce oc
f
P bei n g the peri od i c ti m e r o u n d S ; or

s S 3 .

” f
ST ?
P ST J
P

H en ce the d i s t urbi n g fo rces

, are i n v er sely
as the sq u are of the p e ri odi c ti me .

If the bsol u te force S a t a gi v en d i sta n ce

a , , be p ropo r t i o n al
to the m agn i t ude of the bod y S let D be the , di a me t er o f S :
1
”
then S oc D , an d the d i s t u rb i n g forces a re as
ST “ an d

t herefore as the cu be o f th e a
pp a r en t d i amet er o f S .

C on . 15 . If th e form ,
p ropor ti on an d i n oli a ,

orbi t s E S E an d P AB an d the rela t i v e fo ,

r ema i n u n chan ed ; an d i f the ma n i t ude

g g
a lt ered i n a n r a ti o th e r ela ti v e
y ,

the fo rces a t ev e ry i n st a n t w i ll be th e sa me as
mo ti on s wi ll be si mil ar a n d the t i mes of si mi la r
,

be prop or t i on al .

T ha t i s , the li n ea r errors i n t hi s ca se wi ll be alter ed pro

port i on ally to the d i a met ers of the orbi t s ; th e a n gu la r errors
w i ll be the sa me as befo re ; a n d the t i mes o f si mi l ar l i n ea r , or
eq ual a n gu l ar e rr o rs , will be al er edt proporti on ally to the
peri od i c ti mes of the orbi t s .

C on . 16 H a vi n g gi v en the fo rms an d i n cli n ati on

. of the
orbi t s , a n d , k n owi ng the er rors a n d t hei r ti
to fin d the errors a n d t hei r t i mes, when
an d d i s tan ce s o f the bod i e s a re chan ged i n an m an n
y
When lt ered ot her thi n gs re main i n g the forces
TP is a , ,

LM M T a re a ltered propo r ti on a lly to T P

,
an d the spaces

th rou gh whi ch t hey si mi la rly d ra w the bodi es wi ll be as the

"

for ces x the sq u a r es o f the ti mes ( In tr od L m ma ,

. e

fore the li n ear errors i n the co urse of P s peri od

’

, ,
 1 23

m i lar ly descri bed ) , w i ll be

’
s a ces
p si as TP x the sq ua r e of P s

peri od i c ti me .

T herefore, i n on e peri od of P , the an

g l o
u ar err r s a s seen

fr om T a re a s th e q
s u a r e of P 8 peri odi c ti me .

H en ce, th e mot i o n of the a p se a n d of the n od es i n the

cou r se of o n e r e v ol u t i o n of P , a n d all th e a pp ar en t erro r s i n

la ti t ud e an d lon gi tude, wi ll be i n t hi s propor ti on .

T hi s i s l o t ru e
a s , if T be a ltered as we ll as TP .

B y Cor . 1 4 , wh en th e f orce an d di st a n ce of S v ar y , the

error s i n the sy st em T P v a ry i n v ersely a s the squ a re of
, ,

the p eri od i c t i me of T a n d P r o u n d S H en ce i f both S , .

, ,

S T a n d T T P v a ry th e a n g ul a r error s a re a s sq u a res of th e
, ,

peri od i c ti me of P rou n d T di rectly an d the square of the ,

peri od i c ti me of T rou n d S i n v er sely .

H en ce, for di fferen t sa t elli t es (th e ex cen t ri ci ty a n d i n cli

n a t i on b ei n g th e sa m e) , th e m ea n m ot i on of th e a p se a n d the

m ean mot i on of the n od e i n th e co u r se of on e r ev ol u t i on ,

ar e ea ch a s th e squ a r e of the peri od o f th e sa t ell i t e d i rectly ,

an d th e squ a re of th e p eri od o f th e p ri mar y i n v ersely .

An d for di fferen t sa tel l i t es

pri ma ry ( the
of the sa me ex

cen t ri ci ty a n d i n cl i n a ti o n bei n g th e sa m e) th e mot i on of , the

n od es i s i n a gi v en ra t i o to th e m ot i on of the ap se .

T he mot i on of th e n od es an d of th e a p se a r e n ot sen si bly

cha n
ged by a lt eri n g the ex cen ri ci t ty an d i n cl i n a t i o n , ex cept

these be co n si d er abl e .

It
p p ea r s by ca l cu l a t i on
a t h a t if m be th e r a t i o of th e
,

peri odi c t i me of the sa t el li t e to tha t of the pri mary 1 c ,

—
'

the m ot i o n of th e a p se a n d g 1 the m ot i on of the n od e

, ,

as comp a red w i th th a t of th e sa t ell i te w e ha v e L

( y
A i r T , , . .

Ar t .

c = l m + &c
3
.

ma
&c .
 1 94

H en ce , i t ppears tha t a i f we n eglect m

“ fie , . as small,

the p rogr essi on of the apse in on e r ev o u l t i on of the sa telli e t

2
3
is q
e ua l to th e re
gressi on of the n od e , each bei n g
: qr.

T he c oroll a ry j ust prov ed ca n n ot be t

s r cti ly a ppli ed to
1
the moon ; for i n the ca se of the moon m —- therefore
l3

m 2
n ea r ly ,

3
whi ch i s n ot m uch l ess tha n the precedi n g t er m m ’

z
.

pply i n g th i s corollary i n order to obtai n from

H en ce, i n a , ,

th e moti on of the a p se of the m oon tha t of a sa t elli te for whi ch ,

m i s sm all the mo ti on th u s fo u n d wo ul d be too grea t n ea rly

, ,

3 7 3
i n the to
ra i of ; whi ch i s n ot mu ch di fferen t from
71
. 15 2
the ti o of 9 to 5 N E WT ON when i n Book I I I P rop 23
ra .
, . .
,

h e a ppli es thi s coroll a ry to J u pi ter s sa tell i tes red uces the

’
,

a mo u n t i n the r a t i o of 9 to 5 bu t d oes n ot ex pl ai n th e rea son , .

In the ca se of J u pi ter
’
s ath or ou term s ot sa te lli te , m is ‘

1
a bo u t ° In the ca se of Sa turn
’
s 7 th sa telh te, m i s a ou b t
26 4
1
° In t hese cases the c r o oll ary mi ght be a ppli ed w i hou t t
1 35

sen si bl e o
er r r , an d a for ti or i for the i n n er sa te lli tes .

C on . 17 . If F presen t the force whi ch T ex erts u pon

re

P to r eta i n i n i ts orbi t P the p eri od of T roun d S p the

, ,

Sf
l
peri od of P r ou n d T, si n ce force cc ; in ci rc es, l
e

s TP ST
“ when ce
.

ST p
2
P ‘
 1 25

Hen ce , b y Cor 1 4 ,.

3 TX
for ce LM F force M T I
"
l
)

M or to n or A F L om R I N G .

72 . Con . 18 . S uppose
ber of bod i es P to re ol e
a n um v v

round T a t th e sa m e d i st a n ce fr om i t : s uppo se t he e to b eco m e

,
s

so numero u s t ha t th ey to u ch ea ch other an d fo r m a ri n an d
g ;
su ose the bod i es to be pl aced so t ha t w e m a h a e a fl ui d v
pp y
rin surro u n di n th e bod y T T h e part s o f thi ri n w i l l
g g .
g s

move i n all r espec t s l i k e the bod y P i n the pr ecedi n g co

rollari es an d t h u s t h ey w i ll m o v e ui ck er i n t hei r co nj u n ct i o n
, q
and oppo si t i on w i t h S an d slo w er a t q u a d ra t u r e s C
, ( or ,
.

Also the n od es of thi s ri n g th a t i s i ts i n ter sect i on s wi th the

,

fixed pla n e E S T w i ll be a t rest w hen t hey a re i n sy zy gi es b u t ,

in other po si t i on s t hey w i ll re ress u i ck est a t u a d ra t u res

g q q , ,

Slower i n ot her pl a ces l o l n a ti o n of th e

( C or A
, s th e
. i n c i
r in
g w i ll ch a n e
g ( C or a n d i ts a x i s wi ll o sci ll a t e i n
. th e

c ourse of ea ch r ev ol u t i on ; a n d a t th e en d of the rev ol u t i on

Will ret u rn to i ts for mer posi ti on ex cep t i n s o fa r a s i t i s ,

a fiected by the re r e ssi on o f the n od es

g .

T u ms .

73 . C on . 19 . N ow , su ppose
lob ul a r body T to be the g
soli d, an d to be ex t en d ed i n di m en si o n s t i l l i t mee t s t hi s fl u i d

ri n an d to con t a i n th e fl u i d i n a ca n a l whi ch r un s r o u n d the

g,

g lob e . T h i s flui d w i ll t h en b e a lt e rn a t ely a cce l er a t ed a n d

ret a rd ed as i n the l a s t coroll a r y ; a t th e sy z y i e s i t w i ll m o v e
g
u i ck e s t t th d r a t u r es slo w est d t h el a ti v ely to
q a e, q u a a n us r , ,

a poi n t m ov i n w i th th e m ea n v eloci ty t here w i ll be a fl u x a n d

g ,

reflu x r ese mbl i n t h e t i d es A l so the w a t er wi ll be hi h es t

, g .

g
i n th e par t of the ca n a l w hen i t m o es slo west t ha t i s a t v , ,

u a d r a tur e ; a n d lo w e st i n the p a r t w here i t mo v es i k st

q q u c e ,

tha t i s a t sy zygy
, .

If the fl u id w er e to rev ol v e abo u t the cen t re o f a globe a t

r est, n o t act ed u p o n by a bod y S t here wo u l d h n fl u x a n d
,
e o
 1 26

re flux . T he g lob
sa m e is tr u e
e w hi ch mov es u ni formly of a

for wa rd s an d a t the sa m e ti me re v ol v es a bou t i ts cen t re ; a n d

,

a l so of a lo be whi ch i s ma d e to d e v i a te from i ts recti li near

g
co urse by an fo ( S h d L f m oti
y rce ee t e 2 a w o. on
) .

B u t i f the bod y S no w a ct u pon the globe ; the fl ui d will

be d i st urbed by i ts u n eq ua l a cti on F o r the n earer fl u i d wi ll .

be more a tt ra ct ed the more re mote fl u i d l ess a tt ra cted t han

,

the cen t re ; a n d he n ce ther e wi ll be d i s t urb i n g for ces L M

, ,

M T a s i n the p roposi ti on T he force L M u rges the fl uid.

to war d the cen t re equa lly a t all poi n t s of the ci rcu mfe rence
s ,

a n d p rod u ce s n o t i d e T he force M T may be r esol v ed i n to

.

two forces o ne i n the di rect i o n o f the r a d i u s the other per

, ,

e n di cula r to t hi s d i recti o n a nd acti n

g to war d s th e s y zy y
g
p ,
.

In co n seq u e n ce of the act i on of t hi s l a tt er for ce the fl ui d wi ll ,

be highest a t q ua d ra t u re an d lo we s t a t sy zy g y ex ce pt so ,

far as the mot i on of flu x an d refl u x i s d i v er t ed by the form

of the ca n a l or r e ta rd ed by fri ct i on .

A n d if the t pe t a l force of the globe i n crea se so tha t

ce n r i ,

a ll the pa r ts t en d to i ts ce n t re a ft er the man n er of bodi es ,

ravi t a t i n g o n the E a rt h s s u rfa ce he phen o men a a l rea d y

’

g t ,

s t a ted i n t hi s corollary w i ll be sca r cely altered ; ex ce pt t hat

the places o f the grea te s t a n d l eas t a lt i tud es o f the fl ui d wi ll
be d i fferen t F o r i n thi s ca se the w a te r i s k ep t i n i ts per
.

m an e n t ro un d fo r m n o t by i ts cen tri fugal force as i n C or 1 8

, , .
,

but by i ts g ra vi ty whi ch re ta i n s i t i n the chan n el i n whi ch

,

i t flo ws An d the pa r t of the d i st urbi n g force w hi ch h i s

. .

the di rec ti on of the r adi u s w i ll ca u se i ts gra v i ty to be d i fferen t

i n d i ffe ren t par t s of the ci rc umfer en ce F or the force E M .

d ra w s i t d o w n wa rd a t q ua d r a t u res a n d the force M T LM ,

-

d ra ws i t up wa rd a t sy zy gi es An d i n con seq u en ce of these

.

fo rces the fl ui d wo ul d be lo wes t a t qu ad ra tu re a nd hi ghest

a t sy zy y
g .

T he joi n t effect of the d i st urbi ng force s will a ttai n i ts

ma x i mum so me where a ft er sy zy gy an d before qu ad rature .

H en ce the grea tes t a lt i t u d e o f the wa t er m ay be a t octan ts

,

a fte r sy zy ies and the l ea s t a t oc t a n t s ft d t

g , r
q u a r a u re : a e
n ear ly ; ex ce pt so fa r as the mot i o n o f a cen d i n g a n d d escen d s

i n g prod u ced by t hese forces co n t i n ue s l on ger i n co n seq u en ce

of th e i n er t i a of th e wa t er or i s s topp ed soo n er i n con se
-

uen ce of the resi sta n ce offe red by the chan n el

q .

P a n cs ss ron or THE E Q U IN OX E S .

7 4 . C on 20 . . fl ui d ri n g i n Cor 1 8 n o w become
L et the .
,

sol id th e mo ti on of fl u x a n d refl ux w i ll n ow cea se to t a k e pl a ce ,

but th e o sci ll a to ry ch a n ge of i n cl i n a t i o n a n d the p recessi on of

,

the n od e s wi ll st i ll ex i st L e t th e glob e T fill the i n t eri or of

.

the r i gi d ri n g an d re v ol v e i n the sa me ti me w i th the r i n g

, ,

adh eri n to i t so a s to form on e m a s s T h en th e Wh ol e m ass

g ,
.

con si s t i n g of lob e a n d ri n g wi ll sh ar e i n su ch moti o n s of th e

g ,

ri n a s h a v e b een d escri b ed ; i ts a x i s wi ll o sci ll a t e a n d i ts

g
nod es w i ll r e r ess F or th e lob e is by i ts i n er t i a e u a lly
g .
g , q ,

fitted to r ecei v e a ll i mp ressed mot i on s a n d to r et a i n t hem ,

when r ecei v ed .

W hen the ri n g tt a ched to a globe i ts grea t est

is n ot a ,

an l e of i n cli na t i o n i s w h e n th e n od es a r e i n sy zy y ( C o r
g g .

In th e pa ssa ge of the n od es fro m sy zy gi es to q u a d ra t u re the ,

ri n ten d s to d i mi n i sh i ts i n cl i n a t i on a n d by t hi s t en d en cy
g ,

i mpr es ses i ts moti on i n th e w h ol e glob e T he globe r et a i n s

.

the m ot i on i mpressed t i ll th e r i n g by i ts i n v er t ed t en d en cy
has d es tr oy ed i t; aft er wh i ch th e ri n g i mpresses u pon the glo be
a n ew m ot i on i n the oppo si t e d i r ecti o n .

B y thi s mean s the mo st ra pi d d i mi n u t i on of th e i n cli

nation t a k e s pl ace when the n od es are i n qua dr a t u res bu t ,

the l eas t a n gl e of i n cl i n a t i on i n the oct a n t s a fter u a d r a t u r es ;

q
the mo s t r a pi d i n crea se of i n cl i n a t i on a t sy zy i es the t
g g re a ,

est i n cl i n a ti o n i n th e s ucceed i n o ctan t s

g .

T he sa me t hi n gs
ou l d happen wi t h rega rd to a globe
w
wi th n o ri n g i f i t wer e ei t her m or e p rot ubera n t to wa rd s th e
,

e ua tor th a n a t the pol e s i t d i th fo m p t of

q o r co n s s e, n e r e r ar

denser ma tt er For th e e x cess of ma tt er i n the eq ua tori a l

.

re i on s a n swers th e p u rpo se of the r i n b fo po d

g g e re s u
p se .
 1 98

C on 2 1 . In th e sam e man n er i n whi ch an e xc e ss of

ma tter i n th e ghbourhood of th e
n ei eq wator ca uses the no des
to re res s
g an d rod u ces a r ea ter reg ressi on the r ea ter is
, p g g
th e e x cess , l ess res si on when the ex ces s i s less, a nd no
a re
g
re
gre ssi on wh en the e x cess di sa pp ear s ; if w e ta k e a wa y
more
th a n the d un d an t ma t ter , th a t i s, i f t here be a
re dep r esd on
of the
g lobe a t th e e u a to r , o r i f i ts ma te ri a l be
q
d en se , the n odes of th e globe w i ll p rogress .

Con H en ce , co n v er sely , by
. 22 .

th e moti o n of th e n od es we k n o w the
If the glob e a l way s k eep s the sa m e pol es , a n d i ts
ba ck wa rds , t here i s a n e x cess o f ma tt er a t the
the n od es mo v e fo r w a rd s , t he re i s a defect of m a t

C o u ro s rr no x or R or a r o n r M o r to n .

75 . Le t a perfec tly spheri ca l bod y he at

Spa ce ; an d a fter wa rd let i s

to a cq ui re a mot i o n bot h o f t ran sl a ti on

a ft er wa rd s by i ts i n r ti a ret ai n the sa me a x i s
e
, ,

posi t i on wi tho ut an y fur t her chan ge L et the

, .

r ece i v e a n ew obli ue i m pac t o n the sa me po i n t

q
fa ce a s before : an d as i t ca n ma k e n o d i fference
i mp u l se ta k e pl ace soon or l a te the two i m p uls es
,

th e sa me effect as if they ha d t a k en pla ce a t th e

h a i
t t s th e sa m e efl ect as i f a si n gl e i mp ulse
,
‘

the two had ta k en pla ce T he globe wi ll .

a si m pl e r
.

ota tory mo tio n abo u t a gi v en a x i s, .

be the sa me if the m o n d i mp ul se t a k es pl ace

the equ a tor of the
firs t moti on ; an d al so
ta k e Pla ce a t an po n t of the e ua to r
y i q
H n ce the two i m p u lses w ill e n era e a
e g t
Wi l be th e sa me as i f both i mp ul se s h
h
96 0 31 0 71 O
1 f th e tw o
m e t er s : an d t hi s
i mpu lses a ct a t a n po
y i n ts w h a tev er T he r .

sphere d oes n ot re ta
i n sep ara t e r ot a to ry mot i on s ,
o n d s t hem a ll i n to
p p one un i for m m ot i on a bo u t a n
a nu s i n a con s tan t posi t
i on .
 1 29

T he tcen ri fuga l force

ol i n g globe ca n n ot cha n g
of a re v v e

th e i n cl i n a ti on
of the a x i s o r the eloci ty of r o ta ti on B ut i f
v .

there be a dd ed to a n y pa r t of th e glob e b et ween the pol e a n d

the eq u a tor a n ew por ti on of ma tt er a s a mo un ta i n t h i s by i ts , , ,

perpet u a l ten den cy to reced e fro m the a x i s of mot i on w i ll d i s ,

t urb th e moti on a n d ca u se the pol es of rota t i on to shi ft a lon g

,

the su rface of the glob e d e scr i b i n g ci rcl es a bo u t the mo u n ta i n

,

an d th e poi n t oppo si te to i t A n d t hi s i r reg u l a r w a n d eri n g

.

of th e pol es w i ll n ot be co rr ect ed ex cept w hen the m ou n t a i n ,

i s a t th e pol e i n w hi ch ca se (by C or
, th e n od es of the .

equ a tor wi ll pr o r ess ; or a t th e e u a to r i n w hi ch ca se the

g q ,

nod es r e r es s ; or by a d d i n a n ot her por t i on o f m a tt er on the

g g
oth er si d e of the e u a to r ( on t h e sa me si d e o f the a x i s ; )
q ,

an d i n th i s case the n od es ei t her a d v a n ce o r reced e a s the ,

ex ce ss of ma tt er i s n ea rer to the pol e o r to the e u a tor

q .

If obla t e spheroi d be con cei v ed to be a t rest an d

an

mov ea ble a bo u t i ts cen t re a n d be a tt ra cted by a d i st an t bod y

,

S th e a tt rac t i on wo u l d i m pre ss u po n the sph eroi d a rot a to ry

,

moti o n r ou n d a certa i n a x i s An d i f the s pher oi d ha v e pre

.

vi ou s ly a ro ta tor y mot i o n a bou t i ts a x i s o f fo r m t hese two ,

rota tor y moti on s wi ll b e co m po u n d ed a n d w i ll p rod u ce ro ta ,

tion a bou t a n ew a x i s An d i f the a tt ra cti on of S a ct per

.

etu all th e a x i s of r o ta ti o n o f the sph eroid wi ll be p er et u a lly

p y , p
alter ed . B u t thi s a l tera t i on of the i n st a n ta n eo u s a x i s of ro ta
ti on wi ll be s u ch t ha t the mot i o n o f the sph er oi d m ay be
con si d er ed a s com po u n d ed o f a r ot a to ry m ot i on ro u n d i ts a x i s

of for m a n d a r e ressi o n of the n od es o f i ts e ua to r u o n the

, g q p
p lan e E S E su ch a s i s d escri bed i n C o r 2 1
, . .

By l l ti n g the effec t of the su n s a cti o n u pon the

c a cu a
’

terres t ri a l spheroi d on th e abov e p ri n ci ples i t i s fou n d t ha t

, ,

there i s prod u ced a p recessi o n of the equi n o x es of whi ch the ,

amou n t i n on e y ea r i s
( y
A i r P r oc ess i o n Ar t , ,
.

'
B 3 vr 28

where B i s a
q ua n t i ty d epen d i n g u
p on th e la w of the ea rth
‘
s

den si ty .
 1 30

S ect II I . . C a n cu t a r i ox or s ou s or ran c xx IN
a c ua u r ms a c co a n m c ro w r on a
’
M E TH O D .

( P a m c xr ra , Boo k III . P rop . x x v— x xx v .

)

( a r ox , Book III . Prop . x x v.

)

76 F a ce. T o fi n d th e .
f or ce f
o the su n to di s tu r b
the moti on of the moon .

Fi g . 157 prese n t the s un T the ea r t h P the

. L et S n o w re , ,

moo n G the ce n t re of gravi ty o f the ea r th a n d m oo n

, By .

Art 56 T a n d P by thei r m u t ual a ct i o n re v ol v e a bou t G ; a n d

. .

each of t hese bod ies i s d i s t ur bed i n i ts mo tio n by fo rces si mila r .

to the fo rces LM M T whi ch a re con si der ed i n P rop 66 a n d

,
.

i ts coroll a r i es ( A r t 63 to H en ce i t a ppear s by Cor 7

, . . .

( A r t t .h a t i f F b e th e fo rce by whi ch P i s ret a i ned i n

i ts or bi t p the peri od of P or T ro un d G P the peri od of T

, ,

r oun d S , the di stur bi n g forces whi ch act u pon P are F

F
S GK
’
p
m the di recti on P T , an d F in a di recti on para llel to
F GP
GS . Si mi l a r forces a ct u pon T ;d i f G be th e force w hi ch
an

t
re a i n s T i n i ts orbi t , the d i s t urb i n g fo rces u pon i t ar e t e
3
p ’
S GH S CE
s
p ec ti v el
y, G
% an d G
P GT
G
P
’

GP
'

T he d i st u rb a n ce P a o rbi t r ela ti v ely to T wi ll be the

of

su m of t hese tw o sets of d i stu rba n ces ; the r ela ti ve di st ur bi n g

force, i n the d i rect i on o f the r adi us P T , for i ns t an ce, wi ll be
2

( F G) 33
$ . B ut the rela ti v e mot i o n of P to ward s T is the

su m of the moti o n s
to wa rd s G ; a n d hen ce the
of P an d T
effect s o f t hi s k i n d whi ch the m u t u a l fo rces o f P a n d T p ro

d u ce wi l l be as F + G T herefo re the r el a t i v e d i s t u r ba n ce
.

of the mot i o n of P has to the r el a t i v e m ot i o n o f P r o un d T

a t res t i n the pe ri od the sa me r el a ti on w hi ch we foun d

for the a b sol ut e d i sturban ce of the a bsol u t e mot i o n i n P rop 66 . .
 13 1

If F be the for ce w i t h w hi ch
'
P w o uld ol v e roun d T a t rest
r ev

at the d i stan ce T P i n the ti me p , the rela ti v e d i st u rbi n

g force
3
I
z
’
on P in P T is F e
.

l
T h e m oon P t h T rev ol v e rou n d G i n the sa me
an d th e ea r

t i m e p th ei r di sta n ce bei n g 60 5 ra d i i of the a r t h A n d i f P

, e .

w ere to r ev ol v e r o un d T a t r es t i n the sa m e t i me p t hei r ,

S uppo si n g T thi s r a t i o i s WGI

= 60 P , or 60
§ 60
n ear ly ; w h en ce i t fol lo w s t ha t th e d i st a n ce w o u l d o n t hi s
"
s u ppo si t i o n be 60 ra d i i If F be the fo rce wh i ch w ou l d
.

r et a i n P i n i ts orb i t a t t h i s d i st a n ce ,

1
' " "6 _

3
_

we h ave F F 60-

5 60 an d F = F
60
—

T he for ce by whi ch P i s r etai n ed i n i ts orbi t abou t T a t

r est i s th e a tt ra ct i on of the ea r th t h a t i s the fo rce o f ra v i ty
g , ,

di m i n i sh ed i n the ra t i o o f the i n v er se sq ua re of the d i sta n ce .

If g be gra v i ty a t the ear t h s su rfa ce

’
,

1 6 oi

66“ F g
3

H en ce we ha v e for the re al ti v e d i s t u rb i n g fo rces ,

2
6oi 2

r p
force i n the d i rect i on P T g
’
F —
g
B(T
- -

Ii ’
fi
i 2
K
g
6o I s
an d force para llel to GS g ?
60 } ; } ?

2
p 1
p
n ea r 1
)
,
an d
P P 2

H en ce we ha v e th e p ropor ti o n s of the d i st u rb i n g forces to

force of
g ra v i ty .

77 . L et the an
gl e P GS be ca ll ed w ; t he n , t
re a n i n i g
2

for m er ota ti on fo rces

f i n di recti on
'
n , the a re F P T,
”

g
'
SF eos w pa rall el to G S .
 132

T he l a tt er force olv ed i n to two porti on s i n the

may be r es ,

d i rect i on T P a n d per pen d i cul ar to tha t li n e respecti v ely

, , .

A n d i f P R R Q be t h ese por t i on s i t wi ll ea si ly be se en tha t

, ,

t hey a re r esp ect i v ely

2

F
% g
'
3 cos . w co s . (0 , an d SF cos w s n i . w .

H en ce th e whol e r a di a l d i s t u rbi n g force ( i n the di rec ti o n of

th e r a d i u s P T ) i s

p 1 3
l 3 cos
2
w } F f
P
.

2
p l 3
_
F 2
P

A n d th e tr a n s v er s e d i s t u rbi n g for ce ( i n th e d i r ect i o n r en

p p
e

di cula r to the radi u s P T) i s

?
p
F
'
3 F co s . w si n . w
P 2

2
p l 3
force i
’
T he r a di a l F i
v a r es a s w v ar es ;
P 2
2

a n d cos . 2w i n the ol u ti on of P goes through

co u r se o f half a r ev

all i ts v a l u es h a v i n g n ega t i v e v a l u e s eq u a l i n n u m b er an d m ag
,

n i tu d e to th e osi t i v e o n es H en ce the mea n v a l ue of the

p .

r a d i a l fo r ce w i ll b e ha d by n egl ecti n g the v ar i a bl e por ti on

d epen di n g on cos 2 w whi ch th u s d es t roy s i ts own efl ect ; a n d
'

.
,
'
2
F
th e mea n l
v a ue 1 s t herefore , It t en d s from th e cen tre .

2 ?
2

the m ea n ra di a l d i st u rbi n g force i s

P
2

wh i ch i s t ha t u sed in page 95 in l l t
ca cu a i n
g the

m ot i on of the p se
‘

a .

T he mo u n t of the mot i o n of the a p se t h u s fo u n d , requi res

a

co r r ect i n i n the ca se of the m oon , i n con se u en ce of the

g q
tr a n sv erse d i sturb i n g force w hi ch w e h a v e a l so fo u n d .
 1 33

7 8 . P3 09 . T he tr a n s ve rse d is tu r bi n g for ce ca n n ot

the moti on f the w hen the f th e

af oot o a s
p ,e ex cep t s qu a r e o

di s tu r bi n g f or ce i s ta k en i n to a ccou n t.

T he d i al di stur bi n g for ce a lt ers the d i recti o n of the

ra

bod y s moti on , whether i t be a t a n a pse or n ot ; a n d thu s w i ll ,

’

by i ts a cti on i n a gi v en sma ll elem en t of the orbi t , ca u se th e

cu r v e n ot to be per pen d i cu l a r to th e r ad i u s when ot her w i se i t

w o ul d ha v e been so an d to be perpen di cula r when other wi se i t

,

wo u l d n ot ha v e been so ; a n d t h u s i t ma y ca use th e pl a ce of
the a p se to chan ge B u t the t ra n sv erse di st u rbi n g for ce bei n g
.
,

e rp en di c u l a r to th e ra d i u s ca n n ot by i ts a ct i o n i n a i v en
p , g
sma ll e l em en t m a k e the cu r v e cea se to be obl i u e to th e r a d i u s
, q
if i t be so or cea se to be pe rpen di cul ar i f i t be per pen d i cu l a r
,

to the r a d i u s ; tha t i s thi s force ca n n ot ma k e a n a pse w here

,

wi th ou t the force i t wou l d n o t h a v e b een n or r emo v e i t wh e re ,

i t is. A n d wh en we su ppo se th e d i st u rbi n g forces v ery sma ll ,

so tha t we m a n e l ect t hei r s ua r es th e d i st urba n ce p r od u ce d

y g q ,

i n on e el em en t of the cu r v e w i ll n ot affect the di st urb a n ce

prod u ced i n the other el emen ts H en ce on t hi s su pposi ti on .
, ,

the a p se w i ll n ot be r emo v ed by th e a ct i on of the t ra n sv er se

d i st u r bi n g force .

B ut i f di s t urbi n g forces be l a rger, the t ra

the n sv er se for ce

wi ll , by acti n g d uri n g a fi n i te t i m e, p rod u ce a n er ro r i n th e

pl ace of the bod y , a n d the body s po si ti on wi ll n ot be su ch
as i t w ou l d h a v e b een w i t ho u t th e a ct i on o f the d i st u rbi n g
force .A n d the r a d i al d i st u rbi n g force d epen d s for i ts v a l u e
upo n the po si ti o n of the bod y , a n d hen ce wi ll be d i ffer en t fro m

wha t i t wo u l d ha v e b een i f th e t ra n sv er se force ha d n ot a ct ed .

T her e fore the m ot i on of the a p se w i ll t h u s be affected m ed i

at ely , t ho u h n ot i mmed i a t ely by th t i o f the tr a n s v er se
g ,
e a c n o

force .

T he or of the moon s place d ue to the tran sv er se force

err
’

an d th e er ror i n the u a n t i ti es on w hi ch th e r a d i a l for ce d e

q
pen d s a re 0 43t p a r i bu s a s the d i st u rbi n g force A n d the
, , , .

effect of s u ch a n erro r i s a s th e por ti o n of the d i s t u rb i n f o

g r e c

whi ch a ri ses fr o m th e erro r tha t i s a s the di st u rb a n ce d u e to

, ,

a di st ur b a n ce o r a s the s u ar e o f the d i sturb i n fo rces

, q g .
 134

In the ca se of the o u ter mos t t l i tes

sa el of J u pi t er a nd

Sa t u rn , th e d i st u rbi n g for ce ha s the factor s

1 1
or

an d the o t her sa e t ll i t es of t hese sy st ems ha v e s t i ll small er

m u lti pli ers . In t hese ca ses th e effect o f the t ra n sv er se force
”
10 1
m a v be ne
gl ect ed . B u t i n the ca se o f the m o on
P
an d the n ex t po wer ca n n ot sa fe ly be ne
gl ect ed .

T he t r ue moti on of the peri gee of the m oon ‘

s o r bi t co m
pa red wi t h h er m ea n moti on i s

2 3
3 p 22 5 p 3

4 P 2
32 P B
4 32 x 1 3 ,4 P 2 a m” L T' '
)
2
3
If w e ne
gl ec t the sec n o d ter m w e ha v e 23 w h l ch a
g rees
1 1 ;

t
w i h A rt 5 3 ; . b u t i t i s m a n i fe s t tha t i n thi s ca se the second
t er m is n ea r ly as l arge a s the fi r s t I n cl udi n g bo th i n the
.

l l ti on , w e fin d for
ca cu a the m o t i on o f the a p se i n o n e r evo
lu ti on ,

( N E W T O N , B oo k III . Prop . xxvr .

)
79 P
. n o r T o
fi n d th e h or a.r y ( or i n s ta n ta n eou s
) i n

cr emen t of th e a r ea w hi ch th e m oon d es cr i bes a bou t th e ea r th .

T hi s i n cremen t i s prod u ced by the tr an sv er se d i s t ur bi n

g
force, ( Ar t 6 5 Co r . a n d t hi s fo r ce i s, for
. th e r el a t i v e
.

mot i on 3 F ( G) -
si n to co s (0
. . .
( Ar t . wher e w i s P G S
P
.

Fi g . 157 . L e t the o rb i t
m oo n be su ppo sed to be ci r of th e
c ula r , a n d i n the pl a n e of the ecli pt i c L e t E G be the o ri i n
g
.

of lon gi t u d es le t E G P be the lon gi t ud e of the moon seen from

G : 9, E G S the lon gi t ud e o f the su n a l so seen fro m G =
If the mot i on of the moo n an d the a pparen t m o t i on o f the sun
be ci rcul a r , thei r an gul ar v eloci ti es wi l l ha v e a gi v en r ati o,
 1 35

an d th e i n crea se lon gi t udes i n the sa me t i me w i ll

o f thei r
a l w a y s be i n t hi s ra t i o ; i t w i ll b e the r a t i o o f t hei r p er i o d i c

ti mes beca use th ese are the ti mes of d escri bi n g equa l a rcs
, ,

na me ly a wh ol e ci r cu m fer en ce . L et m be the ra tio

'

let [3 be the lon gi t ude of S w hen 9 0,

then an d w = 9
'
— 9 = n1 9 — 9 + B .

Hen ce i f 3 d esi gn a t e the sm a ll i n cr em en t, 3m ( 1 m) 39 .

N ow i f r be th e r a d i u s of P l t i v e orbi t V the
S re a ,
ve loci ty
in t h i s or b i t ,
V = 2
( F G) r ( by th e p rop er ty of ci rcu l a r

r 39 r w
m ot i o n ) , lo
a s 3t
V ( I m) V

T he a r ea in ti me 1, is % r V . T he i n cremen t of t hi s
a rea a ri s n i g from th e t ran sv er se force, d ep en d s on th e i n cr e
m en t of the ve loci ty V, an d we ha v e

force x St
3 ( F + G ) r m 2

3 F G) m ’
s1n . w cos w . . 3t s1n . w co s w . . 3(0
( 1 m) V
2
3 1m
7
s1n . w co s w . 3m .

( 1 m)
Hen ce, i n t egr a ti n g so a s to fin d the au
g m en ta t i o n o f v e ocil ty ,
2
3 Vm
we fin d 1t to be cos .
2
w, beg1n n 1n g fro m the q ua d
2 1 ( m)
t
ra u r e wh ere cos . w is 0 . T he mea n l
v a ue of t hi s i s w hen
3 Vm
2
1
w I m whi ch ca se 1 t 1 s T her efore, th e ex ces s
4 m) 2
3 Vm
b
a ov e the mean v a ue l 1s (
2 co s .
2
w t ha t 15,
m)

co s . 2w . An d w e ha v e for the w hol e v a ue l of the

cos . 2w
}
 136

therefore the ,
mea n v a ue l of the a rea is to i ts l
v a ue at an
y
other t i me ,

3m
?

as 1 t o 1 cos . 2w ;
m)

or as
4 1 — m
”
— 2 4 l —
“
m
— 2+ cos . 2w .

3m 3 m

1
”
B ut m bei n g it a ppea rs tha t ’
2
3m
'

h en ce the ar ea in a
gi v en s mall i n sta n t , i s as cos . 2w
.

T h u s the ar ea at
q u a d ra u re t is to the a rea at sy zygy ,

as to

( N E W T O N , B oo k III . P rop . xxv n l .

)
80 . P n or . To fi n d the d i a meter s of the ov a l or bi t,

i n to w h i ch th e di s tu r bi n g f or ces w ou ld con v er t the or bi t o f

the moon , if ci rcu la r w h en u n d i s tu r bed .

See A r t 6 4 Cor 3 . . . . T heov al orbi t there spok en of wi ll

be perpen di cul a r to th e r a d i u s a t sy z y y a n d a t
g q u a d ra t ure ;

and by A r t 25 , the force at su c h poi n t s is as " w h er e R

72
.

i s the ra di us of cu r v a u r e t . L et V, R correspon d to the

sy zy gy ,
'
V, R
'
to th e q u a d r a ure t . T hen

V "
for ce at s y zygy for ce at
q u a d ra u re t 0

R R
'

L et 1 be th e mea n o v al orbi t 1 a: the

ra di u s of th e ,

r ad i u s a t sy zy y 1 + a: a t u a d ra t ur e N ow by l s t P ro
g q , a .
,

posi ti on the sq uares of the a r ea s a t syzy gy a n d q ua d ra t ure

,

a r e i n th e r a t i o (n e l ect i n h e s u a re of th e sm a ll er t er ms
g g t q ) ,

s
— m)

an d the ve loci ti es a re as the a rea d i v i d ed by the ra di u s, an d

th eref o re thei r s
q u ares a re as the s e q u a n ti t i es d i v i ded by
 137

( L — w)
’
an d ( l r es pect i v ely ; or n eglecti n g , a gai n the
squares an d p rod u cts of sma ll
q ua n t i ti es w 8 m , , ,

” '
2
3m 3 m ’

V : V l + 2w + l — Qw
2 ( 1 m) 2 ( 1 m)
B u t the fo rces by
t d i n her or bi t
w hi ch the m oo n is re a i n e

a t s y z y y a n d q u a d ra t u r e a re th e a tt r a ct i o n of T and P
g , ,

together w i th the ra di a l di st urbi n g fo rces N ow the a tt rae .

,

ti o n o f T an d P v a r i e s i n v er sely a s th e squ a re of the d i st a n ce ,

a n d i f I be i ts v a l ue a t th e m ea n d i s ta n ce 1 ,

”
or 1 fil m a n d 1 2 m n ea r ly ,
( (
2
1 w) 1 + w )
‘

wi llbe i ts v a l u es a t sy zy gy a n d q ua d ra tu re . T he r a di a l
di stu rbi n g for ces i s a t th ese poi n t s r especti v ely
2
2 ( F + G ) m an d ( F G) m
2
;

and w e m ay s u ppose F G to be eq ua l to the m ea n fo rce 1 .

H en ce, the fo rces a t sy zygy a n d q ua d r a t u re are

as 1 -
1 2 az
- — 2m
2
l

H en ce , w e ha v e, by com pa ri n g th e ra tio of the fo rces fou n d

in t hese di fieren t w ay s
'

1 + 2w +
— m) R 1 + 2 ao — 2 m
2

”
R
0
2
3 m l — 2 .c + m
l — Qw
2 ( l — m)

When ce w e fin d , ne
gl ect i n g a ll s
q ua res an d prod uct s o f a:
”
an d m ,
,
R 2
1 em 1
R 1 m

T he ra ti o
to R wi ll depen d on the n a t ure of the
of R
'

cur v e L et i t be su pposed t ha t w e ha v e a n o v a l of w hi ch
.
,

1 w an d l w a re the semi a x es m ajor an d mi n or as bei n g , ,

small : a n d 9 b ei n th e an l e whi ch a n r a d i u s v ecto r d ra wn

g g y
from the cen tre ma k es wi th the major w as let the rad i us
‘

v ector be 1 c cos 2 0 ( T hi s i n cl u
. d e s the el li p se a n d man y
. . .

S
 138

other ov al s u lti ma t ely ) T he o v al wh i ch result s from . the

d i st urbi n g for ces can n ot be su ch a fi gu re a s thi s beca u se , the
r a d i u s v ecto r p asses fr om i ts rea t es t to i ts l ea s t v al u e n ot
g ,

in the o
c u r se o f an an
gl e 9 b u t i n the o
c u r se o f an

an l 9 9
'
35 , or m) L et, ther e fo re , r a d i us
g e
2 E
v ect ro of th e ov al d escri bed by the m oon be

r = 1 + w cos 2 .
( 1 — m ) 9,

w hi ch a
grees wi th the o
c n d i ti o n j ust m en t i on ed .

T hen , at the e x tr emi ty of the major a x i s i f , we d ra w the

su bten se of the an
gl e of con ta ct we h a v e ( In tr od
, . L emma x x ) .

”
ar c

su bt en se
An d su bt en se d eflex i on fr om ta n . i
sem a x i s r cos . 0

l + w
{ I w eos 2 .
( l

1 — oos . 9+w { I — cos 2 .

( 1

Al so, when 9 i s v er y sma ll , cos . 0 l h en ce, ne

g l ect i n
g

hi gher power s ,

2 2
9 2
4 l m 9
su bt en se
2

Al so , arc ( 1 a ) 9 ; h en ce,

—m
{ ) }
i
1 + a '
1

In li ke man n er for R ; let 9

then r : l -
w co s 2 .
( l an d, as before ,

bten se = l w— { §
'

su -
l cos.

ae I -
cos .
§ -
w { 1 — c0 3 .
2 (1
 139

An d the a rc ( 1

” ”
ar c -
w)
h en ce, R
su bt en se 1 w{ 1 + my }
H en ce, we fin d t ha t R
'
is to R,

( (
;
1 w) 1

m) } m)
— 2 —
1

( m)
'
2 2
1 1 ) 1
'
- - a -
a
' -

a ( 1 my 1 w ” ( I my

{ ( m)
— ,
1 2w 4 1
1 -
w + 4 w( l — m) 9

ne
gl ect i n
g hi gher po wer s .

E q u a t i n g the two v a u esl of we h a v e

{ m) ’
3m (
2
1 + = 2w 4 1 -

1 — m

i
4 m) — 1

1
By p u tt i n g for m i ts v a u e,l w e fin d a: n ea rl y an d hen ce
a
the d i s t a n ce s of th e m oo n at s y zy gy an d q u a d ra t u re, a r i si n
g
fro m th e d i st u rbi n g for ces, a re as 138 1 4 0, or as 69 70
near ly .

If w e ne l ect
“
m w is as m ”
g , .

(N E W T O N , B oo k III . P rop . x x xx .
)
P n or T o fi n d the M oon
’
81 . .
s Va r i a ti on .

T h e V a ri a t i on ( A r t . i s the err r o o lo ngi t ude ari si n g

f
both fro m l
th e a cce er a ti n of a r ea s , a n d o from the o v al for m o f
the o r bi t .
 1 40

Fig 1 5 8 . . L et S , T be ol v e roun d T i n a t r est, a n d P re v

an elli p s e C q d escri bi n g a r eas propor t i on a l to the t i mes

, .

A n d let C T p th e a rea d escri bed i n the sa me t i me i f the body ,

rev ol v e i n a ci r cl e C i n th e sa me eri od T h i f
p p en .
,

TC : -
a
'
,

the an
gl e (1 T p wi l l be the or of the lon gi t u d e of P a ri si n g
err

fro m the ov a l for m of th e orb i t s u ppo si n

g,th e su n to h e

a ppa ren tly a t r est . A n d i f we i n crea se a t the a n gl es C T q ,

C Tp , O TA i n the r a ti o 1 — m 1, so tha t on
m)
we ha ll h a v e th e m oti on o f p i n a n orbi t , s uch a s was
s

s u ppo sed i n the l a st P r oposi t i o n ; a n d the a n l e q w i ll

g
become th e er ror of lon gi tude on t ha t s upposi ti on A l so, .

ta n q TC . ta n 1) . TC tan p . TC .

In order to t a k e a ccou n t of the a cce er a l t i on of ar ea s, tak e

C TF su ch a n a n gl e tha t ,

tan . C TF ta n . CT q ;

1 y 1 3; b ei n
g th e r a t i o of th e i n stan t a n eo u s a r ea at

sy zygi es to tha t a t quad ra t u res T hi s con st r ucti on wi ll gi ve .

‘

to P th e t r ue mot i on F or let A T P w A T q d) T hen

.
, , .
,

1 y
c ot an . w cota n (P .

l 3/

an d ta k i n g the i n stan t an eo u s c ha n ge ,

l —
y 3<P l —
y i
s n
f
w
3w ==
si n . (0

’
cos . w l — y l — y
”
si n - w 1 +y
 1 41

y( si n
’
w l
o “
. a
W h en ce z: c s
y
,

l +y cos 2w
H en ce , do)
.

3¢

3 m
An d by Ar t 7 9, y i s
. a s l o 3¢
, is o
c n stan t in a
m)
gi v en i n s ta n t ; t herefo re be: i s i n the p ropor ti o n o f th e i n
sta n ta n eo u s i n crem en t of th e a r ea p r o v ed i n A r t 7 8 : a n d P i s .

i n i ts t ru e posi ti on .

T o fin d the err r o
lon gi t u de ari si ng from
in the two ca u ses

abov e m en ti o n ed , let A Tp b ; t h en 1

1 a
'

cotan .
qb cota n .
p
\ ,
1 w

by the former pa rt of ,
the o t
c n s r uc ti on ,

y
/
1
ot an
c . w l
\ c ot an } . x,
1 w

( l 2m y) co ta n n
l
z,

ne
g l ecti n
g po wers o f a: a n d y
hen ce , c ot a n . w c ota n ] . x; y) cotan n f ,
l

p u t ti n g otan
si n . \I
!)
or for c .
,
-
( + 31)
2 w

s i u. ( m xz
l) ( 2m y) si u . m c a x , o ] y) cos . w,

ne
gl ect i n
g th e d i fferen ce of w an d x;
] t
a f er the fi r st t erm .

H en ce , w i
s n. 2w or Aw si n . 2 w.
 1 42

If no w , 9 be the mea n longi t ude of the moon , m 9 + B

t ha t of the su n as be fo re ; w 111 9 6 n d A m must
, 8 . A
d epen d o n the an g ul ar d i st a n ce o f the s u n a n d m oo n , w hi ch i s

p roport i on al to the moo n s m ea n lon git ud e ’

. T her efo re ,

Aw : —
( l -
m) A 9 ; an d

i
s n . 2 (0 m9 fl) :

and
p tt i u
n
g for r an
. d 3; t hei r v a ues, l we ha v e the Va ri a ti o n of

the M oon .

It a ppea rs bv the rea s o n i n g t ha t , the v ar ai t i on is a s

i ( m m ea n lo n g mea n
' ’
s n.2 oo n s . s un s

as a rea d
l y sta ed , t Ar t 6 4 . .

”
T a k i ng on ly the fi r t term
s o f r,
. it is m , an d y
°

11m
2 3
3 711
H en ce, a
g reem
g w1 th the co
8 8

fi
ef ci en t, as fo un d an a lyti cally .
( A i ry , L T . . A rt .

( N E W T O N , B ook III . P rop . x xx .

)
82 . Paor . T o fi n d th e h or a r y moti on o
f the n od es in
a c i r cu a r l or bi t .

Fi g . 1 59 . L et S be the s un , T the ea r th , P the moon ,

the moon
orbi t N n bei n g the l i n e O f n od es T he
'
N Pn s , .

w hol e d i s t u r bi n g fo rce o f S on P h a b ee n re sol v ed i n to two s

pa r ts ( A rt
, o f w hi ch o n e i n the d i rec t i on P T
. d oes no t , ,

dra w P fro m the pl an e of i ts o rb i t a n d con seq uen tly d oes n ot ,

effect the li n e o f n od es ; the ot her pa rt whi ch ca l l Q u rges , ,

the bod y P in a d i rect i on pa ra ll el to T S an d con se uen tly

q ,

d ra ws i t fro m the pl a n e of the orbi t i n whi ch i t i s m o v i n g

at P .

Le t P M rep rese n t the v eloci ty of the moon i n d epe n d ent of

the d i st urb i n g fo rce ; a n d le t M L , pa ralle l to T S , re pr esen t
th e ve loci ty prod uced by the d i st u rb i n g fo rce i n t ha t d i rec t i on
un i t of t i m e (on e ho ur
I n a
) .

T he plan e by the acti on of the force Q

of P
’
s or bi t i s, ,

"
t w i sted fro m th e posi ti on P T M to th e posi t i o n P T L ; a n d
i f th e pla n e P T L m ee t the ecl i pti c i n T I m T l i s the m ot i on ,

o f the l i n e of n od es i n a u n i t o f ti m e o n e ho u r
( ) .

T he li n es M L, m l a re i n the sapl a n e LM P m l ; but

me
t h ey ca n n ev er mee t , beca u se AI L i s pa ra ll l to the pl a n e o f e

t he ec li pti c ; h en ce , M L , m l a re p a r all el .

H en ce, w e h av e

m
q Z?
s n l
im ly
.

” an d mTl s m mIT ,
. n ea r ,
m
'
s .

( m T l bei n g sm a ll ) si n . S TN . N ow ,

si n . mT P, (b eca u se m P T is a ri
g h t

T herefore s1 n . P TN .

A nd m T l s1 11 . P TN . si n . S TN .

N o w , i f F be the t d in t l fo rce by
c en r a whi ch P i s re ai n e

i ts orb i t 3 m F cos P T S ( A r t
, i s th e force p a ra ll el to T S
’
. . .

Hen ce i f V be the v eloci ty a n d 3t the ti me of d escri bi n g P M

, , ,

PM t Al so i n the t i me 3t L M
. t wi ce the spa ce d e
, ,

scri bed force x 3t 3 m F 3t w hen ce 2 9 2

,

Th e h y m ti f th pl
orar o on of P bi t d p d e an e o a or e en s on th e di recti on in w ich h
P i s mov i n g t th i t l f h f m i t b i g t P ;
a e n er v a o on e our ro s e n a an d th e di recti on of th e
m oti on is r i gh tly d t mi d by t k i g M L t
e er ne p t th a n o re resen e v eloci ty g en erate d by th e

f or ce i n on e h our. M L i d bl f th p s d i b d by th
ou e o e s a ce escr e e force i n the same ti me
N
.

S ee In trod Pr0 p 1 . . . ote.

 1 44

ML 3 m F 3t
2

CO S - P TS m P T N sm S l N
I '
6
MP
. . .

If 9 be the lon gi tude o f th e moo n , 9

'
of the s un , N of the
n od es , mTl i s SN A l so .
, if 1 be the r a di u s of P S orbi t ,

F V ; hen ce,
2

SN t
' '
3 775
2
cos .
( 9 9) s i n ( 9 . N ) si n .
( 9 N )
or i
s nce 9
'
m 9, su pposi n g 9
'
an d 9 to begi n togeth er ;
an d i
s n ce t 39,
SN 3 774
2
39 cos (9 . m 9) si n .
( 9 N ) si n .
(m 9 N ) .

COR . 1 . If w e su ppo se 0
'
an d N to re m ai n o t t
c n s an for a
wh ol e r ev ol u t i on Of 9, we fin d th e ch a n
g e Of N in on e r ev olu

t i on Of th e m oon , by i n tegr a t i n g
'
3m cos .
( 9 si n .
( 9 N ) s n i .
(9 N )
fo r a w ho le ci r c u m fe r e n ce . N o w,

9 = si n 9
si n .
( — N ) .
( — N )
'
si n ( 9 ( 9 N 9
'
. co s .
) cos .
( si n .
( 0 N)

an d h e n ce th e ex
p ressi o n to be i n tegr a t ed i s
"
( JV) g ( O) si n (9 otan (9
' ' '
3m
2
s n i .
2
9 oos . G— . c . N ) + cos .
(9

T he i n t egr a l o f si n . ( 9 co s .
( 9 is 1
2
~
si n .
i
( 9
w hi ch , t ak en fro m 9 O to 9 9
’
7r , is 0 .

T O fin d th e i n tegr a l Of cos .
( 9 w e ha v e

s m .
2
a
'
co s . a: 1 2 cos .
2
r,
.

da '

d si n u s co s .c .
2
CO S a
:
.

da '

S n i cos a: .

wh en ce, f
2
, cos . x

and from a
'
r - O to w= 7r,
 1 45

H e n ce, fo r a se mi -
ci r cu mferen ce of 9 we h a v e the
m oti on of N
'
s n i .
2
( 9 N) .

C OR 2 . . W hen the moon i s at s y zy gy , so t ha t

w e ha v e for th e i n s ta n t a n eo u s m oti on of the n od e
”
SN = 3m 2
S9 si n ( 9 .
’
N) ;

an d i f t hi s w ere to con t i n ue a t the sa me ra te for a whole semi

l
ci rc e , we sho u l d h a v e to ut i st ea d o f 39 a n d th e mot i on
p n 11 ,

w ou l d be
a ” ,
3m 7r s n i .
( 9 N) .

H en ce , i n i v en po si t i on of the n od es , th e mea n i n sta n ta

an
y g
ne n s o ( or hora ry ) m ot i on of th e n od e i s hal f the i n st a n t an eo u s
(or hora ry ) mot i on whi ch t a k es place w h en th e m oon i s i n

COR 3 . . When th e n o d es a re in q ua d ra t ure , w e h a v e

g mot i on i n ol e ol uti on
'
9 N an d the a wh r ev of the

moo n ll 2
wi be 3m 7r .

CO R . 4 . If w e ta k e the eq ua ti on
SN sm
2
S9 cos (9 . m 9) s i n .
( 9 N ) si n .
( m 9 N) ,

a n d r es olv e the prod uct s Of si n es a n d cosi n es i n to the su m s an d

d i fferen ces Of su ch qu an ti ti es ( whi ch i s a l w ay s po ssi bl e ) we fin d
, ,
2

SN = S9 l + cos .
( 9
2 -
2 m9) — cos.
( 29 — 2N ) — cos .
( 2m 9 — 2N )}
whi ch m ay be i n t egrated as a d i fferen ti a l e
q u a ti on bet ween N
2

a nd 9, an d i v e s , ma k i n
g g

3 m 2

9
m sm 29 2 m 9) + ( 29 — 2N )
— .
( -
s1n .

si n .
( 2 m9 2N ) .

8 ( m i)
T
 1 46

H er e l as t term i s co n si derable o n account of t he

the ,

s ma l ln ess O f i ts di v i sor 8m 8m 6 m ; i t gi ves

— ’
8i or , ,
-

the a n n ual eq ua ti on of the m oti on o f the n od e L

( pa la ce .
,

M ec Cel T v p
. . . . .

( N E WT O N , B oo k III . P rop . x xxl .

)
83 . P a or . To fi nd the hor a ry moti on qf the n odes

the moon i n
’

o
f the ellip ti c a l or bi t a ssu med in Art 79 . .

F i g 1 60 . . Le t Q P M A q be the ci rcula r o rbi t , m a q

the e ll i pti ca l orbi t ; p the moon , the s u n , T the S e ar th as

before . d escri bed i n the i irstan t St, N a n d

L et p m be a n a re

n the n od es , P p K , M m k per pen d i cul a r s i n the l i n e o f qu a

d ra tur e Q q, ( whi ch i s the m ajo r a x i s o f the elli pse ,) an d let
t hese mee t N n i n D d L et the , . m oon p d escri be areas
pr oport i o n al to the t i mes ; th en the mot i on o f the n od es i n
o n e re v ol u t i o n wi ll be d i mi n i s hed i n the ra ti o Dp D P , by
th e elli pt i ca l for m O f the o rb i t .

To p rov e t hi s ta ngen t to the ci rcl e i n P

, let P F be a ,

mee ti n g T N F ; pf a t a n gen t to the ell i pse i n p m ee ti n g T N ,

i n f ; t hese t a n gen t s wi ll mee t T Q i n the sa m e poi n t Y L et .

LM be th e effect of the d i st u rbi n g force a t P i n the ci rcu la r

orbi t a s i n l as t P rop an d Im the e ffect o f the d i s t urbin g
, .

fo rce a t p ; p rod uce L P lp to m ee t the pla n e of the ecli pti c

,

i n G g ; joi n F G f g a n d let th ese p rod uced mee t p f p g

, , , ,

an d T Q i n c e a n d B r espec ti v ely ; a n d le t fg p rod u ced

,

mee t T Q i n r T he n n . F T G w i ll be the moti on o f the ,

n od es i n the ci rc ul ar a n d ell i pt i ca l o rbi t s res pecti v ely .

T he for ce i n the ci rcu a r l o rb i t is to the f o rce i n the elli

p

g
i

t i cal orbi t as PK to p K . F or ( C o r .
7 , A rt . if n
S
,

K
ifi
S
be the force of S on T, 18 the force parall el to TS

H en ce , i
f
. — 6 O R

FG FP
’
cp ce
.

ML
'
LP lp lm
 l 47

w hen ce

fg fg °
cc fg CR fp fl .

FG ce FG cc FR cp FR

FT FR FR cR FR c Y
° ’
’

f T f r cR
f r cR f y

Y y
ther efore, fg FT fg FT fp c
p e
;
Y Y
. . .

f T FG FG f T cp f f 0 1)

or, d ra wi n g p h parall el to T N , mee ti n g P Y,

an l
g n e
fp c Y Fh FY Fh Dp
F Y FP
.

Y
°

an le F T G
'

g f cp FP DP

Co n . W e ha v e DX T K ta n B T X ; . or , TP bei n g 19

DK si n . ATP cot a n . AT n s n i .
(9 c otan (9 . N)

i
s n. B TP si n .
( 9 N)
A l so , D P TP ° s
si n PD T si n N)
0

. .

Kp a T l — a'

, as in A r t 79.

KP AT l + m

Dp D K + Kp 1
H en ce’
DP DP DP

si n .
( 9 N)
{ si n ( 9 ( 9 -
N ) cos .
( 9

when ce SN i s fo un d from the ex pressi on in l a st P roposi ti on ,

(p . by m ulti plyi n g by thi s fa ctor .

We fin d thu s
SN S9 si n 2 ’
= 3m 2
.
(9 N )
}

{cos
( 9 si n .
( 9 o tan (9
c . N) 00 3 ( 9
 1 48

I n tegra t i n g fo r a se m i - ci rcu m fer en ce of 9 as in

Cor . 1, Ar t 82 , we
. s ha ll ha v e the sa me res ul t as before ,

l a:
w1 th the e x ce pt i on of the fa ctor in the l a tter term .

1 a:

T herefore, fo r a rev ol u t i on o f p , w e ha v e the m o ti on of N

’
si n .
2
( 9 N ) .

A o
c rrec ti on is a s lo d ue to the acce era l ti on Of a reas .

( N ew ton , V ol . 111 . p .

( N E W T O N , B oo k III . P rop . xxxn .

)
P R OP To d the M ea n M oti on M oon
’
84 . .

fi n o
f the s

If SN n ow r e presen t the m oti on of the n od e i n an

y i n st a n t ,

at th e t
ra e o f mea n moti on
the for on e r ev olu ti on o
f the moon ,

( th e mon th ly mea n , ) w e h a v e
2
3 ”

Z — N ) Ar t 8 1 , C or . . 1,

S9 si n ( m 9.
2
N ) .

Let m 9 N therefore m S9 Sq) SN ,

{q SN } si n ¢ .
9

3
l + m 81n
2
¢
é
.

We ha v e to i n t egra t e

i
s n .
2
p
(
 1 4-9

The integra l Of fo r a wh ol e l ti
re v o u on ,

2a , as i n Ar t 8 1 , Cor 1
. . . T he other term is

a n ea r ly .

Now, for a whole ci rcu mferen ce,

3
f¢ i f¢ Si n
6
s n}
4 )
8
2 1h .
I
()
16
o

Hence, the whole term is

2
9m
2 7r =

And the whol e moti on of the n od e, in r ev olu ti on

on e o
f th e
"Ode
,

9m 45
i m i
i
-
2" 1 —
4 s 32

Thi s i s the mot i on O f the n od e in on e rev ol u ti on o f the

11 O
d e from the to the s un agai n L et t hi s
su n . 2F w
erefore t hi s i s the mot i on of the n od e w hi l e the s un d escr i bes
2 v (1
r F) an d t her efor e i n a y ea r
: Whi l e the su n d escri bes
,

52 1
w, the m ea n m otlon W1 11 be gr ea t er m th e w h o
1 F
g ives fo r the an n ua l m oti on of th e n od e ,

3m 9m
3

8 32

The mea n m ot i on i n on e re v ol u ti on of the moo n i s thi s x m,

that is
3m gm 27 m
2 s ‘

— 2W
32 64

a reei n fa r the t erm i n v ol v i n g m w i th the ex p re ss i o n

g g, as as

O btai n ed an a ly ti cally .
( Ai r y, L T . . A rt .
 1 50

( N E W T O N , Boo k III . P rop . xxxi v .

)
85 . P a or . To fi n d the hor a ry va r i a ti on o f

Fi g . 16 1 . Le t A an d y zygi es
a be the s ,

q u ad ra tu res ; N, n , the n od es ; P th e pl ace of

Pp perpen d i cular
a on the pla n e o f the ecli pti c ;

moti o n of the n od es i n the i n sta n t St as d eter mi ,

L et P G , 12 6 be perpen di cul a r to Tm , an d j ean

is the i n cl i na ti o n O f th e o rb i t w hen the moo n

the en d of the n ex t i n s ta n t the i n cli na t i on i s .

di ffe ren ce G P g i s the v a ri a ti on o f the i n cli n a ti o

ti on of P , d uri n g t hi s i n sta n t from the pl an e ,

bly affect the i n cli n a ti on

se n si . Fo r i f M L be
from t hi s plan e as i n page , 1 43 , we ha v e

Gg TG . as T1 ra
gi ng P T N . sin . S TN .

H en ce as P M i n fig 1 5 9 becomes s ma ll er an d smaller, G g be
.

comes l a rger a n d l arger com pa red wi t h M L H en ce the an gle .

whi ch ML bten d s from g when the i n st a n t i s s ma ll i s i a

su , ,

d efi n i tely l ess t han the a n gle whi ch G g s u bten d s from P :

therefore the l atter a n gl e G P g may be ta ken to re presen t the

whole chan ge O f the i n cli n a ti on .

Gg . si n . PG p TG si n . P Gp
No w G P g an
g m T
. l
PG PG

a nd , p utti n g for m T l i ts v a ue ,l ( p .

TG P TN
gi
cos .

nn P T N si n S T N , an d fo r .

'
PG si n . P TN
s
1 a cos . P T N si n S T N si n P G p
. . .

MP
A l so , as i n Art 8 1 . .

an d if T P = I, F : V ’
, M P = VSt
H en ce
”
G Pg a : 3m . VSt cos . P TS .
 If 7 be the i n cli n a t i on of the orbi t , 9, N , as before ,

we ha v e VSt = S9, an d

37 39 si n u y
'
Sm (9 N si n ( 9 N ) ( 9
’
. co s .
) . cos .

In o
c n se q uen ce O f the elli pti ci ty of the orbi t , the m ea n
m ot i on i n on e r ev ol u t i on of P i s d i mi n i shed i n th e ti o
ra

1 a '
l on ( A r t 83 a n d the v ari a t i o n O f th e
. i n cl i n a t i on
l
w i l be d i mi n i shed i n the sa m e propor ti o n .

COR . 1 . S uppo si n g l o N andan d a s

7 , to be o
c n stan t
fo r a r ev ol u ti on O f P, w e ma y i n t eg ra t e i n th e sa me m a n n er
as i n A r t 82 . Cor 1 . ; a n d w e fin d t h u s fo r th e ch a n ge O f ih
cli n a ti on d uu n
g a se mi -
ci rcu m fer en ce d escri bed by th e m oon ,

3m ”
8

!
' '
si ns ; si n . ( 9 N ( 9
) ) co s . N );

ma ll
'

7 . si n .
( 2 9 -
2N ) , si n ce
7 is s .

(p, the d i s t a n ce O f the su n fro m the

'
COR 2 . If 9 N .
—

node ; t hen i f Sc) be a n n s t a n ta n eo u s i n cr e men t of t hi s a n l e,

i y i g
an d i f w e su ppo se S to b e th e co rrespo n d i n ch a n e o f the
7 g g
i ncli n a t i on w i th the mon th ly m ea n r a te of cha n ge, by C or 1 . .

2
3m
S9
'

y
v
si n .
( 29 2N ) .

Le t — N = m0 — N , hen ce S9

Sq) 7 si n . 2
¢ .

CO R 3 . . W hen the n od es a re i n q u ad ra tu res ,

si n (9 N );
’
9 N cos .
( 9 .

37 3 m S9 si n n y co s (9
2
. N ) si n .
( 9 N )
and i ntegr a t i n g from qu a d r a tu re , t ha t i s from 9 N 0 , the
chan e of i n cl i n a t i o n i s
g
 152

si n N
.
r
) ;
);

an d at s
y z y gy th e cha n
g e is

( N E W T O N , B oo k III . P rop . xx xv .
)
86 P R OP To fi d the I n cli n a ti on f th e M oon
’
. . n o s

Orbi t a t a g i v en ti m e .

Fi g . 1 62 . M a k e the foll o w i ng o t t i on c n s r uc . L et A C 1,
re pr e sen t the mea n v a l ue O f the i n cl i n a t i on ; CB , CD the
rea te s t v a r i a t i on o n ea ch si d e O f t h i s m ea n
g .

L et C B = CD :
6 , an d ta k e CE = e , su ch t ha t 26
B ”

wi t h cen tr e C an d rad i u s CB a n d a t the , descri be a ci rcl e,

poi n t E m ak e the a n gl e B E G = 2 ¢ i n Co r 2 l a st P rop
, , . . .

D r a w G H perpen d i cu l a r to A C ; t hen A H rep resen ts the

i n cli n a t i on .

L et E G p ; t hen by the t ri a n gle G CE ,

”
3
1
2
p 6
2
2
p o
e c s . 2
¢ ;

”
o r, p u tt i n g fo r B i ts l
v a ue ,

2 e — e

w hen ce w e fin d

1 — e — CE EH AH .

H en ce , 3 AH . =
6

2
But si n ce
[3 2 2
2 2 )
p 6
p e cos .

q ,

w e ha v e

p + e c os 2 ¢ .

p + e cos 2 ¢
.
 1 53

Also by the equ ati on

’ ’ ’
2s e
p + e 2
p e cos. 2
¢ ,

we fin d
” ’ 9
p e cos. 2
¢ 2s c cos. 2
¢)
e e
-
o s o ’
2
¢ sze } ;
E Z
.

hen ce thi s i s v er y n ea r ly con st a n t , for e is v er y sma ll .

i f”
T herefore ,

an d
g 6
i s AH . H en ce i f AH he s, w e ha v e

agreei n g i n i ts form wi th the eq ua ti on i n Cor 2 Art 85 . . . .

Also a t the greatest a n d lea st val ues, AH i s propor ti on al i n

quan ti ty to the grea test a n d l ea st i n cl i n ati on : therefore AH
i s alway s proporti on al to the i ncli n a t i on .

Si n ce 2 6 e
’
fi,
?
6 1 n ear ly beca use
,

B s
i small ; when ce

38 =

( H ere
d
) is su pposed to i n crease u n i f rm o ly by moti o n
of t e sun an
h d n od e, w hi ch is n o t ex a c t) .

Let B E G be a ri
gh t an
gl e , or

29
'
then 38 :
B . s . S<p

and the chan

g e of i n cli n a ti on i n t hi s ca se, in on e rev ol u t i on
Of the moon , i s k n ow n by Cor . 1 . O f A r t 85 , .

2
3 171 11
an d is s = s 2 1| -
m
T
. .

U
 54

Now whi l e 9 i ncreases by 2x asi t does i n Art 86 , Car . . 1,

3m
p
( i ncreaoes by ew m . H en ce i t appears that fi i s —
8

as l
a read y fo un d A rt 85 , Cor 2
. . .

T he whole chan ge of in cli n a ti on i s between the li mi t s

f E an d
¥
2
'
1 -
3 an d 1 + B , or l - -
l + , so fa r as the e ffect
S
o f the mea n mot i o n for a rev ol u ti on o f the moon i s o
c n ce rn ed .

H en ce i f k be the mean i n cli n i s the least

i ncli n a ti on , so fa r as the mo n thly mean a fiects i t
’
.

B ut besi d es the fiect Of the mon thly mea n , the i n cli n a ti on

'

i s di mi n i shed or i ncreased d uri n g the m on th . If the n od es

be in qu ad ratures , the di mi n u t i on w hile th e moon pa sses fr o m
8

quad rature to sy zygy is as hewn in Cor 8 A rt 85

s . . . .

H en ce /c l [c l 1 -

wil be l li mi t s of the i n cli n a t i o n , when we o

c n si d er the moon
in s y zygies ;

will be the li mi t s when we con si d er the moon i n quadratur es .

If the n odes pass fro m sy zygi es to quad rhtures a n d , the

moon come i n to sy zy gi es th e i n cli na ti on passes from
,

8m 3m
to k 1
8 8

by the effect of the m on thly mea n s , an d recei v es i t di mi n u i on t

Of i n i ts passage from q u ad ra tu re to sy zygy ; of whi ch
 1 55

di mi n u ti on , on e ha lf, belon gs to the mon thly mean an d the

T ’ ,

rema i n der d i mi n i shes the i n cli n a t i on to k 1

If y be the lon gi t ude O f the n od e , ,6 Of the sun , we ha v e

by the an alyt i cal method , ( Ai ry, L T A rt . . .

s = k { l

when ce i t ppears that the coefi ci en t of the fi rst term

a of the
v ari a t i on Of the i n cli n a t i on a rees w i t h o ur res ult
g .

Sect I V
. . A N AL YT I C AL M E T H OD S OF THE SO L U T IO N OF

THE P RO B L E M or T n a EE on 11 a B on m s .

E
TH OR Y O F T HE P LA N ETS .

87 . F a ce . T o fi n d the g en er a l equ a ti on s of moti on of

mber sma ll bod i es r evolv i n g a bou t a la rg e on e, a n d
an y n u f
o

a ttr a cti n g ea ch other wi th f orces which v a ry i n v er sely as

the s qu a r e f
0 the d i s ta n ce .

'

Let M be the m ass of the cen tral bod y, m, m , m & c the .

m a ss es of th e ot h e r bod i e s T h e a tt r ac ti o n o f an .
y on e O f the

bod ,i es as m , u po n an
y ot h e r , a t an
y d i s t a n ce , i s s u ppo se d to b e

"
d i sta n ce)
(
L et the bodi es be referred to three rectan gular co ord i n ates -
,

e be the co o rdi n a tes O f m ; a t o ' ' ' ’

an d let an, y, , y -
z h se O f m ; r, , ,

fm m is
'

a n d so o n . T hen the d i sta n ce o an d

2
d;
0}
,

{
, '

(
2
(y
e
) y) z 2
'
al ib

a tt ra ct i on
'

a nd the of m on m is
I
m
’ " ’ 2 '
a
(w w) (y y) ( z n
)
If thi s forcebe ol v ed i n the di recti on of the cO Ordi n a tes
r es -

a 2 i t wi ll ea si ly be seen t h a t the resol v ed pa r t i n the

, y , ,

di recti on f m t en d i n g to i n crea se
o ,
w i ll be v,
.
,
 1 56

m (w
’ ’
m)

"
In li k e ma n ner the acti on of m on m, resolv e d parallel to a

wi l l be
mm
d ’

§
’
1 ( w (y ( sf

m dw

Assume 7k
i( a
'
w) ”
(y y)
“ ( g
r
s f} ;
"
mm
r re
’

{o (
f
wr (y a

' "
m m
f rn
’

{e (
r
f (y y s -
s

7k bei n g th us the su m of the p rod ucts of each co mbi n a ti on of

"
two, of the bodi es m m ,
'
, m , &c .
, di v i ded by thei r r especti v e
di stan ce . We then ha v e
1

"
the sum of the ac i t on of all th e bodi es m, m
’
, &c . u pon m,

r eso v e l d pa rall el to w, an d ac ti n g from the ori gi n ;

p resen t i n g the pa rti al di fferen ti a l coeffici en t of t
the fun c i on A

w i th r egard to (0 a lon e .

In li ke man n er

w u do l presen t the
re acti on on m r es ol v ed pa rallel -

to y, an d
to 26, respecti v ely .
 dk ‘

m dz” )
would i n li ke man n er represen t the acti on of a ll the bodies
" '
M, m , &c . on m ; an d so of the rest .

Let X , Y, Z be the co- or di na tes of )l : an d now let

X M x,
-
Y+ y , Z + z, be the coo rd i na tes of m,
X l w,
-- ’
Y4: 3/ , Z +a
" t hose of m
'
&c
, .

then it i s clea r tha t the di sta nce of m an d

’
m wi ll sti ll be
4
{
'

(w -
z r;
418 before : an d it bei n g
med the sa me functi on of
stil l assu
”i , w w & c the resolv ed forces wi ll sti ll be cx rest i n te rm»
’
, , .
p
of
i ts pa rti al di fferen tia l coei li ci en ts Also le t 7 , 1" &c , . .

the di sta n ces of m , m , m , & c from M so t ha t

’ ’
.

t,
'
” f
e fl u e n r &c .

T he acti on of m on M, resolv ed parallel to the ax i s of a ,

Q cti n
g to th e ori
gi n , wi ll be am or m on
f u , m lm l

2
7
i n the same di recti on , i s 2; ;
-
an d so of the rest : an d si mi la rly

f or the other two coo rdi na tes H ence, i f 2 i nd ica te the sum
.

” '
v i all the terms res ulti n g fro m m, m , m , &c , we ha ve, .

ll
c o ect n i g all the forces whi ch act on M ,
’
d X m ar
2
7
’
de

d ’
Y my
2 "
dt ’
7
( P 7! mc
7
‘

dt ’

T he a ct i on o fM on m, resolv ed parallel to v, u
x ml
Mm
the o ri in, i s an d the sum of the w i ll
g
 158

bod i es m, m
'
&c , . on m, i s hen ce for the moti - u

of m,
’
( I
f
d X w)
dt
’ + ?
’ ’
d X d w
Ol ,
'
smoe + 3 we fin d
T 7d 7
d

d m
a
M ar
“ i si mi arl l y
F fi -3
,

d y
’
My
O ==
r
“

“ Me
°
d z
z '

ZF 7
3

N o w , ma k e
" " ”
m (ww m ( mm + yy zz
)
' fl
s s
7 r

an d w e ha v e
’"
'
mm
'
mm m w mm 1

r
'3 +
r
'3 + &c
r
’
7
“

S ubsti t u ti n g for the la tter two t erms thei r v al ue , i n the fi rst

o f the abov e t hr ee eq ua t i o n s, a n d p u tt i n
g p for M m, i n
the r esu lt , w e fin d

d y a
fl y dB
81 mlla r1y 0
’
dt (13
1
g
d s we ( 11?
+ “
7i7 r
8
d?
 The i n v esti gati on s of the plan eta ry theory ca rsi st in oh

tainin from these e ua ti on s v ar i ous i n te ra ls

g q g .

88: P a or . To fi n d two W is f
o equa ti on s

Multi ply the three e ua ti on s q res

p ecti v el y by

dz dy dz
2
dt Ti? dt

add an d i n tegra te ; an d we ha v e

0;

For the secon d terms of ea ch of the three eq ua ti on s

gi ve

dz 4,
‘

r
'
di
“
W at + 3

g 47
whi ch i s eq ual to because - r
’
. An d the
’
7 dt

inte

whi c h
g ral of thi s i ;
E
-
, 2a bei n g the value of r for

the i n tegml v an i shes .

Also, R bei n g
fun cti on of w, y, c , whi ch are themselv es
a
ful l
of t, if we di fl eren ti a te wi th rega rd to m, y, at o n ly ,
'

( : ti on s

'

d ( R) dy dz
__
’

dt dt dt

Hence the abov e equa ti on ( )

Q i s true.

dm ’

d
1 d '
. r
’
1 77
Asm ’ w e fin d ’
s dt 2 Jr

a. 4 ,
1
d
+
27 t
dt

w ” N e
dt 2 w . dt
 1 60

H en ce, multi ply the thr ee eq ua ti on s ( P) by w, y, z an d

add t hem to the i n tegra l Q; and we ha v e

1 d’
J ” d ( R)
As p.

a a
f dt

= 0;

l
observ i n g tha t
T r

R i s here to be di fleren ti a ted’

wi t h re ard
g to the place of 9» on ly .

If the moti on ta k e place en ti rely i n the plan e of w, so

h
t t
a z d i sa ppea rs,
w e ha v e w = r cos 0, g = r ai n 0, 0 . . bei n g

dr w dr y (1 9 y ( 1?
"
h
’ ’
dc r dy r dx w y dy

and the eq u a ti on ( R ) becom es

’ ’
1 d . r

2 7

T hi s eq ua ti on serv es to determi n e t he chan ge prod uced i n r ,

“
d uced by the fo rces ex pr est i n the fun cti on R . T he ca lcula tion
 1 61

of these per t urba tio n s ho we v e r req ui res us to ex pa nd th e

fu nc ti on R a n d to collect the results by a lon g an d pec uli ar
'

, ,

se t of processes ; an d fo r these we m u st r efer the rea d er to

o th er wo r k s See A i ry s T ract s P la n e t ary T heor y Art 88

'
. .
.
, ,

M r s S omer vi lle C hap xx M ecan i que Celes te 1 Pat ti e

, . . . . ,

L iv . 11 .

LU NA R TH EO RY .

89 . Paor . A bod y P rev olv es a bou t a n other body T by

th e a cti on of a cen tr a l
f or ce , a n d i s mor eover a c ted on by the

body 8 ; to fi n d the equ a ti on s of the moti on o

f P .

F i g 1 63 . . L et the body P be referred to t hree rec an t gular

c oo rd i n a t es , w, y , z , of w hi ch T i s the o ri gi n Le t T E be the
.

n is of at ; Pp a
p er
p en d i cu la r o n the pla n e of my a n d p m pa ,

ra ll el to the a xi s of y so t ha t T m w mp y p P r Let ,
n
, ,
-z . .

pq b e pe r pen di cu la r to T
p ; let the fo rce s w h i ch a ct u po n P

b e resol ved 1 n the di recti o n s of the th ree li n es p T p q p P , , ,

a n d let t he m be i n these t hree di recti on s P

, T S respec ti v ely , , ,
.

T hen if Ef p z e, i t i s easi ly seen t ha t

a force P cos . 9 + T si n 0 . ten d s to di min i sh m,

a for ce P si m Oo -
T oca ifl t nd s e ' to
’
drmrmi h y ,
'

a pd
a force S ten d s to di mi n i sh z .

if fp s-
p , an d 8 a m .
PT p
l
'

sz é
p cos y ,
1
y é
p si n fe, a}

P P

— P
 162

“ d m
f“ dy d y ’
2p d er dy
H we 2
fit
” ' y
di d: dt‘
dt dt

2 T dy
y
p dt dt

dw d m i
dy d y i
d
B t 2
‘
dt df d t as dt
3
dp d9
ii dt (E?
dw dy dp dy dx de
An d w +y P ds ’ w y P dt
i
t’llen 68
dt dt dt dt

do
Q P 2 Tp
i

o o o o o o o

dt

A l so we fin d m
d fls
am
T
“
M y
”

as
”as
p
'

d y
’
J w ’
d dy dw d
Bu t ” “ ”
,

y ”
2

at d? dt dt dt dt

d
{if
’

therefore ,
.

dt dt

d i
m)
Also, we ha ve
W a A

In these equa ti on s (a ) (b) (c) t i s to be eli mi n ated an d

, , , , ,

then by the ex pan si on of the ex pressi ons for P T a nd B the , ,

eq ua t i on s are to be i n t e rated by a ppro x i ma ti on S ee Ai ry

g .
,

L un ar T heory A r t 3 2 an d the sequel : M r s S omer v i lle

, .
, ,

A rt 6 87 an d sequel : M ec C el Secon de Par ti e L i v v rr

.
, . .
, . .
 CHA P . V .

ON T HE A T T R A C T IO fi S OF BO DI E S .

the precedi ng C ha pter we have su pposed bodies to

ts, a n d a ttrac ti v e f o rces to tend to th o s p
e o i n ts If ,

be of fi n i t e magn i t ud e a n d if attrac ti v e forces ,

h poi n t f the ma ss the resul t of a ll th ese forces

o ,

I n the presen t Ch apter w e d etermi n e

th i s force co rrespo n di n g to d i ffer en t l a w s o f the
,

forces a n d d i fferen t fi g u res of the a tt ract i n g bod i es

, .

1 . G r ou s r n rcs r l u v s s r rc a r ro x or r un

Ar r a a cr l o n s o r B on rn s .

( N a w r ou , Book I . Sect . x 11 .
)

( N a w r o x , B oo k I . P rop .

90 . PM . T he f orce tan d i n g to m ob p oi n t of a body

bei n g s u p pos ed to m y i n om cly aa tbe squ a r e f
o the d i eta n cs,

64 . Le t H I K L be the pheri cal surface P the po i nt

s ,

T hr o ugh P dr a w B K IL cu tti ng 0 5 sm a ll a tes

, ,

the tri a ngu la r figureS P IH PKL will be si milar -

, ,

wi ll be proporti o nal to H P LR , ,

n d if a n n u m be r o f s u ch l i n es be
y
P fo rmi n g a d ou bl e con e or pyra mi d of ery
,
v

e m a ll por ti on s o f the s ph eri c a l su rface t hus

w i ll be as the sq ua r es of H P L P N o w t h ese t w o , .
,

the sp heri cal su rface ulti m a te ly wh en they becom e

, ,

sma ll e x er t for ces wh i ch are as th e

, i o n of the
th e s ua re of the di s ta nce i n v ers ely
q
 1 64

d i rection s they w i ll ba la n ce each ot her An d i n li k e ma nn er .

the a ttr acti on s of a n y two ot he r po r t i o n s of the s pherical

s u rface t hu s oppos i te w i ll b al a n ce ea ch ot he r : an d the wh oi e

a tt racti o n w i l l be n ot hi n g .

C o rr . 1 . T he a tt ra ct i on of a homogen eo u s hollo w sphere

on a poi n t t
wi hi n i t i s n ot hi n g .

For the hollo w sphere ma y be co n cei v ed to be ma d e up of

i n d efin i te ly t hi n co n cen t ri c spheri ca l s ur faces, an d each of t hese
s urfaces ex er ts n o a c ti o n on the poi n t ; t he re fo re , the whole

hollo w sp here ex er t s n o ac t i o n u pon i t .

00 8 2 . H en ce , the a ttr ac t i o n o f a hollo w sphe re

. u pon a

poi n t in con t act w i th i ts i n t er i o r s urface i s n othin g .

( N a w r o u , Boo k I . Pr op . Lxx r .
)
91 . Pa o r . On the sa me s up pos i ti on , the fb rce a ver ted

by a sp her i ca l su r
f ace on a p oi n t w i thout i t, w i ll ten d to
the cen tre o f the sp her e, an d w i ll be i n ver s ely as the s qu a re

of the di s tan ce f
o the a ttr a cted
p oi n t f o m
r the ce n tr e .

Fi g . 1 65 .
q l p he ri ca l
L e t AH K B , a h k b, be two e ua s

faces of whi ch the cen t res a re S s ; a n d i n the dia met e rs B A

, , ,

be pr od u ced le t P p be th e a tt r acted poin ts

, , .

L e t P H K , P IL , p h k , p i l, be d ra wn , i n plan es pa ss i ng
t hro ugh the di am et ers A B , a b ; a n d so t ha t the a rcs E X , h k
a re
q e ual, p
an d e r pe n d i cula rs S D
I L, i I s d w
. h i ch D ra w , ,

wi ll al so be eq ua l ; an d per pen d i cul a r s S E a s w hi ch wi ll i n , ,

li k e man n er be eq u al L et S D s d mee t P L p l i n F f .
, , , .

D ra w I R i r perpen di cu la r to P K p lc ; I Q i q to P B p b
, , .
, , .

L et the an
gl es D PE , d p s become i nd e fini tely sma ll : a nd
si n ce DS — E S is a l w a y s e u a l to ti e d t h t H P i
q e s ; an a s

ul ti ma tely eq l to D S E S a n d df ua -
, to d er -
se: D P , d]
u lti ma t ely eq ual We t he n ha v e .

PI RI
.
pf
: g; Whe n ce
PF DF p t rt PF .
p t rs
 1 65

ca n se
s the t ri a n gl e [ RH is u lt i ma tely si mi l a r to i r h , each
in si mi l ar to H D S o r hds
r
g .

PI IQ p s 88
’ ' w hen ce ’
PS SE p i tq PS p i . sq

ca u se SE se . H en ce, multi ply i n g,

PI ’
.
pf p . s IH . IQ l d escri bed by I H
an n u us

”
p i . PF PS . ih iq 3 an n ul u s d escri bed by i h

e a n n u usl bei n g s uppo sed to be descri bed by the

in ea ch case

v ol u t i o n
of the fi u re ro un d th e a x i s AB F or on t hi s s u
g p .

isi ti on the s urface wi ll u l ti ma t ely be as the l i n e III, or i h , , ,

ulti li ed i n to the l en th of i ts p a t h th a t i s i n to the ci rcl e of

p g , ,

hi ch the radi u s i s I Q or i q ; a n d t hese ci rcl es a re a s I Q i q , .

E a ch parti cl e of the a n n u us l d escri bedby IH a ttra ct s P ,

pa rt i cl e
rectl
y wi h t a force w hi ch i s u lt i ma t ely a s
” a n d t hi s
PI
rce bei n g r esolv ed i n the di rect i on P S , gi v es a force whi ch i s
pa r t i cl e P Q pa r ti cle P F
” ‘
’ a
" H en ce , the‘w hol e '

PI PI PI Ps
tra cti on of the an n u us l i n the d i rect i on P S , i s as

a n n u usl PF

n d , th erefor e,
o mpa ri n g the a tt racti on i n the di rect i on P S
c .
,

the two an n ul i d escri bed by [ H an d l b a n d co m pa ri n th

g e ,

mul i by the abov e equ a t i o n w e ha e , v

t . of arm . IH a tt . of s un . ih pf p . s

l 1
.
2 g
PS p e

By si mi l ar o
rea s n i n
g i t
, a pp ea r s t ha t th e a tt ract i on s o f the

i nu li K L , k l i n the d i rect i on P S , a re i n th e sa me p ropor t i o n .

by ta ki n g 8 d 8 8 Ste eq ual to S D S E
A nd , , .
, , &c . the
hole of the two s p her i ca l su r fa ces a re t h u s di v i ded i n to co r
res po n di n g porti on s ; an d fo r each of those p orti on s it W
t ha t the acti on upon the pa r ti cle P ten di n g to S , i s i nv ecsely
as th e s
q uares of the di st a n ces S P , sp Also , the l a tera l forces
.

per pen di cul ar to the di recti on S P are eq ua l an d opposi te in ,

opposi t e parts of the sphere and des troy ea ch other T he re ,

.

fore the w hol e a cti on s of the two eq ual s pheri cal su r faces ten d to
t hei r cen tres an d ar e i n v ersely a s the sq u ares o f the d i s tan ces :
,

a n d t he refo re the a tt ra cti on o f the sa me sp heric a l s u rfa ce at

di fferen t d i s ta n ces follo ws t hi s la w .

( N E WT O N , B ook I . P rop . L in ux .
)
92 . P aor . On th e sa me sup posi ti on , if tw o h om oge n eo u s

s a me
sphe r es o
f the de n si ty a ttr a ct two p a i n ts ; a n d i
f th e

r a ti o o the r a d i us o the sp her e to the di sta n ce of the

f f a ttr a cted

p oi n t be the s a me i n both ; the a cti on o

up n the a ttr acted p i n t o
w i ll be p r op orti on a l to the r a d i i of the sp her es .

Let the spheres be se pa ra t ed i n to p ar ti cles si mi l a r a n d

si mi l a rly si t u a ted wi t h r ega rd to the a tt racted po i n t s T he .

d i rect a tt ract i o n s to si mi lar pa r t i cles i n the two s ph er es w i ll

be as the par ti cl es di rectly an d the sq u a res of the d i s ta n ces
,

i n v er sely ; t ha t i s a s the cu be s o f the r ad ii d i rec tly an d the

, ,

s u ar es of the rad i i i n v er sely : or d i rec tly as the ra d ii A nd

q .

the r esol v ed act i o n s to w a rd s the cen tre of the sph ere wi ll be

i n the sa me p ropor ti o n as th e d i rec t act ion s by the si mi l a ri ty ,

of th e fi u res ; t ha t i s a s th e r a d i i H en ce the w hol e a cti on

g , .
,

i n the two cases bei n g the su m of the a cti on s o f a ll th e par

,

ti cles wi ll a l so be a s th e r a d ii of the sph eres

, .

Co n . 1 . T he a tt racti on s of s pheres of the sa me d en si ty

u pon poi n t s at their s u rface , are a s the ra d i i of the s pheres .

C on 2 . . T he o n i n g wo ul d a pply to a ny two
sa me r ea s

si mi la r sol i d s o f eq ua l d en si ty whi ch a tt ra ct po i n t s s i m i l ar ly
,

si tu a ted wi th r e a rd to the soli d s ; the a t tr ac t i e for ce s t en di n

g g v

to each poi n t of the soli d s bei ng su pposed to va ry i n v er sely

as the s uar es of th e di s ta n ces
q .

C oa . 3 .H en ce, i f two such si mi la r spheroi ds, o f eq ua l

de nsi ty , attr act poi n t s si mi larly si t ua t e o n t hei r s u rfa ces , th e
 167

forces wi ll be a s the di sta n ces of the oi n ts trorn the cen tre of

p

N o n , Book I P rop )
( a w r . . L x x rn .

93 P n or
. . On the sa me s upp os i ti on ,
the a ttr a cti on of
a hommm m s sp her e upon a
p oi n t mi y w h er e wi th i n i g i s

di r ectly as the d i sta n ce fr om the cen tr e .

L et pheri cal s urface co n cen t ri c wi th the sphere pa ss

a s , ,

thr ou gh the a ttracted p oi n t T he hollow sphere ou t si de t hi s .

surfa ce ex e r ts n o a tt ra ct i o n on t hi s poi n t by Cor 2 A rt 90 ; , .

, .

and the a ttrac ti o n of the sphere wi t hi n thi s s ur fa ce i s as the

rad i u s by Cor 1 Ar t 92
, .
, . .

( N m o n, Book I . P rop . L m v .
)
Bi Pa ce On the s a me s u pp osi ti on , the a ttr a cti on o
f a

W
.

eave spher e up on a p oi n t wi thou t i t, i s m v ers ely as

me squar e of the a ttracted p om tfrom the cen tre of the sphere .

"‘
I hephere may be concei ved to be mad e up of con centri c
s

Shells Whi ch ulti m ately ma be co n si dered a s sph eri cal

, y
W e ; an d t he a ttracti on of each su ch s urfa ce wi ll be by
Act 91 i nv ersely “
,

. , th e sq u are of th e di s ta nce of the a tt racted

bi nt from the ce a se hf the sph er e Th erefo re th e a tt ra cti on
p .
,

of the w hole
W e wvfll be i n thi s prop orti o n .

Co n .
, 1 q . dHen ce
i s ta n ce s from the ce n t
at ere s of ho ua l
moge n eo us spheres, the a tt rac ti o ns are as the sp heres Let
‘
.

a, B be the radi i of th e two sph eres A , B ; a a n y d i sta n ce .

A d i st a ttr . of B di st
3
attr . of at . a at .

a ttr . of B at di st . a a
’

H en ce ,

a ttn o a t d i stn a a ttr . of B at di st . a n

3
fl
“ A B .
 1 68

Co s 2 H en ce at an di sta n ce b from B ,
. . , y

a tt r . o f A at d i st . a a tt r . o f B at di s t b .

( N s w r o x , Book I . P rop w o w ) . .

95 . P a or . On the s a me s up pos i ti on , the a ttr a cti n g sp here

a ttr acts a n other homog en eou s s

p her e wi th a
f or ce w h ich i s
i n ver sely as the squa re o f the di s ta n ce f
o the cen tr es f
o the

Le t A be the ti n g B the a tt racted s phere a t rac t ,

.

T he force of the spher e A on a n y poi n t v aries i n

:

v ersel a s th e sq u a re of the d i s ta n ce of the att racted po i n t

‘

y
fro m i ts cen t re an d t herefore i s the sa m e a s i f the a ttr a cted
,

poi n t were draw n by a si n gl e pa rti cl e pl aced a t the cen tr e of

the sphere A an d a tt ract i n g i n v ersely as the sq ua re o f the
,

di stan ce of the poi n t s An d th i s i s t rue of e v ery po i n t of the

.

sp here B ; an d th e effec t i s t herefo re the sa me as if ea ch par ti cl e

of the sphere B a ttracted the ce n t re of the sp here A wi th fo rces ,

of the sa me i n t en si ty B ut i n t hi s ca se by A r t 91 the cen tre

.
,
.
,

of the sp here A wo ul d be d ra w n to w a rd s the cen tre of B by a .

force whi ch i s i n v ersely as the sq uare of the di sta n ce s of these

,

cen t res ; an d by the sa me fo r ce the cen t re of B would be d ra wn

to wards the cen tre of A An d the refore the afloa t of the a ttrac .

ti on of A on B i s to pr od uce a for ce v aryi ng i n versely as the

,

s uare o f th e di s ta nce o f the cen t res of t hese spheres

q .

0 0 11 1 . . T he a ttracti on on a s phere A by di fferen t hom o

gen eo us s p here s , B , C, at d i s t an ces b, c, is as

"
c

C oa 2 . . If A a tt ract B a s w ell a s B a ttr act A , the result

wi ll be the sa me . F or ea ch a ttr act i o n wi l l ual forces

o fti on a n d reac ti on by wh i ch the bodi es

ac ,

an d t herefor e o n the w hole the fo rce wi ll be

, , do ubl ed , m d the
la w wi l l remai n the sa me .

( a r on , Book I . P rop . LX X V I ) .

96 . Pa or . On the em a s upp oe i ti o n s ,
if tw o sp he res be ef
den s i ti es ceedi n g
fi om cen tr e to the ci rcu m
'

v a r i a ble i sz the
-
pro d
 1 69

W o m ba t con sta n t a t a con sta n t dis tan ee fi om the-

cen tre,
on e sp hm the othe r w m
’

the w hete fi r ee wi th whi eh a ttra ots

be i n om ely as the sqa a re f

o the di stm oe qf the tr cen tres .

L et th e A, B , be d i v i d ed i nto con cen tric shells

s pheres
the d en si ty i n each shell i s un i for m by th e su pposi ti om fi nd
hen ce each shell of B ex erts u pon ea ch poi n t of A , a £ orce
whi ch v ari es in v er s ely as the di sta n ce of the po i n t fro m th e
cen tr e of B : an d t here fore the whol e sphere B ex er ts u pon

each po i n t of A a force , which v a ri es in v ersely as the di stan ce

from the cen re oft B . An d thi s force, asteri s p a r i bm , will
be as the den si ty of the a tt ra cted poi n t of A : a nd i f a sh ell
of A be ta k en , the d en si ty i n thi s shell wi ll be con sta n t ; an d

ther efiore the result o f all the force s a cti n g on t hi s s hel l, an d

ten di n g to B s cen tr e, w i ll be i n v ersely as the squ are of the
'

di sta n ce of A s cen tr e fro m B s cen t re A n d t his i s tr ue of

’ ’
.
.

all th e shells of whi ch A i s co m posed : therefo re the whole

attrac ti o n o f A to B s cen t re i s i n the sa me p ropo rt i o n
’
.

Co x . 1 . H en ce , i f A, B , C be si mi la r s pheres a ttracti n
g
each other , the a tt rac ti on s of A to B an d C, a t e u al
q di sta n ces ,
wi l l be as B to C

C orr 2 . . And a t un e q ual di st a n ces b, c, as

g g to .

( 30 3 8 T he a bo v e a ttracti on s a re th e a ccele ra ti n g forces

. .

A , or forces wh i ch a re mea s u red by the v eloci ty pr od uced

or ad ded i n a i v en t i me B ut the mov i n g o rces on A, or
g f .

focces mea su red by the mo men t u m p rod uced , are a t eq ua l

dis ta nces as A B an d A C o
.

T he p ress u re whi ch prod uces moti o n is k n o wn , by the

lists d m oti on , to be a s the momen t um p rod uced i n gi v en a

t i me .A n d t hi s p ressure i s the weig ht o f one bod y to wa rd s

a n other, o r the force r eq ui si t e to s usta i n i t so that moti m

may be preven ted H ence , the wei ght of a sphere A to wards

.

a sph ere B a t a i v en di s ta n ce, i s as A B :

g
C ox 4 . . And at an
y d i sta n ce b, of t heir t
cen res, it is
A B .

as
’
b
 C on 5 . . T he sa me is true when the a ttracti o n i s mu t ual ,

as i n Cor 2, A rt 95 . . . T he a ttrac ti on wi ll be d o u bled an d ,

the la w will re ma i n the sa m e .

C on 6 . . If the s pheres rev olve u pon thei r a x es, the sa me

la w o f a ttracti on wi ll remai n u n alte red .

( N a w r o u , P rop . x cr . C or .

97 . P no r . The f me ten d i n g
o to ea ch p oi n t o
f a body

a sp her oi d a l s he ll o
f i n d fi
e n i tely sma ll thi ck n es s , bou n d e d b
y
si mi la r a n d con cen tr i c s her oi da l s u r ac es , wi ll cover t n o a t
p f

Fig . 1 66 . L e t A D F E , H K LI be two si mi l a r an d s p her o i d a l

f
s u r aces , of whi ch th e co mmon cen tre i s S . Dra w two l i n es ,

D E , F G , t h ro ugh P , the a tt ract ed poi n t

s u rfa ces , meet i n g the

i n D , E , H , I an d F , G , K , L T he li nes D H , E 1 will be .

e ual : fo r i f we b i sec t D B i n M , M w i ll a l so be the bi secti on

q
of H 1 , by the s i m i la ri ty o f th e fi u res : i n li k e m a n n e r F K
g ,

is e
q ua l to GL .

Let l in e
d ra wn throu gh P fo rm a do uble py ra mi d or
s

con s of sm all a n l e T h po r ti on of th sp heri ca l shell

g e e .

D H K F , wi ll u lt i m a tely be eq ua l to Dk ; Df a n d R h
bei n g pla nes perpen di cul a r to P D . In li ke m an n er , B I LG
'

wi ll u lti m ately be eq u a l to B l lg , si mi la rly de ter m i n ed .

An d thi ckn esses DH E 1 of these parti cles of

i
s n ce the ,

the shell ar e eq u al the pa rti cl es w i ll be as the pla n es Df

,
-

E g ; t ha t i s a s EP , by si mila r fi gures And the ’

, .

a ttrac t i ons o f t hese pa rti cl es bei ng as the pa r ti cles di r ectly ,

a n d as the sq u a re s o f the d i s ta nces i n v er sely are eq ua l A nd , .

they a re oppod te ; t he refore they d es troy each other In .

li k e m a nn er the w hole spheroi da l shell ma y be resol ved i n to

,

pa ir s of pa rti cl es whi ch dest roy each ot her s ef ect an d the

,
‘

res ulti n g a tt ract i o n i s no th i ng .

Co n . tt racti on
l . T he a of a con cen tr i ca lly homog en eous
hollo w spheroi d bound ed by ,
s i mi l a r an d o
c n cen ri c s t phero i dal
su rfaces u pon a poi n t wi t h i n , is n ot hi n g .
 ’

1 71

For the hollo w h roi d ma be co n cei v ed to be mad e u

p e y s p
of in de fin i tel thi n sh ells bou n d ed by si mi la r con cen tri c sphe
y
mida l su r faces , a n d each of t hese shells ex erts n o a ttr acti on
on the poi n t , by the P roposi ti o n T herefo re the who l e hollo w .

sph eroi d ex er ts n o a ttr a c ti on .

Co n . 2 . Hen ce, the ttracti on of such a hollo w sp heroid

a

p
u on a poi n t in con tac t wi t h i ts i n ter i or su rface i s n o th i n g .

Co a 3 poi n t he pla ced an y w here wi thi n a solid

. . If a

hom ogen eou s spher oi d the a tt racti on wi ll he as the di sta n ce

,

from the cen tre For le t a si mi la r a n d co ncen t ri c spheroi dal

.

su rfa ce pa ss throu h the a ttract ed poi n t T he hollo w s he

g p .

roid o utsi d e thi s s urface ex er ts n o at tract i o n on t hi s poi n t

by Con g and the a ttracti on of the spheroi d in si d e the

.

su r fa ce i s as the d i s ta n ce from the cen t re a s i n Art 95 . .

(N a m es , B oo k I . Prop . L X XX V I H .
)
98 . P ac e . T he f or ces ten d i n g to p oi
ea c h n t o
f a body
bei n g supp osed y di r ectl
y a to
s theva r , di s tan ce a body of a n y
fi wi d en er t up on a n y p oi n t a for ce w hi ch ten ds to the
’

g u r e

f i f the body, d c a r i es i n tbe di s ta n ce f th e

'

cen tre o g r a o ty o an o

a ttr a cted p oi n t from tha t cen tr e .

Fig . 1 67 Le t Z be the let A, B be a ttr a c wd poi n t ; an d

two pa rti cl es of the a tt racti n g body T hen the forces to A .

B wi ll be as A AZ an d B B Z : a n d i b e the centre
. .

of ra v i t of A, B , the fo rce A A Z m be r esol v ed i to

g y a
y n .

two forces , i n the di recti on s r es pecti v ely of the li n es Z G , G A

whi ch wi ll he as A Z G an d A G A In l i k e m an n er the fo rce
. . .

B B Z m ay he r esolv ed i nto B Z 6 an d B GB
. An d by . . .

the pr oper ty at the cen t re of gr a vi ty A G A = B GB ; t here . .

poi n t tos force

'

Z ia a ttra cted G wi th
'

In li k e
man n er i f we take a thi rd pa r ti cl e C , a nd coni
' '
»

poun d i ts attracti on ( C CZ ) wi th the force (A B ) 0 2 , .

tendi n g to G , we shall fin d a t hir d force ten di n g to the com

mon cen t re of A, B , C, a n d e qual to A + B C mul ti pli ed
 1 79

i nto the d i stan ce o fro m thi s centre .

be the w hole efiect of A , B , C An d th

'

fes tly be the sa me as i f A, B , C were

common centre of r a v i ty
g .

In li k e ma n n er i f we ta k e an i n de fi n i te nu m
pa rt i cles tha t i s a sol id body th e whole effect
, , ,

t ra cti o n wi ll be the sam e as if t hey were all collected i n thei r

ce n t re o f ra v i ty : t her efo re the force wi ll t en d to t hi s ce n tre
g ,

a n d wi ll ar y as the d is t an ce from i t
v .

S ect I I. . An a n r r xc u . In v n s r xc s r xo n or Ar r a a cr xo n s .

99 . F a ce . A sp heri ca l s hell o
f i n de
fi n i tely sma ll thi ck
n ess , bei n g composed of p a r ti cles a ttr a cti n g a ccor d i n
g to a

g i v en la w ; to fi nd the a ttr a cti on on an

y p oi n t .

L et s , fig 1 63 , be the ce n t re of the sp heri ca l she ll , S E ,

.

i ts rad i u s a ; E F , i ts t hi ck n e ss be ; P the poi n t a tt racted

PS r , P F c f, F bei n g an y pa r ti cle ; an d let F S B a 6 .

Su ppose two plan es F S P , G S P , pa ssi n g throu gh S P , to

ma k e wi th ea ch ot her a small an le P B G = 3 F D C b i
g g e n
g
a pl a n e pe rpen d i cul ar to P D . T hen ,

FG 121m m
An d i f w e su ppose E S e = 39, B e a l e ; and the soli d z con

t en t of the small porti on of the shell E F G e wi ll be

3¢ 3a 39
. . . a
’
si n . 0 .

N ow when thi s por ti on is i n defini te ly small, i ts a t tracti on

o a ay be con si d er ed
l rti cle a t the
as tha t o f si n
g e
p a

di s tan ce f L et ¢ ( f ) he the fun cti on of f et pressi n g tbe la w

.

of a tt racti o n ; then the a t tracti on o f th e elemen tary soli d G o

on P wi ll be T o red uce t hi s to
the di recti o n P S , w e mus t m ul tip ly i t by

r — a c s o . 9
or
0
‘ ‘

T
, s
 1 73

hen ce, the a ttracti on to wa rd s S , is

r a co s . 9
;
f
an d th e quan ti ty lt pl i es 89 bei n g con si dered
whi ch m u i
a d if er e n ti al coeffici en t a n d i n t egr a t ed from A to B
, , we
sh all h a v e the a t tracti on of the sl i ce AE R to wa rd s S

a os ' 9

;
-

T he a ttracti on , by alteri n g the

g l e an m a n i festly v a ri es

in th e sa me rati o ; hen ce for the wh ol e sh ell

, , we m u st p u t 2 1r
for d i an d w e have for the whole a t tr act i on
d ,

A, su ppose .

2 ” s
Si n ce f r 2 7 a cos . 0 a ,

the differ en ti a l coefii ci en t w hen r a lon e is su pposed to v ar y .

2
H ence, A 2 711 3 .

N ow let
differen ti al
”i (f )
t of
an d we ha v e, si n ce
¢ (f ) i s the
coeffic en (f ) ,

Hen ce, i f w e ta ke B = we sh a ll ha v e

12
(

Sa jb si n
2
2 71 65
-
. .
 1 74

fo r si n ce the on s of 0 a n d of r are i n depen d en t i t m a k es

i
v a r a ti ,

n o d ifier en cc whether we perfor m the d i fiereuti a ti on s be for e or

’ '

a ft er i n te r a t i on ‘
g .

”
N ow , i
s n ce
f
’
r
’
er a cos . 0 a , we ha v e

r a si n . 0;

a n d si n . 9

df 2 1r a da
hen ce, B =
fi f ¢ 1 ( f )

T he i n t egr a l i s to be tak en from 9 O, to 0 qr ; t ha t i s , from

f = r — a.
'
to f = f + o . If If w e h av e for
the wh ole figure,
Q wa da
\
p( r a ) \
p( r

An d the a tt ra cti on A is t h us k n own .

For a poi n t wi thi n the shell the process w i ll be ,

the

sa me , ex cept tha t the i n tegral mu st be t ak en between the

li mi t s a + r, an d a -
r .

Ex . 1 . L et the force of ea c
h parti cle v ar y i n v er sely as

the s q u a re of the d i stan ce .

If F be a fun cti on of f an d l)
, an d B = b F,
j

’
d sf
d B
F g _

d r dO
- '

dr dOd r

( La m i x , E lem . Trea t . H en ce, i n te g ra ti n g to 0,

4 3
9
dF
_
dB d oFf
 1 75

Here f) em ff

27 0 30
{( r — a )

dB 4 7 0
9
30
dr r
“ c

”
T he f
s u r a ce o f th e shell i s t ar a -
; an d hen ce i ts m ass i s 4 7r a
2
3a ,
an d the tt racti on i s the sa me
a as i f the ma ss were c ollected
at the ce n t r e of th e spher e .

Ex . 2 . L et the force of ea ch parti cl e v ary as a n

y po wer
of the di stan ce .

Let wh en ce
¢ ( f)
1

Q wa da
( n l )( n s) r

’
4 1r a a ( 92 4 2
-
)( 73 + 1)

u + 1
{

( n + 2) ( 92 + l)n .
( n l )

( n 2)
30 {
"
2
An d A 4
1
77 0 , r +
2

( n 2) u (n — l )( n 3)

Thi s se ri es t ermi n a tes , if n be a wh ol e posi ti v e n um be r .

If n : 1, tha t i s if the a tt racti on v a ri es d i rectly

or n = — 2, ,

as the di sta n ce or i n v er sely a s the s u a r e of the di st an ce the

, q ,

terms a fte r the fi r s t v a n i sh ; an d th e a tt ra ct i on i s the sa m e as

i f the ma ss w ere coll ect ed a t th e cen t re o f the sphere .

 1 76

m I

Hen ce force whi ch

t

f the pa rti cl es
0 o

mr
o

, i ex er t a i s as
r

the wh ole force wi ll be the sa m e as i f the m ass were so col

l ect ed ;
for we may s uppo se the sh ell to con si st o p a r t i cl es
f
whi ch a tt ra ct wi t h fo rces m r , a n d of a n equa l n um b er of
I

1
others whi ch a tt ra ct wi h t forces
;
If n l, or n -
3 , th e i ntegra ti on s for \
p( f ) fa i l ,
an d we m u s t em ploy other m eth od s .

Ex 3 . . L et the fo rce v ar y i n v ersely as the cu be of the

d i sta n ce .

v (fl =

7r a 3a r -
a
’
r + a

dB wa d a ea r r — a

”
dr r

Ex . 4 L et the for ce v ar y i n v ersely as the di st a n ce ,

r
A = 7r fl sa -t

Ex . 5 . T he force v ar yi n g a s a n y po wer of the d i s tan ce ;

to fin d the a tt racti on on a poi n t wi thi n the shell .

E x 2, .
f

Q wa da
—
( a w ) ( a -
r
)

4 1r a
fl +3 fi +l 2
a + r
,

2 3
 177

dB
A s — = 4 1r a Ba a 1
dr

— 1
4
»
) m

If n = — 2, or the force be i n v ersely as the square of

the d i sta n ce, we ha v e th e a ttracti on s i n d i fierenl d i
'

A
rec ti on s co un terba la n ce each other .

1 00 . P a or . T o fin d the a ttr a cti on o f a sp her e m

co

f m cti m M m
‘

p oec d q p w fi d w a tt a w ord i ng a g i oew

If i n the las t proposi ti on we p ut i t for a, o

c n si d er the
coefi ci en t of 3a or as a differen t i a l coe fi ci en tn an d i n te i
ha v e th e a of

a so li d sphere of ra di us a.

By thi s m ea n s, fro m th e ex pressi on for A i n E x . 2, we

fin d for th e a ttracti on of a s phere
" ”" ’
4 wa l ) 87
-
a

3 2

I n the cases wh er e the a ttra cti on of a shell i s the sa me

if the ma tter w ene collected at th e cen tre, the a ttracti on
'

as

of a spher e wi ll a l so follo w th e sa me la w F or the sphere .

may be suppo m
to be composed o f con cen tri c shell s , each
of w hi ch a ttr act s as if i t were collected a t the cen tre, an d

therefor e the wh ole sphere win a ttract as if all i ts pa r ts were

there co ll ected .

P n or . T o fim l the a ttr a cti on of a ci r cle on a

poi n t in a li n e pe rp en di cula r
,
to i ts p la n e , and
p ass i n g

L et B C , fig 1 69, be the ci rcle ; P , th e attr a cted poi n t ;

.

SP r , FE
a
f, S E a n
y m di
z u s u , an d S F a r a di us i n z

n ea r ly eq ual to t hi s , so t ha t E F 3a L et a sma ll .

F S G = 3 , t hen the qua dri la tera l

¢
A nd , if the la w of the a ttracti on be re p resen ted by
Z
 1 78

t
the a t rac ti n of o E G i s 3d) . whi ch , resolv ed in

the di recti on P S , becomes An d for

the whole a n n ulu s whose brea d th i s E F , we mu st p u t 2 ;

for 8d) ; when ce i t becomes H en ce, the

t
a t rac t ion of the whole ci rc e l

i
2 w fiu
¢ ( f ) r
;
a w here f =
¢ (fi

the in tegra l bei n g tak en from u 0 , to u a, the rad i u s of

the ci rcle .

if
n —l
" ”
a tt racti o n 2 qt r
'

L b a u 9

n l
’
( r con stan t

{( r
'
w e
} .

Ex . L et n a
1 . 2 , or the force v ar
y i n v em l
y a s the
sq uare of the d i sta n ce .

r
H er e, t
a t rac t ion a: Mr 1
”
/
s (r
’
a )
Ex . 2 . L et the ci rc e l be i n fi n i t e, an d n < 1 .

In t hi s ca se ( r
'
i f ? becomes 0, an d we h a v e , put
ti n g — m for n ,

attra ct i on

If m 2, or the force v ar y i n v er sely as the sq uar e o f the

di s ta nce, a ttracti on a: M r, an d i s the sa me a t a ll d i sta n ces .
 1 79

1 02 . Pa or . T o fi n d the a tt m cti ou o f a w li d q
l
re

oo M i on on a
p oi n t én t/w aa i s
'
.

We must here multi ply the a ttracti on of the ci rcle foun d ,

i n the l ast P roposi t i on by the t hi c kn ess Sr for the a ttrae, ,

ti on of a differen ti a l sl ice an d i f w e then pu t for 0 i ts v a l ue

i n te rm s of r a n d i n t egra te th e coeffici en t wi th res pect to
,

r, we ha v e th e a tt racti on of the

Ex 1 . T he . a tt racti on of a c yli nd er a d a poi n t i n i ts

axi s ; fi 1 7 0
g . .

a i l
a t tracti on a a
’
) T

g
gi
‘ ’
4 1r ( r a ) 3

n l 92 3

”
If E S C a nd E S C
' '
be th e N o en ds of the c yli n der ,
'
b , P C = c, P U
' '
a nd if P S = b, P S z z c , we hav e

4 1r f u ts
{
a n n
( b b )
a
c c
( n l )( n 3)

If the force va r y i n v ersely as the q

s u ar e pfi the di stan ce,

” 3 - 3 ,

l
-
( c

T he a ttracti on of an i nfini te s oli d bo unded by

‘

F r o m la st P r op . Ex . 2, w e hav e

w here b i s the fi stance of the attr a cted p oi n t from the s ur

face of th e so li d .

If m x 23 a ttrac ti e m a 4 1r ( r b) 4 m x thi ck n ess .

 NO

If m - s, a ttrac ti on -
s6 21 ]

If m > 8, the a ttracti on i s fin i te, wh en r i s i n fin i te, an d

we hav e
47

Ex . 3 . T he a tt racti on of a con e on a poi n t at the v er

In fig 1 7 1 , le t P S
. ==r , ST e k r, an d p utti ng k r for a

in las t P rop .

e + ee s s
M u m -
l
x

Where r is to be m ade z P A the ax i s .

1 23 . P a or . T o j i n d the a ttr acti on

f
o a str ai g ht

L et BC , fig 1 7 2 , be th e a ttractihg li n e, P the poi n t

”

a ttract ed : P S , perpen di cu la r o n B C, = r , S E u , PE
f; z z

a n d let th e fo rce o f each pa r t i cle be as W e may

s u ppose E F , a n i n d efi n i t ely sm a ll po rti o n , to be 315 ; a n d i ts

m an f wi ll an d the pa rt resol v ed
p e r

p en d écu la r to BC wi ll be g
pm
c su ,

i
T he o fi
c e f ci ent i s to be i n tegra t ed from u O to i t a 5 S B ,
:
,

for th e a t tra ct i on o f S B ; a n d th e a ttrac ti o n of S C i s to be

fo und i n the sa me ma n ner an d a dd ed to the for mer , .

T he a ttrac tion of d i s p a ra te! to S B , will

w hi ch i s to be i n tegra ted i n the sa me ma n ner a s before ; a nd

the d i fferen ce tak en . of the part s belong in g to S B an d to S C .

 1 81

Ex Let the force i n v ersely the aq uare of the

'

. var y as

mf
1
d i s ta nce Ha =
. e
¢ t ;

7 u
a ttr acti on In PS -

Lm
l 1
a t tracti on W W WP S
r

And thi s i s to be ta k en for S B an d for S C, an d

'

the res u lts

F or the t
t
at r a c i ons of sph eroid s a nd elli psoi d s , see Ai ry ,
Fi g . Ea r th , Ar ti cles 8 an d 41 .

S ect LII
. . T H E Fa a c a e or w e Ea ar n .

( N E WT O N , Book III . Pr op . x v ru .
)
1 04 . P a ce : T he equ a torea l d i a meter s f
o the p la n ets

T he ph nets are supposed to be horn ogen eous masses , of

whi ch the per m a re i n eq ui li br i u m .

If a m ass of homogen eo u s fl u i d be a t res t , a n d ac t ed u pon

on ly by i ts oWn a ttr action , i t wi ll be i n equ i li bri um w hen i t i s
'

in the for m of a s
p her e . .
For t he wi ll i n thi s case be
a ttra cti on

eq ual on afl
poi n ts of the m rfa ce an d e v ery poi n t will be

tha efore ha v e to mo v e i n di recti on in

‘

ca n n o rea so n on e or

an oth er : a ll the poi n t s wi l l therefore rema i n a t r es t by thei r

mu tual acti on .

B ut if homoge n eons fi ui d revol v e on a n a xi s, i t

a ma ss of

wi ll n o long er be lie eclui li hri u m i n a spheri ca l form F or i n .

con se uence of the mo ti on of rev ol u ti on , a ll the par ts will ha V e

'

q
a te ud enc to recede from the a x i s, an d will n o t k eep thei r
y

attr ac ti ons of the o t her pa r ts

And i f the la rgest secti on per .
’

nd i cu la r to the a xi s of r ev olu ti on h e called the equ a tor ,

pe

t e par ts a bo ut lthe eq uator , bei n g fa r ther fr om the ax i s , an d

h
'

mo vi ng q ui ck er than ' the

res n w i ll ten d to reced e from the
' ‘
 1 82

afi s mcre than the others, an d will n u dg e m ep t thcy be

t
res ra i n edby some opposi n g fo rce whi ch acts u pon them m ore ,

t han u po n the ot her pa rt s ; an d i n the sph erica l form ther e wi ll

be no force thu s ac t i n g unequa lly on di fferen t parts ; the refor e
,

there can n ot be equi li bri u m .

If the ma ss me the fo rm o f an obla te spheroi d of re

ass u

v ol uti on , h a vi n fo r i ts a x i s the a x i s a bou t whi ch the fl uid

g
rev ol v es, t her e i s a n u n eq ua l a ttract i o n u po n th e pa r ts a bo u t

the pol e an d a bou t the eq ua tor a lso the form a nd q uan t t o

.

iy f
the fl ui d i s d iffer e n t i n those pa rt s o f the fig u re : therefore
ther e ma y he some adj u s tme ut of the for m d the spher oid by
whi ch eq ui li b ri u m ma y be preserv edf when the fl ui d revol v es :
the ten d en cy o f the eq u a to r ea l p ar t s to reced e fr om the a x i s
bei n g co unter acted by the greater din i en si ons of those parts
a n d the rea t er effect of th e a tt rac ti on u pon them
g .

In wha t follo ws we s uppose the attracti ve force of ea ch

pa rt i cl e to v ary i n versely as the sq ua re of the d i stan ce .

An obla te s pheroid has i ts equatoneal di ametmagrea ter tha n

th e polar , a p r o la te spheroi d ha s the pola r
gr ea te r tha n the ;

e q ua toreal .

1 05 . P aa r . In a homogen eous s ymmetri ca l obla te ep ha

di am bei a g l t s z l ; the a ttra cfi on of thei n ecr ibed ap bere

ctera - -

un a p omt a t i ta cu rfa ca qf tbc ep hem id on a p oi n t a t tk

P0 18 , a fl d 0
f the sa me 8p heroi d cn a p oi mt a t m equ mr , m
w
r es
p ecti vely as l , 1 4 40, -
1 4 -

If we pp su ose , in M ohh ta s pheroi d , a s phere to be '

in
scri bed, h av in the same aa i s as t he s her etd, the t f th
g p p n c e

s heroid ou té d e the sphere wi ll be a sta atu m thi chest a t the

p
eqwator a ud thi nn i n g ofl symmeui ca lly to vta r d s the two
’ '

oles ,
'

p
whi ch stmtu m i s ca lled a men i scue T he a ttracticm on the .

oi n t at the pole of th e s heroi d i s e q ua l to the a ttrac ti w f

p p o

i nscfi bed phere together t tha t of t he men i scu s

'

the s , wi h . T he
i
attract on of the sph ere on a pd ln t at the surfaceg the den sity
bei ng L et b be the pol ar semi d i ame t er,
 1 83

an d ( l + e ) b the eq ua torea l : the atttaetion o f the i n scri bed

s phere ma y be re presen ted by b, an d i f bw p
re resen t the at

t rac ti on of the men i scu s, b ( 1 (B

) wi ll be the a t tr ac ti on of

the ohla te s her oid on a

p poi n t at its pole .

If i n s t ea d g of addi n to h
the
t e i n scri be
men i scu s
d sph ere ,

w e ta k e a way a n eq u a l men i sc us w e obtai n a p rola te phero id

, s

o f which th e a x es a re b an d a n d o f w hi ch the att ra e

( 1 ) b ; e

ti on on a poin t a t the pole i s the a tt racti on of the sphere mi n u s

th e a tt racti on o f the meni scu s An d the at tracti on of thi s
.

m eni scus i s ma n ifes tly w hen e i s sma ll ulti ma tely eq ual to

, ,

tha t of the former ; therefore 6 0 w) represen t? the att racti on

of the l t sph eroi d on a poi n t a t th e pol e
p ro a e .

In li k e
ma n n er i f w e ci rcu m scri be a sphere a bo ut ei ther
s ph eroi d, th e a ttr a cti on of t hi s s ph er e on a poi n t a t the su rface

wi ll he b ( l an d i f w e h av e a p rol a te spheroi d of wh i ch

the semi di a me ter s i

( p ts ole b ei n
g sn
ppow d to
li e i n the eq ua tor of the obla te sph er oi d , ) the a t tracti on of t hi s
prola te spheroi d on a poi n t at i ts pole will be b(1 e) ( 1 m) .

N o w i f we p
co m a re t hi s p rola te s
p h er oi d , ; the obl a te s he
p
r oi d , m d the ci m m sa ibi n g p m
h
s i t will appear tha t the
fir st di fiers from the secon d from th e thi r d by
secon d , an d the

m i men i scuses w hi ch a re of the sarhe k i n d, a n d u lt i ma t ely

eq ua l : an d the a ttracti dn of t hese se mi meni scu ses wi ll be
e ua l A n d th e a ttrac ti o n of both a ttra cti on of ci r cum
q .

b( 1 + e) —b ( 1 r)( 1 47 6 }

T herefore the a ttracti on h f on e sen t i men i scn s z

ébmfi + )
47

H en ce the t tracti on of the obla te sphere o n a poi n t a t

a i ts
e ua or -
q t a ttra cti on of ci rcum scri bi n
g sphere — a tt ra cti o n of

l
-
or , si n ce m and e a re
2

s ma ll, so tha t t hei r prod uct m ay be ne

gl ec ted , a tt racti on of

obla te s pheroi d on a poi n t i n i ts t

eq u a o r
 18 4

E y the ppl
a i ca t i o n o f Art 1 08 or by othe r .
, me thod s

( Ai ry, Fi gu re of the E ar th A r t ,i t may h e she wn . tha t the

4
a tt rac ti o n of the men i scu s on a poi n t at i ts p ole is be
3
.

83
H en ce to : an d l +s T he a ttr acti on s of

the obla te spher oid on a poi n t at th e pol e an d at the e

q ua tor
res pecti v ely ar e an d b 1 +

C on . 2 . phe roi d be di v i ded by con cen t ri c a nd

I f the s

si mi la r s u rfa ces the a tt rac ti o n of ea ch o f th e h ollo w elli p so i d

, s

on a poi n t wi t h i t i s n othi n H en ce th e a t trac ti o n on po i n t s

g .

wi thi n the elli psoi d i s t hei r a tt racti on to the elli psoi d i n the
,

surfa ce of w hi ch t he y a re An d he n ce the a ttr ac ti on a t di f

'

. :

fer ent poi n ts i n the sa me sem i di a m eters wi ll he a s the di sta n ce ,

from th e centre A rt 98 Cor 2 . . . . .

C ox 3 . . H en ce i f we ta k e
o t pheroid of w hi ch a c n cen ri c s

the pola r a n d eq ua torea l se m i d i a mete rs are 7 and r ( l + e) the .

,

a ttr a cti ons a t the ex tremi ti es o f t hese semi di ameter s wi ll be

an d r 1 +

If T be the ti me of rev ol uti on of the s

ph eroi d, then at the
2
d i stan ce r from the ax i s the ve loci ty is 7
3 , an d the ce n r t i

fugal force i s ( A rt . an d is as r .

In the the ea r th,

" an d at th e
ca se of T = 23
eq ua tor r = 3 985 mi l es n ea rly ; and the v el oci ty w hi ch ex p resses
ra vi ty a t the su rface i s 3 2 t echnd ; h en ce ,
the for ce of
g } f ee a s

2
4 3 -
is 8985 x 5 280
cen tr ifugal force g ra vi t y
( 3 6 1 64 ?
 1 85

1 06 . P 11 0 9 .
fi d Tothe p p
r o on
r ti on
f‘
o the a c ts
'

f
o a

p la n et to i ts cou n ter ed ! d i a meter by N e w ton s me thod .

( a r on , B oo k III . P rop . x xx .
)
Le t ther e be a hypothet i ca l s pheroid of whi ch the a x es a re

1
as 101 to 1 00 T hen 6 15 here — a nd the pola r an d q
e u a
700
.
’

3
torea l a ttra ct10 n s a re as 1 an d 1 4- or a s and
353
,

A n d the a ttracti on s
propor ti o n al di s tan ces from the at

ce n t re i n the pola r a n d eq ua to rea l se mid i am ete rs are i n t hi s

sa m e p ropo rti o n If t hese two se mi di a me ters be di v i ded i n to

.

the sa me n u mber of propo rti o n a l pa r t s the pa r t s wi ll ea ch be ,

i n the proport i on 1 00 to 1 0 1 or 1 to H e n ce the we ig ht,

of the col u mn w hi ch li e i n the di recti on o f the pol a r an d eq ua

s

toreal di a me te rs wi ll be as 1 x to x or as

to or a s 1 to n ea rly H e n ce i f the r ot a tory v eloci ty .

be s u ch as to ta k e off the fracti on 008 from the s u pe rfi ci a l ,

e u a to rea l w ei gh t the eq ui li bri u m of the spheroi d wi ll su b si s t ;

q ,

for the cen tri fuga l fo rce wi ll t h en ta k e off the sa me fr acti on of

th e w ei gh t fro m each p a r ti cl e i n the pl a n e from the eq u a tor .

T her efo re the eq uili bri um wi ll s u bsi s t i f the cen tri fuga l for ce
be 008 of the eq ua tor ea l gra v i ty : t ha t i s i f th e cen tri fuga l
, ,

8 1
force be — or -
of the wh ol e e
q ua torea l force .

1008 1 26

T he ce n tr i fuga l for ce , i n the case of eq uili br i um , m ust be -

as the ex ces s of the eq ua torea l se mi d i am e t er : for th e cen tr i

fugal for ce m us t ba la nce the a t tra cti on of the men i scus an d , ,

the ex cess of the eq ua to rea l col u mn i n l eng t h ; a n d these a re

each a s the e x ces s of the e u a torea l se mi di a me te r H en ce the
q .

ex cess of the e ua tor ea l se mi di a me ter for an ot h er cen tri fu a l

q y g
force wi ll be fo un d by a p ropor ti o n .

N o w the ce n r t ifugal force i n the ca se of the ear th is

2 ;
of the eq u a torea l gra v i ty : an d i n the hypothe ti ca l s pheroi d
1 1 1 1 1
m h
.

lt
0

"

Ta? 196 2 89 1 00
0

a nd the ra ti o of the di a met er s o f the eart h i s as 229 to 230 .

AA
 1 86

Th e radi us of t he ear th i s a bou t 8985 mi les ; hen ce the

ex cess of the eq ua torea l se mi di a me ter i s a bo ut 1 4 mi les .

C ox . 1 be the ra ti o of the ce n t ri fuga l fo rce to gra

. If a

r i ty at th e eq u a to r , the p rop orti on a l par t s of the a ler an d

p
eq ua torea l a xi s , mult i pl i ed i n to the forces w hi ch act u pon
t hem l
wi l be

1 x 1 4 »

or , 1 an d 1 + c, omi tti n g e
’
,

an d these mus t be q ua l
e , w h en ce c

H ence c is kn o wn from s, an d o
c n v er se ly .

C os . 2 . If T be the t i me o f re v ol u t i on , the ce n rifuga t l

'
z
4 1r r 4
fo rce at d 1stan ce r :

T “ H en ce c == an d e 13 1n

If the den si ty y i n d i fferen t cases the a ttrac ti on will

v ar ,

v ary i n th e sa me p ropor t i o n ; the ce n tr i fu ga l force wi ll bea r

to the a ttracti on a sma ll er propo rt i on ; a n d the ex cess of th e

eq ua to rea l di a me ter m u s t be d i mi n i s hed i n th e sa me p roporti o n

in whi ch the d en si ty i s i n creas ed

“ “
.

T h e ea rt h rev ol v es i n 2 8 J upi t er i n 9 H en ce
the elli pti ci ty of J u pi t er wou l d be to t h a t of the ea rt h as the
sq u ares of t hese n umbers tha t i s a s 29 to 5 Also the d en si ty
'

, ,
.

of J u pi t er i s to th a t o f th e ea rt h a s 94
h to 400 ( ta k i n g N e wto n s
’

n um ber s h en ce the di fferen ce of J up i ter s semi di am e ters wi ll

’

400 1
be to h i s s ma ll er se m i d i a m eter as ? x x o r a s l to g} -

5 o4 i 22 9

I t appears by ma thema ti ca l i n v es t i ga ti on (Ai ry Fi g E a rth , .

,

tha t when the figu re of the pla n et i s a n elli pti ca l spheroi d ,

there i s an equi li bri um a mon g the pressures of all parts as ,

w ell as between t hose of the eq u a torea l an d polar can als .

 13 7

T he force of
g ra vi t
y at the e
q u a tor is to tha t at

i
f
-
c to 1 + t ha t i s , as 1 to l + s , ul ti ma tely .

o f g ra v i ty i n cr ea s e: i n goi ng from the equ a tor

an d the i n cre m en t i s n ear ly as the s qua re of
the la ti t ud e .
( y,
Ai r F i g E a r t h , .

T he d i recti on of
g ra vi ty i s the d i recti on of a

spher oi d ; a n d two pl a ces o n the

i n l a t i t ud e, w hi ch a re so si t ua ted
S uch

i t when
pol e . H e n ce the l in ea r l en gt h of the
he ea r t h s sur face wi ll be sm a lle r
’
n ear er

la rger n ea r er th e p ole .
( y, g
A i r F i E ar t h , .

pa r ts o
f the ellip ti ca l sp her oi d w i ll p r d uce o
th e E qu i n octi a l P oi n ts , a n d a N u la ti on

( N E W T O N , B oo k III . P rop . xxx .

)
.

by the rea s n i n g of o A rt . It ma y als o

the e ffec t
tt ra cti o n of the s un
o f the a

m en i sc us o f the sph eroi d F or th e .

sa tt ra ct i o n i f the ear t h were a t res t wo ul d be to

, ,

sp hero i d a mot ion of rot a ti on by w hi ch the a x i s

to beco me pe rpen d i c ul a r to the li n e d ra w n fro m the

ea rt h s ce n t re : a n d t h i s mot i o n of rota ti on com
’
,

th the di u rna l rota t i on whi ch the ea r t h pos sesses ,

a xi s a sta t ed i n Ar t 7 5 , s . .

a pe rpetu a l cha n e o f the a x i s whi ch

g ,

ed i fo un d to gi v e ri se to a precessi on
s

P cessi on
( y
A i r re , ,

of the moo n wi ll
prod uce a si mila r
di n g on the posi ti o n of the m oon s o rb i t
’
,

the posi ti on of the ea r th s a x i s wi th

’

an d prod uc e a lu n a r n u ta ti on .
 1 88

i n theoe ef ects the mov i n g fo rce i s th e

s un an d moon pon the protu ber an t meni scus
u

a n d the q uan t i t of ma tte r

y
ea r th . T he mo v i ng for ce i s
beca use the t hickn ess of the
i t d i a met er a n d i ts di amet er sma ll
s .

t a n ce o f the a tt ract i n g bod i es H en ce the .

sc ri bed wi ll be v e ry s ma ll .

S ect I V
. . T n s T u ms .

108 . Pao r . A F la w an d Rqfl uav o

f
60 p rod uced by the a ttra cti on
f
o the S u n an d
.

( N a wr o x , B oo k 1 1 1 .

It ha s been sho w n in Art 7 8, t ha t if a aph .

v ered wi t h wa t er , a n d rev olve o n i ts a x is i n

the wa ters will be ele va t ed a bou t the oc tan t s

H en ce, t here wi ll be high wa ter a bo u t 3 ho
a ttrac ti n lumi n a ry i s o n the m er i d i an T h e
g .

the wa ters more t han the su n d oes ; hen ce , the

wa te r wi ll be a bo u t 8 hours a ft er the m oon
ri d i a n When the s u n a nd m oon are i n sy zy gy
“
.

d ue to the on e i s ad d ed to the hi gh ra te d u
an d the t i d es are

u a d r a t ures, the
q
whe re the moon
i s on ly the di fferen ce of the effects At .

whi ch by the ac ti o n of the m oon wo ul d

so u thi n , a n d by the acti on of the s un
g
wi ll be a t some i n ter med i a te ti me , bu t
ti me Wh .

ra t u re , the 3 o clock of sola r ti me preced es the

’

l un ar reckon i n g, a n d high w a ter i s before 3 ho u

reck on i n g ; an d the i n ter v a l w i ll be grea t es t a

the moon s octa n ts : a s the m oo n pa sse s fro m

’

to sy zygi es , the time of hi gh w a t er w i ll i n li k e

beh i n d the t hi rd hour of l u n a r r ecko ni n g .
 1 89

S uch w o uld be the ca se i n the open sea : but the effect s

of s hallow pl aces n a rro w , sea s , a n d con t i n en t s , may ret a rd the
ti me by sev eral ho urs .

If th e globe of the ea r th w ere cov ered wi t h w a t er, the

eflect of the m oon w o uld be to con v er t t hi s obe i n to a p rol a t e
'

l
’

g
sph er oi d the pole of whi ch wo uld follow the moon s moti on
,
’

at a n i n t er v a l of a bou t 3 hou r s A n d the p rot ubera n ce of t hi s

.

spher oi d m a b e co n si d er ed a s co m po sed of two m en i sc u ses

y
or w a v es on e u n d er the m oo n or a t som e ho u rs a ft er
, a n d on e ,
'

on th e opposi t e si d e of th e ea r t h In l i k e man n er the su n .

,

wo u l d p rod u ce two such w a es ; a n d the joi n t act i on of the two

v

l um i n a ri es w o ul d prod uce a spheroi d w hi ch al so m ay be cousi

dered a s com po un ded of two s uch wa v es A n d a ll pl a ces by .

thei r di u rn al rev ol uti on a re ca rri ed thro ugh both these ti d al

wa v es an d th u s hav e hi gh wa t er t w i ce i n 24 hou r s
, An d the .

hei gh t of hi gh wa t er wi ll v a ry a ccord i n g to the r el a t i v e po si t i on

of th e su n a n d moo n a n d w i ll o t h rou h a c cl e of m a n i t u d es
g , g y g
t wi ce a mon th At or n ea r n e w a n d full moon t here wi ll be
.
,

the h i gh est o r sp r i n g t id es ; a t or n ea r th e fi r st a n d t hi r d
quar t ers of the moo n wi ll be the lowest or n eap t i d es .

1 09 If w e su ppose i n a p rol a t e spheroi d o f sm all

.
,

ex cen t ri ci ty ( ) to r ep re sen t the a n gl e m a d e w i t h the a x i s by

j ,

li n e r d ra wn from th e cen t re to the su rfa ce we sha ll ha e

an
y , v

n ea rly
2
h cos
r a
¢ .
,

wher e a i s the m ea n ra di u s a n d h i s the el ev a t i on o f th p ol e

, e

of the s h er oi d abo v e i ts eq ua to r A n d i f the pol e of the

p .

1
7
s
ph er oi d h av e a d ecl i n at i on — 3 from the e
q ua tor of the
2

ear th ; an d i f 0 be the d i ffer en ce of the lon gi t u d es of a n y

place on the eq ua to r a n d of th i s pol e, ( t ha t i s, the ho ur a n l e
g
of the l u mi n a ry w hi ch i s on th e sa me meri di a n as the pole
th e spheroi d ) we ha v e
of , co s .

¢
h
r a h si n f
d co s f e i
a + 1)
5
h h
a sm 3 ’
m
s
5
. .
 1 90

In the c o urse of a di urn a l re v ol u ti on of the earth,

through a circu mfer en ce , bu t 3 re mai n s constan t;

k h
0 + s m 3 ’
18 the mea n v a ue l of r, an d ai n f ci
5 g
.

the l
e ev a ti on or d ep ressi o n of the f
s u r ace a bove
tha t i s, the t ide , in an
y t t
s a e, a t an
y m o m e

I n li ke man n er , i f h be the el ev a t i on of the pole of the

'

s phe roi d p rod uced by a not her l u mi n ary , 9 i ts h o u r a n gle

’

fro m the meri d i a n of the sa me pla ce, 3 i ts a n gul a r d i sta nce

’

fro m the pol e o f th e ea r th ,

3 co s
' ,
. 29

wi l l be the l
e e va t io n or dep ressi o n p rod uced by th
at the pla ce .

When t ri ci ty o f the two spheroi d s i s

the e x cen

as i s the ca se i n the t i d a l s phero i d s h e el e v a

( ) t ,

pres si o n result i n g fro m the joi n t acti on of the

wi ll be the s u m o f the sep a ra t e elev a t i o n s or d
t ha t i s i f QH be the whol e el eva ti on a bo v e the
,

H z h si n .
’
3 cos.

B u t, i n c n se o q u en ce o f th e re ta rdi n g ca use s j u st spo k en of,

the pol e pheroi d wi ll n o t be d i rectly u n d er the lu

o f ea ch s

mi n ary a s i t w o ul d be i n th e ca se of eq uili bri u m bu t will

, ,

follo w the l umi n ary ro u n d the ear t h a n d com e to th e me ,

ri di an a cer ta i n t i me aft er the t ra n si t of the l um i n a ry H en ce .

,

ca lli n A n d X the a n l es w h i ch d et er mi n e t he se t i mes t h

g a
g e ,

el ev a ti o n a t a n po i n t i n th e co m po u n d spher o i d i s
y

An d t hi s spheroi d r evol v i n g ro u n d the ear t h p rod uces , a fl ux

an d r efl u x a t each pl ace t wi ce i n 2 4 ho urs .

T he l
'
1 10 an es 9 a n d 9 o t hro u h a w hol e ci rcu m
.
g g g
feren ce i n a bo ut 24 h o u r s ; a n d by t h i s cha n e H t wi ce a t
g
 1 91

ta i n s i ts ma x i mu m and t wi ce
tha t t i me T he i ts m i n i m u m i n .

9 remai n s n ea rly co n st a n t for t hi s peri od : a n d

'
v a lu e of 0

the v a l ue of 9 for the m a x i m u m a n d m i n i m u m ( the h o u r s o f

'

hi gh a n d lo w w a t er ) w i ll be herea fter d et erm i n ed ( A r t . .

T he h ei ght of hi gh w a t er v a ri es w i t h the v a l u e
'
of 9 0 .

T h e h i ghes t h i gh w a t er i s w hen the pol e s of the two sph e roi d s

coi n ci d e .
( A r t .

In thi s ca se 9 9
'
h en ce 9
'
9 X — h ;

”
S 3) X)
' ' '

an d H ( i h si n 2 (9
fi
h s n . cos .

d i urn a l rev ol u ti o n 9
'
chan
g es th rou gh a ci rcu m
rea t es t a n d l ea st l
an d the
g v a ue s of
% H a r e w hen

' ,

9 an d 9

T he s u m of these is th e l
e ev a ti on of hi gh ab ov e lo w wa ter , or

the w h ol e ti d e ; an d i t i s h si n
' fl ’
d
’
h si n .
2
3 .

T he lo w est hi gh w a t er i s when th e poles of the two

s ph eroi d s a re d i st a n t by a
q u a d ra n t . In thi s ca se

'

(
'
9 9 cos . 2 ( —
0 7t ) co s . 2 9

S 3) X)
' ' '
H en ce H (h si n
F
h si n .
2
cos . 2 ( 9 .

T he w hol e ti de in t hi s ca se i s h sm .
2
3 '
h si n .
2
3 .

If w e ppose the l u mi n a ri es to be i n the equa tor or

su ,

n egl ect th e effect s of d ecli n a ti o n the p ropor t i o n of the grea t est ,

to the l ea st h ei gh t of hi gh w a t er i s h + h to h h ' '

.

T hi s i s the propor ti on of s
p i g t i d esr n to p n ea t id es . T i d es
'

of each kin d occur twi ce i n on e rev ol u t i on of 9 6 .

W e suppose 9 k h 3 to refer to , , , the s un , h

'
, h
’
, 3 ’
to

the moon H en ce h i s grea t er t ha n k

'
.
.
 1 99

1 11 . P a or . T he T im e ,
tbc T ide at ea ch p la ce w itl be detef mi u ed by
-

T he w hol e t erres t ri a l t i d e w hi ch wo ul d e x i t s

w e re en t i rely co v e red by w a te r w o u l d p rese n t n ,

ci rc u ms ta n ces a t all pl a ce B u t the fo rm ti on s . a

re ui res a v e ry l a rge po r t i o n o f the ea rt h s

’

q
am ple 90 o f lon gi t ud e ) to be open sea A
°
.
, ,

w hi ch ex i t i n n a rro wer sea

s a s the A tl a n ti c an d s,

sea s , a re d eri v a t i v e t i d e w h i ch flo w from the s,

i n the o u t hern sea s

s When the ti d e t hu s en ters
.

i t i s mod i fi ed by the fo rm o f the sho res

cha n n el an d t a k e s co n s i d era ble an d va ri o u s
,

r ea chi n d ifl eren t poi n t s T h en era l t i d e

'

e
g g .

ea s t to wes t b u t the A tl an ti c t i d e t u rn
,

tra v el s fro m so ut h to n or t h ; so t ha t i t i s
the sa me mo men t s of a b sol u t e ti me o n
a n d B ra z i l of S pa i n a n d N e w Yo rk
, A .

n ort h the t i de t u rn s eas twa r d t hro ugh the

,

a n d i s 7 ho u rs i n t ra v ell i n f ro m B res t to D
g
w a v e o f t hi s t i d e t ra v el s n orth ward on bot h si d es
a n d so rea che the N o r t h Sea s .

A l so , two t id es . may r ea ch the sa m e pla ce by d i fferen t

co u rses . T hu s , the t i d e wa v e w hi ch
t - en ers the E n gli sh C han ~

n el a t 4 o cloc k reach es the N or t h F o rela n d a t 1 2 ; b u t the

’
,

ti d e wa v e whi ch bra n ches off from t hi s on the west coa s t of

-

I rel an d bei ng i n a mo re ope n sea t ra el s fa ster reaches the

, , v ,

O rk ney s a t 9 o clock ; t hen t ur n i n g s o uth w a r d m ov es a lon g

’
,

th e eas t coa s t o f Scotl an d an d E ngl a n d so t ha t i t i s a t ,

P et erhea d i n Aberd ee n hi re a t 1 2 a n d i n 1 2 ho ur s mo re i t
s ,

r each es the N or t h Fo r elan d w here i t i s m et by the ti d e from ,

the so u t h of 1 2 ho u rs l a te r ori g i n
, .

In lik e m an ne r , the t id e
k es two ho u rs o n ly to wh i ch ta
s weep the wes ter n coa s t of I rela n d occupi es 6 or 7 ho urs ,

to pa ss the ea st coas t of the sa me i sl a n d thro ugh S t G eo rge s ,

'

C han n el ; an d the two ti d e s m ee t i n the n ei ghbou rhood of

the I sl e o f A n glesea .
 1 93

T he peeulia r ci rcu mstan ces ot ea ch place are re resen ted

’

p
in the fo rmula by the pa rti c ulu v al ues o f h an d X .

T h us i t a pp ear s by M r L ubbock
’
s ex a mi n a ti on of the
tid e observ a tio n s made a t the port o f Lo n don ( Co mpa n i on ,

to the Alman a c 1 830 p , t ha t for the L on don Dock s we

. .

h m "
mu st ha v e x 3 2 9 X= 1 X re fer ri n g to the moo n an d
,

A to the s u n An d h en ce the tw o ti d es wi l l coi n ci d e when the

.
,

di f eren ce of Ri ght Ascen si on s of the su n a n d moo n i s 2 hou rs

-

tha t i s a fter {3 of a mon t h or 2 } day s fro m sy zy gy H en ce

,
4
.
,

the g rea tes t ti d e w i ll be 2% d a y s a fter n e w a nd fu ll moo n .

I t a ppea rs by the obser v a ti on s at Bres t tha t the hi ghes t ,

ti de a rri v es a t tha t port v ery n ea rly a d ay a nd a ha lf a fter

the sy zy gy to w hi ch i t co rr espo nd s At t hi s ti me the d i ffere n ce .

n m
of th e t i me o f tra n si t s o f th e s u n an d moo n i s l 1s n ea rly .

"
T he sola r ti de i s 4 after the su n s tra n si t an d the l u na r
’

ti de i s s 9 after the mo on s tr an si t T hese coi n ci d e w hen

ll ” ’
.

b
the di s ta n ce o f the s u n a n d m oo n i s 1 i n ti me a n d we ,

then hav e the grea tes t ti de .

Pa o r In gen er a l the M ea n R eta r da ti on

. o
f the
Tide wi ll be equ a l to the M ean Reta r d a ti on of the M oon ’
s

B u t the lea s t R eta rd a ti on in a se mi lu n a ti on , wi ll be

-

when the Ti d es a re g r ea tes t, and v cei v er sfi .

T he moon c omes to the mer id i a n nea r ly 48 m i n u tes l a ter

ev er y d ay . T he ti d e i s i n t ermed i a t e bet wee n the
corn po un d

lun ar a n d sola r t i d e bu t n ea rer to the for mer a n d coi ncid en t

, ,

wi th i t bo t h a t ua d ra t u re a n d sy zy y ( Ar t H n i
q g e ce n . .
,

the course of a mon th the mean ti mes o f the tide wi ll be

,

re u l a ted by the m ea n m oti on of the m oon a n d the mean

g ,

reta r d a ti on of the ti d e w i ll he the sa me as t ha t o f the moo n .

om po u n d ti de is ea rl i er t ha n the l u n a r t i d e
S i nce the c

when the m oon i s go i n g fro m sy zy gy to q uad ra t u re a n d la ter ,

than the l una r t i de when the moo n i s goi n g fr om q ua d ra t u re

to sy zygy (Art 1 08 the ti d es before sy zy gy wi ll be la ter tha n
.

the mea n ti me a nd t hose a fter sy z gy soo n er t ha n the mean

, y
B n
 1 94

ti n . Hen cq the i n te rva ls of the tides

y yQ at s z are leu tha n
the mean i n terv als , an d a t q uad rs ttwes the a re gren ter T h
y e .

moon passes the meri d ian l a ter a n d la te r e v er y da y , the mean

reta rd a ti on bei n a bo u t 48 mi n u tes a d a , a n d the l u n a r ti d e
g y
bei n g al way s at the sa m e i n terv al a ft er e v ery t ran si t , w o ul d be
reta rded d ay but i n co n seq uen ce o f the
48 m i n utes ev er y
posi t ion of the sola r t ide wi t h the lun ar , the reta rda ti on i s l ea s t
a t sy zy i es, w hen the ti des are r e a t es t , a n d rea tes t a t sy z y i es
g g g g
when the ti d e s a re least T he reta r da ti on o f the ti des on tw o
.

successi v e da y s at sy zy i es i s 3 9 mi n u tes , a t qu ad ra t u res i t

g
i s 7 5 mi n ut es T hese n u mbers , which are gi v en by obse rv ati o n
.

at B res t, a re the M e whi ch res ult from t he or y ( Sy s t . .

d u Mon d e, p 27 8, an d hereafter A rt
. .

1 13 . P ac e mp a re the res u lts of t/teary

. To co a n d obser

v ati on wi th reg a rd to the T i me of H igh Wa ter .

We ha v e the ex press i on l
a r ea d y gi v en for the hei gh t of the

wa te r a t a n mo men t ( A r t
y , .

H z 1 0 + h si n .
’
3 cos . 2 ( 9

to find where the wa ter i s hi ghes t , d i fleren ti ate wi th

'

ard
g
re

9
to a n d suppose 7
36
1 ; ( the v a lu e bei n g really :

s ola r d ay 99

m
n ea r ly ) hen ce ,
50
,

dH o 0
I

A t the poi nt of ma xi mum thi s i s 0; t herefore, at the moment

of hi gh wa ter ,

si n . 2 (9
’
N) s1 n . 2 (0 A) .

It si n f d

an d 0
'
— 8 3 when ce 9 — X 0
=
’
-
x
'
 1 95

' '
X
'
si n 2 (0 A) c oi n 2 (0
.
- t
. n .

p)
(

c si n . 2 (9 '
X) cos . 2
¢ c cos . 2 (b ’ '
)t ) si n 2 ¢ , .

Su ppose the l A, X
d i fleren t kn own ; '

v a ues of e, we may assu me

v alu es of 0 t ha t i s, differen t ages of the moon ; an d hen ce

from the v alue of h we ha v e the v a l ues of
'
0 9 -

’
0 X, an d t hat i s the ho ur a ngl e of the moon correspon di ng
to hi gh wa t er .

T hu s at por t of L on don let

the , the moon pa ss the me
ri di a n at 1 o clock therefore 9 9
’
,
-
’
a lso ( Ar t .

h h m
A 3 N : 1 29 , w hen ce A X= an d

A nd ( as wi ll be hewn )
s

si n
°
80

m
.

X)
l
hen ce, tan 2 (9 .
:

when ce X) 9 20
° ’
37
“ n ea r l
y .

H en ce, 9
’
X my“ an d 0
’
I
ll
n ea r ly
, .

It a ppeared by observ a t i on th a t when the moon "

passed at l ,
"
the t i d e follo wed a t the i n t erv al of l ( Lu bbock , Com
pan i on to the A lman ac 1 830 p , . .

T he
g a reemen t of obser v ed wi th the cal cul a t ed ti mes
the ,

(ta k i n th e m a n of the observ ed ti mes for a con si d era bl e

g e

peri od , ) i s fou n d to be equ a lly ex act i n the ot her ca ses .

 1 96

T he followi n g i s the ta ble l

ca cu a ted l by mean s o f the
b
a ov e v alues

Lu bbock , p . 64 .

114 . P n or . To comp a r e the R eta r d a ti on of th e

at the ti mes of the M oon ’
s syz ygy an d qu a d r a tu r e .

We ha v e at h i gh w a t er , si n . 2 (9
'
A)
'
c si n . 2 (9 A) ,
, ' '
an d 9 — 9 9 — A= O

when ce si n . 2 (9 A c si n . 2 ( 0 A) ,

s n i . 2 (9 A) co s .

q
2 ) cos . 2 ( 9 A) i
c s n . 2 (9 A)

si n
9
. 2
¢
ta n 2.
( A)
c + cos . 2
¢
 1 97

when 0, 0 = A: an d if a he the semi di urn a l i n crease of

9
’
9, we sha ll ha v e at the n ex t t i de (p a, n ear ly , an d

ta n 2 ( 9 .
— A)
c + cos. 2 a

when ce , i f a be a s mall a re ( i t i s a bo u t we sh a ll ha v e
i
h
9 A n ea r ly 9 A I

h h

h
fo r , ne
gl ecti n
g the effec ts of d ecli n a t i on , o
h
;

H en ce ' a i s the a lt era ti on in the di st a n ce of the

h + h
pl a ce of hi h wa ter fro m
g tha t of the su n w h en (
p 0; an d ,

con v er ted i n to t i me , i s the se mi di ur n a l t

re a r d a t i on of the ti d e
upon th e su n .

W hen (i) 0 or a t s y zygy , the t i d es a re hi ghest , hen ce

,
h
the r et ard a ti on at tha t peri od is a
h +h
.
'

W hen (i)
g or a t
qu a d r a u r e, t the ti des a re s ma ll est, an d

here a l so by (3 )

ta n 2 (9 . A) 0, A) 77 ,

An d at the n ex t ti de (j) ,
s

; a n ear ly ; hen ce

si n . 2a
tan 2 (9
.
—A =
) c — c s 2a o .

a h
t
the re ar d a ti n o is a °

l c h
’
h

H en ce , the r e ar t d a t i on at s pri ng t i d es i s to tha t a t n ea p

ti d e s as h
'
— h to h +h
'
.

When
’
moon i s i n y zygy '
9 — 9 = O,
Co n . the s , ¢ =A -
A,
'
i
s n . 2 (A A)
tan 2 (9 . A) '
c co s .
(
2 A A)
 198

the hoor of hi gh wa ter when tha moo n i s in syzygy i s ca llcd

the asta btiehmen t of the p or t If e be thi s q uan ti ty , .

'
i
s n . 2 (A — A)
—w
( s A) —v
'
c + oos 2 A .
( -
A)

1 15 . Fa c e . T he two T ides on the s a me Da y w i ll be

u n equ a h ewcep t the S u n an d M oon be i a the E qu a m
T he ac ti o n of the moo n p rod uces the ti d al sph e
s un and

r oid . And the pro tu bera nce of thi s s pheroid ma y be cons id e r ed

as com posed o f tw o t id a l wa v es , on e follo wi n g th e moon a n d

the other opposi te to t hi s When the s un an d the moon a re

.

n ot i n the eq ua to r , o n e o f t hese m a be ca ll ed the n o rt hern

y
an d the other the so u t hern t i d a l wa v e An d all ces by .

thei r di ur nal rev ol uti on are ca rri ed t hrou gh bot h t ese ti d al

wav es , a n d t h u s ha v e hi gh wa ter t wi ce i n 2 4 ho u rs N ow, .

pla ces i n the n ort hern hemi sphere pa ss n ea rer to the pole of
the n o r t her n ti da l wa v e , an d pl aces i n the so u t he rn hem i s p here
n ear er to the pol e o f the so u t hern : a n d hen ce the ti d es are

a l tern a tely rea ter an d l es s T h rea t er t i d e, when th e moon

g e
g .

has N declin a ti o n. the la ti t ud e bei n g N , will be the s uperi o r

tid e, or tha t a t the t hi rd l u n a r ho u r : when the moon s d ecli n a
’

ti on beco mes S , this wi ll be the sma ller ti d e, (a n d vice v ersa fior

S la ti t ud e ) A n d the grea tes t di ffer en ce of the s u peri o r an d
.

i n fer i or t i de wi ll be a t the sol s ti ces, b eca u se then the pol es of

the ti d a l sphe roi d a re mo s t obli q ue to th e eq uator : an d sti ll
mor e i f the amen di n g n od e o f th e m oon be i n the begi n ni n g of
A ri es , by w hi ch t hi s obli qui ty wi ll be further i n crea sed .

these la ti t udes i n wi n t er the morn i ng ti de i s

T hu s i n ,

la rger than the ev en in g ti de an d i n s ummer the ev en i ng tid e

,

i s la rger t ha n the m orn i n g ti de T he di fl eren ce i s about 1 tha t

' '

a t P lymo u t h a n d 1 5 i n ches a t B ri s tol a cco rd i n to N ew ton

g , .

A lso at B res t to La pla ce ( Sy st d u m

a cc r o di n g
i n th e sy zy gi es w hi ch occur a bou t the s ummer sol s ti ce the
m .

ti tles of the mor n i n g of th e fi rst a n d secon d d ay a fter the

sy zy y are s ma l ler t h an the ev en i n tid by b t 7 i n ches ;
g g e a o u
an d r ea t e r by a bo u t the sa m e t i ty i t h y y i at
g q u a n n e s z
g es
 1 99

the wi n tcr aolsti ce . In li lte man n er, i n fl re q ua d ra ta res at the

c

a utu mnal q
e u i n ox , ( w hen the s u n i s i n the e ua tc r bu t th e
q
mc w w t d i tb tbe mw nhtg tidea cf tbe first a nd secon d da y s
after the u ad n tu e ex ceed tho se of the ev eni n b bo ut
q r g y a

5 i nches, an d fa ll short of them by a bo u t the sa me qu a n ti ty

i n the q uad rat u res o f the v ern al eq ui n ox .

La place ha s treated the problem of the tid es i n a ma n

1 16 .

ner di ffer en t from t ha t a bove ex plai n ed H e con sid er s the t ides .

as u n d ula ti on s w hic h are ex ci ted an d ma i n ta i n ed in th e flui d b

y
the forces of the s u n an d mo on , an d w hi ch ha v e pe ri od s o f the
sam e d u ra ti m as the peri od s of the i n ten si ti es of these forces .

T he ti d e whi ch occurs t wi ce i n 24 ho urs i s the fi rs t of the .

resu lti n u n d ula ti on s the peri od bei n h a lf a d a T he second

g g , y .

ki n d of un d ula ti on i s on e of whi ch the peri od i s a day and ,

thi s combi n ed wi t h the p recedi n g ki n d ca uses the i n eq ual i ty of

, ,

the two tid es on the soni c d a H e observ es t ha t the ma ni

y g .

t u de of the di urn a l ti de a t an y pl ace an d i ts i n fl uen ce on the ,

semid i u rn a l tid e wi ll depe nd en ti rely u pon the local

,

sta nces : the for mer ti d es ma be i n se n si bl e ; or t hey ma i m

y y
cr ea se so as e n ti rely to ren d er the la t ter i ns en si ble It a ppea rs .

by calcu la ti on t ha t the difl eren ce of the two ti des of the sa me ’

da y wi ll di sappea r if the de pth o f the ocea n be ev ery where the

some Agai n un de r pecu li ar cir cumstan ces the di fferen ce of
.
,

the two se midi u rn a l t i d es ma y i ts elf become th e t id e a s i n the ,

Lapla ce ders tha t Newton l cx ph nad on of th e di fi crcn t ma gn i md e ot

cm si
‘ ‘ ’

mc m ud u m mc u me da y h m cn m g m d cbsm es tha t we ma y lu m frcm

by stri ct ca lcu la ti on .
( yst d a
S . M ond e, p . I do not con cei vc the bj
o ecti on

thm mad e N ewton s vi e ws be well foun ded. Th a t whi ch ln ph ce sn b

'
to tc vi cw

sd mm fcr thcm is i n fs ct the u mc ru son in g un dcr a ditk rcn t form T he .

dlnm d pa i cd i c a u cu r of the fmcu wh i ch aa u

pon th e scq m i sta i n
co thi s,

thu tbc fiorm ct

’
equi li bri um w ich h
would pmd ucc a t i n tervals ct a day a
thcy
' ’

mq b ut at i n tervals of ha lf a da y di fleren t
’
the n An d whe tbcr wc con si d cr .

thn e lorccs u pm d n d n g d i um d un d uh ucm acm d i n g w la ws ot h yd mdyn a mi cs,

cr con cid cr tbc fin id u tm d i n g m the m tcs ot ufl i bri um whi ch m thm

m mc ci mums m ecs ot hi g h m d
‘

efl w n cn thc lcw wa tcr wfll be the

me
so . Lap lace sa y s, h
t at if Nw e ton
’
s ex pla n a ti on were the ri g ht one, the two
semi
 200

S u ppose two eq ua l ti d es to come by di i i e ren t o t

‘

r u es to the

hou rs ft er the moon s soo thin I f the moon , thi s south

’
8 a at
g .

i n g, was i n the eq u a tzor , the re wi ll a rri v e, ever

y si x fhou r s, e
q ua l
ti des, w hi ch w i ll
pply each other s lo w wa ter a nd ca u se the
su
’
,

w a t er to re ma i n wi thou t v i si ble ti d e for a w hol e da N o w le t

y .

the moon ha v e d ecli na t i o n ; then the ti d es w ill be a ltern a t ely

ri v e at port a ltern a tely two grea t er a nd two l ess tid es

the .

T he two grea t er ti d es wi ll pr od uce the h i ghes t w a te r a t the

i n termedi a te ti me ; be t w ee n o n e grea ter a nd the n ex t sma ll er
ti de the wa te r will be a t the m ean hei ght an d be tween the tw o ,

sma ll er ti de s the wa ter will be lo wes t T h u s i n 24 hou rs t here .

‘

wi ll n ot be two t id es but o n e ti d e ; a n d the grea tes t height ,

i f fo r N la t the moon ha v e N d cc will be a t 6 ho u r s or a t

. .

30 ( 6) ho u rs a fter the moo n s sou thi n g ; a nd wh en the

'
24
moon ha s S dec the l east hei ght wi ll occu r a t t ha t ti me
. .

S u ch phe nomen a occu r port of Ba tsha m i n T un a t the

q ui n i,n N la t 20 T h e tw o. ti d es
°
a ppear to c o m e by
the two cha n n el s whi ch r un on e fr om the C hi n a sea s be t ween ,

the C on t i ne n t and the i sl an d of L u con i a ; the other fro m the

In d ia n sea bet ween the Con ti n en t an d the i sla n d of B or n eo .

( N e w ton
) T he p hen
. o m en a are d esc r i be d by M r D a v e
a
i n the P hi l T ra n s Vol xl v p 67 7
. . . . . .

117 . P s or . T o fi n d the F or ce f
o the S un to d i s tur b
the f or m o
f the ocea n .

( N e w to n , B ook III . P rop . x xxvx .

)

se d
mi i urn al ti d es at Bres t s hou l d be v er y un equal in s y ly qu l
of ver n ear e a .

B u t the g
rea t d i sp ari t y of t ese h tid es w oul d occu r ly i f th gl b we
on e o e re an .

ti rely covere d wi t h wa ter, w h ereas i n fact th e ti d wh i h w

es h h e e
c e a ve er , ar

g
d eri v ati ve ti des from th e en eral ti e in th e sou ern seas, d e r th m od i fi ed by th i
tran smi ss ion alon g
th e w o le len t h
of th e A tlan ti c gh .

It appears i n the tex t th at th e v ery in s ta n ce i n whi ch Laplace shews t a t h

the di urn al ti d e m ay coi n pletely cover an d con cea l th e s emi i urn al ( t at at d h
d
Ba tshe m ) i s ed uced i n th e mos t con i plete an d sa ti sfactory mann er from New»
ton s mod e of treati n
’
g
th e m atter ; an d ewton i mself has so d e uced i t N h d .
 80 1

T he force the suh to dist u rb a n y parti cle o f the ocean

of c

will be exactly the same as the force of the sun to dis turb the
m ot i on of the moon taki n g acco un t of the difl eren t distan ce of
’

the distu rbed body from the earth s cen tre If q be the peri
’
.

odic t i m e of a body revolvi n g in a circle at the earth s s ur face '

by the force of gravity P bei n g the period of the earth abou t ,

the su n a n d g the force of gra vi ty we sha ll hav e for the dis

, ,

t a t hi n g force on any poin t ten din g to the cen tre of the earth , ,

;
8
as in A rt . 76 ; an d if m be the an gle m ade , by the radi u s
of the earth at the poi n t with the li n e joi n i ng th e ccn tr es mf ,

the earth an d s un 00 8 w is the di st u rbi n g force parallel

, .

to this latter li n e A t q uadratu res the former is the o nly

.

di stur bi n g fo rce an d ten ds to the ear th s cen tre fro m q uadca

,
’
: e

tu re to sy zy gy there is a force accele rati n g the m oti on of a

particle which revolves i n that direction : at syzygy there is ’

s
g
a force
ig acti n g fro m the cen tre . Hen ce the total di f

feren ce of the force at a poi n t un der the su n and at a poi n t

3 f
rom this will be
i t his is the force which distur bs
°
90 f , ; a nd

the form of the sp heroid .

If a be the radi u s of the earth r the distan ce

, of the s un

m
from the earth , an d
’
the force of the s un on the earth ,
r

R ‘
m r a
we have si n ce , F oe
" ” "
.

P r P ‘
9

3 Sma
an d the s u n s d i st urbi n g force
’
:
”
r

In like m an n er if r
'
be the distan ce of the °
moon from
'

the
' '
m 8m a
earth , an d the moon s attracti on , 18 the moon
’
s di s
r ,
3

turbi n g force .
 ”2

But we hav e F - ;
t P ? T

a 01 4 ? M a fi f e

7
’ ‘
f P P
H P b m rc d g i e tbe v d od t
y w qub ed
m on o cocoa
- u . a - sgss mfla - sgss x ssso fo a ,

P -
M x flt O x GO,

iz x ma ’
x sgss x m o
000002 5 feet, n a e rly
(M
,
t x fiO x fioy

d tbe prop rti on of ezi s m mom

‘

. n vit u i to
g y ,

Com ] . If we su
pp ose the sphecoi d by the
ccted on

solar dis tu rbi n g force to ass ume the form o f eq uilibr i u m , the
protuberan ce a t its pole will be determi n ed by the for m ula
of A r t 106. a nd we shall have
,

d is turbi n g force
3
b 1 5 ma
fx
-
16 1 0
.

a 4 gravity 4g : 3
-
P g

“
It bei n g the differen ce
the se mi axes o f the sph eroid A nd
of -
.

m s uppon the flu i d to ten d to the form of e ui libri um

q ,

the eleva tion of the o tu ber an ce wi ll still approx im ate

to the same q uan ti ty gen ce it appears that the s un would
.
,

prod uce a n elev ation of the water at the pole of the tidal
spheroid amou n ti ng to 2 feet n early
, .

Con .
2 . Hen ce , C bei n g a con stan t q uan tity we shall ,

mC "
have It
7 ’
an d in l i ke m an n er h =
'

5
1 and eq uation ( 1 )
a t A rt . us . becomes

11 c -
x) X)
 1 18 Pm fl fi d fi c fl mx a f flu fl m k m b
M fu m of fi e occa n .

( N e w s ox
-
, Doeh I II . Prop x xx vu .
)
T he force of the moon wi ll prod uce effects on the ocean
of the sam e k i n d as the effects of the force of the su n a nd the ,

proper ties) will be found fro m the proportion of the effects .

I t has been seen ( A rt that the h eig h ts of th e sprin g .

tid es an d of the n eap tides are i n the proportion of

to ls ls A ccord i n g to N ewton i n the river A von three
—
'
.
, ,

mi les below Bristol the whole ascen t of the water a t the ,

vern al an d au t umn al sy zygies is abo ut 4 5 feet ; at the quadra -

tu es i t i s s s feet
'
H en ce h + h
'
h h . 45 9 : 5 ,
-

At Plymou th
the mean ti de is 16 feet an d the excess ,

of the hei ht a t sy zygie s a bov e that a t d t i 7 8

g q ua r a ur es s or

feet Hen ce the greatest a nd least tide s m cbo ut i O and

.

12 , or — h :: when ce
which is not much difle rent from the former propor tion ’

N ewton adopts the former val u e , or c a

; 1
3 3
makes the effect of the moon 8§ ti mes as as that of
’

reat
g
the su n .

It i s d so thewn A rt 1 12 , d a ti oa
, of the .ti dc tbat the retu
at sy zygies an d quadratu res, is i n the pro porti on Is
'
Is to -

’
h +h N ow , i n tbs ta ble of the ti mes of hi gh wa ter a t
.

Lon don , p 1 96 , it appears that the great est retardation of the

.

tide is when the moon passes the me ridian at 8 hou rs ; for

then , while the moon is retarded 1 ho u r, the tide is retarded
1 hou r 26 min u tes Also, the l east re tardati on is when the
.

moon passes at 8 ho u rs ; for the n , wh i le the m oon is w ta rd ed

1 ho ur , the ti d e is re tarded 1 ho ur mi n u s 1 5 mi n u tes , or 4 5
mi n u tes . Hen ce we have by this observ ation
, , ,

' ' '

h + h h — h 96 45 a nd h h 181 4 1,

when ce c
 m

Neithe rof th above m ethods is very accura te B y ob

e -
.
i

ser v ati on s of the tide at Brest L aplace calc ulated the rati o , .

of the forces of the s un an d moon o n the ocean an d fo un d ,

C oh . greatest height of the solar tid e was fo un d

1 . T he
to be 2 feet n early ; an d if we s uppose the l u n ar tide to be
3 ti mes as great the w hole tide wi ll be abo u t 8 fee t ; which
, ,

modi fied by the cau ses already poi n ted ou t is s ufficien t to ,

prod uce the appearan ces which are observed .

C on . 2 . T he force of the m oon is 8 ti mes that of the

l
s un , and therefore of gravity . T his is too sm all to
4 2 89 4 00
be d etected by o bservation s on pen d ul um s . It on ly becom es
sen sible i n its effect on th e ocean .

w e have (Art .

’
m ”
Cm Cm 14 r
h c
" w ben ce c — l =
r
'
r h
'
m
' ‘
1

Also the Hori zon tal P arallax o f the

, the an gle s un a n d mo o n , or
which the earth s radi us su bten d s a t the
’
in versely '

l umin ary , is
as the dis tan ce Hen ce if II a n d H be the parallaxes
.
,
'
,

”
m H
m H "

It is fo un d that H 8 54, IT :
an d if we
Mr L ubbock s val u e of c ’
,

log . c an d we fin d

m 6 83 606
21
 205

1
T he mass of the earth is of that of the 81111
3 5 49 86
1
hen ce the , m ass of the m oo n 18 o f that of the earth ,
61 1

accordi n g to this m ethod of deter mi n i n g it .

B u t we ma y also deter mi n e the m ass of the moon by

kn ow i n g her peri od ic ti me : fo r by A rt 5 7 , i f e be the ma ss .

of the earth ,

M +8+ m
—
( moo n
s
s ( earth s 9
1
7 ,
r
’

Hen ce omittin g e , an d m
'
with respect to m,

An d i f

1 1
log .
9’ 5 24 52 we fin d g

m 8 3

which r ep rese n ts the mass of the moon as compared with the

earth .

T he moo n s mass , de term i n ed from L aplace ’

s observati on s
’

1
the t ides at Brest
W fro m the efl ects of precession
'

on , is

it appears to be

1 20 . Pane T he H eig ht of the T i d e i s qf ected by cha ng es

.

o
f the D ec li n a ti on a n d P a r alla w of the S u n a n d M con .

al ue of H as already given depen ds on si n 3 a nd

T he v
'
, , .
’

an d is less as each of these arcs 3 an d 3 dev iates '

from a q u adran t T his is the res ult of theory for the gen eral
.

tide ; a n d it is fo un d that th e tides a t partic ular places exhibi t

i n some degree the efl ect of thi s con di tion
'

effects o f the sun and moon depen d u pon thei r di s

T he o

tances ; a nd the s maller the distan ce the greater is the eflect o

'

an d this i n the proportion of the i n v erse cubes f the distan ce o ,

 906
'

as bas a lr ead y been see n . T hi s i s the sa me as tbe di rect

proportion their paralla xes their apparen t diameters
'

of or of

“
, .

R eu cc, io win ter whe n the s un is i n peri gee his

, ,

is grea test ; a n d hen ce the tides are then somewhat gre ater i n
,

sy zygy an d less i n quadrature tha n they are in sum mer In

, , .

li ke ma n n er the m oon at the pa rt of ber l un ation when she is

,

or

later when she is i n apogee Hen ce the greatest ti de s of a ll

.
, ,

which arise from the sy zygy of the s un an d moon both i n

perigee can n ot occu r at two su ccessive syzygies
, .

1 21 . P s or . T o fin d the F i g u r e o
f the Moon .

( N s w r o u , Book I I I . P rop . x x x v ru .
)
If the body of the moon be fluid like our ocean the , ,

a ttraction of the earth will prod uce u pon it efl ects si mi lar '

to those which the moon prod u ces u pon the earth tha t is : ,

it will for m it i n to a prolate spheroid of which the axis ,

will be t urn ed to the earth And the fo rce by which the .

earth th us affec ts the m oon will be to the force by whi ch ,

the moon affects the ocean as the earth s a t traction to the ’

,

m oon s attrac tion an d as the m oon s radi u s to the earth s

’ ’ ’
,

radi u s join tly : that is as the earth s m ass x m oon s diameter

,
’ ’

1
to the moon
’
s m ass x earth s di ameter
’
. T ak i n g for the
1 00
proportion of the moon to the earth , a nd for the pro
portion of the diameters we have ,

earth s
’
force on moon 75 x 1 00
30 5
moon s force on ea rth
’
865

No w , the m oo nprod u ces on the ear th an ele v ati on of about

6 feet : hen ce the ear th wo uld prod u ce i n the moon an ele
,

vation o f the s u rface of abo u t 1 23 feet : an d the di ame ter

of the moon which is directed towards th e earth will be gr eater

tha n the diameters perpe n dicu lar to th i s by 24 6 feet T his .

,

therefore is the form of eq uilibri u m o f the moon a nd tha t

, ,
 207

w hich she m u st fr om the first have had a con stan t ten den cy
to assu me till it was atta i n ed
,
.

Con . It is a con sequ en ce of this spheroidal for m of the

moon that the same face is always t u rn ed to the earth ; for i f
,

the moon were i n a n y other po sition there wo uld be a te n den cy

,

to retu rn to this position a n d she wo ul d ret u r n to it pass it

, , ,

an d o scillate abo u t it till i t was attai n ed B ut the forces .

wh i ch p rod uce this oscillation bei ng s mall the oscillation s ,

mu s t be very slow ; an d hen ce wh en the u n equ al an g ular

,

motion of the m oon abo u t the earth combin ed with her ,

equ able an gu l ar moti on abo ut h er ax i s ca u ses her fa c e to be

,

tun ed somewhat a way fr om i ts mea n positio n the force is ,

not stron g eno ugh to dr a w the pole of the sph er oi d i n to th e

di recti on of the ea rth i mm edi a tely T he fa ce of the m oon i s

.

con s tan tl turn ed v er y n ea rly toward s tha t focu s of he r s lli

y p
ti cal orbi t i n w hich the ea rth i s n ot ; for the an gula r v el oci ty
,

of a bod y rev ol vi n g i n an ellipse about a force i n one focu s ,

i s v ery nea rly u ni form a bout the other foc us .

H en ce a ri ses the Li brati on of the in Longi tud e,

(N e wton , moi : I I I Prop
. . x vn .
)
 CH A P . VI .

G R A V I T A I I O hl.
‘ ‘
U N IV E R S A L

1 22 . the precedin g ch a pters we have ass umed the

IN
ex i sten ce of forces varyi n g accordi n g t o some ma the mati cal
fun c tion of the dis tan ces fro m the poi n ts to whi ch they tend ;
a n d have ded uced the properties of the motio n of bodi es
“

acted o n by s uch forces In the last chapter but one we ha v e

.
'

s upposed several bodies to act upon each other upon the sani e
assumpti on an d have calc ulated thei r motion s We have also
, .
,

in ill u s tration o f this i n ves tigati on ass um ed that s u ch action s

,

take pla ce between the earth the s un a n d the moon an d have

, ,

th u s calc ulated the pert u rbation s of the moon s elli ptical mo ’

tion which wo uld take place F i n ally i n the last chapter we

.
,

ha ve ass umed the separate parts of the globe of the earth ,

a n d of the m oon to exercise the sa me k in d of action an d

, ,

have determi n ed u pon this s upposition the leadi n g circ um

, ,

stan ces i n the eq uilibrated form o f the solid masses an d i n ,

the motion s of their fluid coveri n g .

Man y of the calc ulated res ults agree i n a very re markable

man n er with the phen o men a of the earth a n d heaven s a n d ,

th u s give a gr eat degree of probabili ty to the ass umed laws

o f action . B ut the eviden ce of the tr u th of thes e laws ac q u ires
a fa r higher ki n d of probability whe n the laws u pon which the
,

observed phen om en a m u st depen d are exami n ed accord i n g to

,

the order of their gen erality : the mode of action of di fferen t

parts of the syste m i n partic ular bei n g first con sidered a n d the ,

laws th u s sepa rately i n ferred bei n g a fterwards co mpared wi th

each other It is then fo un d that all thes e laws are bu t par
.

ti cu la r cases o f on e gen eral law that n ot on ly all the di fferen t

 20 9

ba lie s in difieren t pa rts of th e u n i v erse ex er t the same ki n d of

for ce on each other , but that ev ery pnr ti cle of each body also
exer ts the same kin d o f force ; an d that all the partic ular modes
of actio n w hich were be fore vie wed as disti n ct are on ly man i
, , a

festa ti on s o f on e gen eral mode o f actio n which prevai ls u n iver ,

sally i n every poi n t of the m ater ial u n iverse T his tru th .

,

i n com parably the most comprehe n si ve elev ated a nd fertile i n , ,

con seq uen ces o f an y discovery e v er made i n the k n owledge

,

of exter n al n a tu re was grad ually more an d more clearly ap

,

preh en ded an d a t last fu lly es tablished by N ewton abou t the

, ,

years 1682 an d 8 We shall poi n t out the mann er i n w hich

.

the d ifieren t phen o men a of the solar system lead u s thro ugh
'

a series of steps to this gen eral doc tri n e .

1 23 . P a or . The P ri ma r y P la n ets ( M e rc u ry Ven u s , ,

E ar th , Mo re Jup i ter S a tu m
, , , U r a n u s ) r evolve a bo ut the
S u n i n v i r tue of F or ces w h i ch ten d to the S a n a n d a r e ,

i n v ersely a s tbs s qu a r es of thei r d i s ta n ces fr om the cen tr e .

T hat plan ets an d the ear th in the order i n which

th e ,

they are above en u merated revolve abo ut the s un i n orbits ,

n early circ ular is a doctri n e established by Copern ic us a n d

,

hi s s uccessors in philosophy a n d capable o f bei n g proved ,

by i n con trovertible reason i n gs .

A ttempts have bee made to explain the motion s of the

n

heaven ly bodies by mean s of material con n ection s bet ween th em

and the cen tres abou t which they move : s uc h pieces of ma

chi nery were someti mes s u pposed to be tran sparen t an d solid ,

an d were the n con ceived as crys ta llin e sp heres or they were
, ,

asserted to be fluid an d to revolve like a whirl of water or

,

ai r
, a n d were the n called c or ti ces All these attempts w ere .

fou n d to be q ui te i n ad eq uate to acco un t for the mov emen ts

of the stars s uch as they are observed ; a nd the existen ce of

such a fram e work of the heaven s bei n g also u tterl

-
y un su
p .

ported by a ny evide n ce of the se n ses there is no longer ,

a si n gle te n able argu men t fo r i t .

We are l eft ther efore to the rem ain in g s upposi tion that ,

the hea v en ly bodies rev olve i n a space which i s empty or ,

D n
 21 0

nearly empty of i n ert m atter : a n d th at thei r mov e men ts are

regu lated n o t by material agen ts with which they are i n
,

contact but by the for ces of bodi es acti n g upon them at

,

a di stan ce T hey mu st the refore be go vern ed by the la ws of

.

m otion established i n the previo u s part o f this work ; an d the

proposi tion s already demon strated con cern i n g the e ffects of
forces w i ll app ly to them .

a plan et wer e acted upon by n o for ce it wo u ld

If ,

go on un i formly i n a s traight li n e Hen c e a plan et m ov i n g .

i n its c urvili n ear path mu st be perpet ually defl ected fro m the
,

tan gen t by so me force ten di n g toward s the si de on which

the path is con cave .

T he plane ts move abo u t the s un n early i n ci rcles an d ,

n early u n iformly ; an d there fore they d escribe abo u t the s un

areas which a re either n early or exac tly propor ti on al to the

ti mes T here fore ( I n trod Prop
. the forces by which . .

they are acted u po n defl ected fro m the ta n ge n ts of their pa ths

, ,

an d com lled to describe their orbi ts te n d ei ther exac tly or

p
.

v ery n early to the su n .

be s upposed that the forces te n d ex ac tly to the

L et i t
s un, the s mall error i f there be an y n ot bei n g taken i n to the
, ,

accoun t at this stage of the i n vesti gatio n We hav e then a .

n u mber of bodies revolvi n i n circles abo u t the sa me cen tre

g
a n d the var iation of the force which ac ts u pon these bodies

at di fferen t distan ces from the cen tre may be ascertain ed ,

k n owi ng their per iodic ti mes a n d distan ces fro m the sun ,

by mean s of Prop 4 Cor 7 of the I n trod uction

. . . . .

It was di scovered by K epler a n d is called his thi rd La w , ,

that the sq uares of the periodic ti mes are as the c u bes of

the mean dis tan ces from the su n F rom this it follo ws .
,

I n trod Prop 4 Cor 6 that the forces are i n versely as the

. . . .
,

sq uares of the distan ces from the cen tre .

order to see how n early th i s law of force agrees wi th

In
the phen o men a we have given the follo wi n g T able T h e first
, .

col umn con ta i n s the period o f the planet i n terrestrial days ,

the fo urth col u mn con tai n s the plan et s dis tan ce from the su n
’

( th e m ea n d ista n ce or ,se m iaxis o f the orbit the orbit b ei n

g ,

a n ellip se) th e di s tan c e o f th e earth b ei n g 1 0 T hese n u mber s .

ar e ta ke n from L ap la ce Sy st eme d u M on de p 1 2 2
, , . .

L et Pbe the period a n d R the mean dist an ce ; then i f

,

the force vary i n ver sely a s R we sh all h a ve P o R : a t

‘ ‘ 3
c

“
,

P ckR H en ce 2 log P 3 log R log k

3
.
, . When c e i t
. . .

a ppear s th a t on the s upposition of the tr u th of the law ,

2 log P . 3 10 g R o u ght to be con stan t

. .

T hesecon d col u mn of the T able co n tai n s log P the third .

,

2 log P the fifth log R the sixt h 3 log R

.
, .
, the seven th con .

tai n s 2 log P 3 10 g R ob ta i n ed by t a ki n g th e di fferen ce of

. .
,

the n u mber s i n the fou rt h a n d seven t h col u mn s .

It appears that fo r each of the pl an et s thi s d i fferen ce i s

very n early the lo garith m correspondi n g to the n u mber
 21 3

deviation of ratio from an other on ly

on e

the whole : a n d this deviation may pm

i n acc u racies i n the observation
e orbits to the motion of the ,

the co m mon cen tre of gravity of itself a n d the

of abo u t the cen tre of the su n ; an d to the
rba ti on s o f the plan et

aw of force above men tion ed is the tr ue la w

of force i n thi s case con sideri n g the orbi ts as ci r cles
, .

orbits however are n ot exactly circles n or are the

T he ,

m o tion s of the plan ets exa c tly u n i for m It was discov ered .

by Keple r a n d is called his fi rs t La w that the orbit of Mars

k
,

i s an e llip s e havi n g the sun i n the foc us ; a no ther discovery of

Keple r his s econ d La w i s th a t the motion of the plan et at
, ,

i ts per iheli on is more rapid tha n th e m otion at the aphel i o n ,

i n s uch a proportio n that the area described abo u t the s u n at

the two places are eq u al T hi s i n fere n ce was afterw ards ex
.

tend ed to other parts of the orbit of this pla n et an d to the ,

orbits of th e other plan ets .

th e seco n d L a w i t follows ,
I n trod P rop 2 that the . .
,

i n their orbi ts by forces ten di ng to the

firs t La w i t follows by P rop 1 1 that the , .
,

force at differe n t distan ces in the s a me or bi t va ries i n versely

as th e squa re of the d i sta n ce .

law of v a riation of the force i n d gfier en t or bi ts ’ '

them to be ellip s es a n d n o t circles also follows ,

third L a w of Kepler by P rop 1 5 F or the m ea n ,

. .

s the sa m e thi n g with the se miaxis

major of the elliptical orbit a n d the sq u ares f these se mi
, o

axes i n s uch orbi ts whe n the force varies i n versely as the

, ,

sq u are of the d ista n ce are by the P roposition ju st q uoted

, , ,

as the c ubes of the periodic ti m es .

law o f force deviated at all fro m the i n verse sq uare

If the
of the dista n ce the an gle be twee n the apsides wo uld be di f
,

fere n t fro m by A rt 5 3 Now it is fo un d th a t th m otio n

. . e
 21 4

of the perihelia o f the plan ets is very slow , an d t her efore the
deviatio n from the law of the i n verse sq uare is either n on e at
all or very small .

T h us
the sec ular sidereal motion of the perihelion of the
" "
earth s orbit is 3 64 6 ce n tigrade T his is i n on e year 3 6
‘

, .

n early Hen ce the an gle between two s u ccessive perihelia

.

is i n stead o f tOO : or i n A rt 5 3 G : F 1 . . .

He nce it appears that the i n dex of the force i n the case of ,

di fieren t dista n ces i n the earth s orbi t does no t differ by more

' ’

tha n 0000000000 18 from the n u mber 2

,
.

Hen ce it appears that both i n the orbits of di fierml t plan ets '

a n d i n d i fleren t parts of the sa me orbit bodies are ac tuated

'

by a force ten di n g to the sun an d varyi n g i n versely as the

sq uare of the distan ces ; a n d there fore i n all parts of the solar
.

system we ma y co n ceiv e s uch a force to be di ffused an d to

,

act u pon the p ri ma ry pla n ets A n d we ma y ccmsi d er the .

P roposi tio n above en u n ciated as established by i n d uc tion ,

from the partic ul ar i ns tan ces It is Prop 22 Book I I I of the

. .
, -
.

P ri n cipia .

1 25 . T his
law was th us es tablished by i n d uctio n from
the plan ets more an cie n tly k n own be fore the discovery of ,

U ran u s B u t this n e w disco vered plan et as a ppears from the

.
,

table agrees wi th the law as exac tly as the o thers In like

, .

m a n n er the s mall pla n ets still more recen tly discovered Ceres , ,

J un o P allas a n d V esta the orbits o f which lie betwee n those of

, ,

Mars a n d of J u pi ter also agree with the law T hese plan ets
,
.
,

besides di fferi n g fro m the others i n bei n g m uch s maller d iffer ,

also i n havi n g their orbi ts m uch more excen tric a n d more

i n cli n ed to the ecliptic than the larger on es ; b u t the ratio
o
" “
f P to R deviates fro m the mean little more or n o t a t all ,

more tha n the others as appears by the followi n g table

, ,
 21 6

notes a bou t thei r resp ecti ve Pri ma ri es i n v irtue of F or ces

w hi ch ta d to the Pri ma ry a n d a re i n ea ch ca s e i n v er sely
,

a s th e d i sta nces m cen tre of the Pri ma ry

f r o the .

(a o n, Book I I I Prop
. .

T he Satelli tes revolve ro un d thei r pri mari es i n orbits

which are n early circles the cen tre of the pri mary bei n g the
,

cen tre A n d the v eri fication of the law o f force h ere asserted
.

m ust he co n d ucted i n exactly the same m an n er as was don e

fo r the pri mary pla n ets revolv i n g abo u t the s u n i n the last
,

A rticle T he followi n g T ables exh i bit the calc ulati o n

. .

T he dev i atio n from the m ean i n the case of the third

satelli te of Satu rn is so great that we are led to s uppose that
i ts dista n ce fro m S at u r n has been erron eo usly assign ed T he
.

exact deter min ation of the el o ngation s o f the sa telli tes o f

J upiter a n d Sa tu rn fro m their pri maries by observa tion is , _

object which has n o t as yet engaged m uch of the a t

, ,

te n ti o n o f modern astron omers .

 21 8

ear approx i mation

T he n
.
o f the res ulti n g d if eren ce s to
eq ualit i n each case proves the tr u th of the law
y .

U ran u s satelli te s at presen t discovered b u t the

has i
s x ,

di fi culty of observin g the m has preve n ted astrono m ers hitherto

fio m obtain i n g data s u fficien t for the veri ficati on o f K epler s
’

fil ird la w i n thi s i n sta n ce T heir g reatest elongation s from

.

th e pla n et have bee n observ ed a d the d u ration o f their , n

revol ution s h a s been calcu lated by a s s u mi n g the tr ut h o f the

law In the case of the secon d a n d fo u rth satellite how ever
.
,

which are the best k n ow n these calc u lation s are con fir me d
,

1 27 . Pn o r . The S a telli tw o
f Ju p i ter an d S a tu rn ar e
bttr a cted by the S u n w i th Accele r a ti n g F or ces w h ich a r e the
ca me , at the me di sta n ces , th s oe by w h i ch th ei r PH
sa ‘’
l
ma r i es a r e a ttr a cted by the S u n .

a body P revolve i n a ci rble ro un d a body T an d both

If ,

be eq ually attracted by a di s tan t body S it ha appeared , s ,

(A rt . that P s motio n abo nt T wi

’
ll be alter n ately a c

celer a ted an d retarded eq ually i n oppos ite portio n s of its

orbi t s bu t that T will sti ll be the ce n tre of the orbit
, .

B ut i f whi le T is attracted by S P be n o t a ttracted or be

’

, , ,

or more attracted than T P will no lon ger be eq ually ,

accelerated an d reta rded i n opposite portio n s o f the orbit bu t ,

will be more or less afl ected i n on e portion of i ts orbi t whi ch

'

is to wards S t han i n the opposite on e which i s fro m S ; an d

the opposite portio ns will no lon ger be e qually d i stan t from T ,

or T will n o lo n ger be i n the ce n tre of the orbit An d if the .

certain
P wi ll n o l on ger revolve abo u t T at all bu t wi ll be ,

towar ds S i f the attractio n be greater on P or will ,

fro m S if the action be less an d will describe a path ,

do es n ot respect T as a cen tre of revol u tion .

that the satellites of J u piter an d

S atu rn revolve i n orbi ts which have th e pri maries for thei r
centres exa ctly or v ery n ea rly An d it does n ot appear tha t .
 91 9

the mod oas oi the n teli i tes are afiected by inoquali ti es

any

whi ch are of difl eren t am ou n t o n the si de

'

n ex t the r un , and on
the o pposi te side T here fore the sa telli tes are n o t acted on by
.

s un which i s at equal , ,

perceptibly differe n t from the accelerati ng force by

w h i ch the primarie s ten d t s the ru n o .

1 28 . P a or . T he Moon it a tt ar cted by the S am with an

W ag F orce w hic h in the s o me , a t the m m di ctu m .

T hi s
appea rs by the same reason i ng as tha t which l. mu
ployed i n the la t proposi ti on ; but the truth of the proposi tion
can i n this cm be shew n more i n detail th an i n t hat because .

we ca n observe the i n eq u alities of the mo n s motio n wi th t

m
’
o

exact ness T h e V ariation a n d especially the motio n

.
, s e

Maon s Nodes shew the actio n of the su n upon her And i t is

‘
, .

foun d that these an d other i n eq ualities are the sa me both as ,

to th eir la ws an d their q uan tities a s those which were cal ,

culated i n S ection s 2 a n d 3 of Cha u po n the s uppositi on

p rv . .
,

that the su n s force to di st urb the rela tive motion of the moon
'

roun d the earth depen ds en ti rely upon the d ifleren t magn itude ‘

an d direction of the dista n ces of the moo n a n d the earth from

Va r i a ti on was col

t ud e , dan con se u e n tly to va n ish at sy zygy

q
an d thi s i n eq uality i s found to depen d upo n the ta n gen tial dis
tur bi ns force an d the for ce is than ohm s w “ pi -b a t a un

dr a tu re ; when ce it a ears that at q uadre c hw n th in oo

p
e n
an d earth are eq ually p
e ,

i sta n t fro m the s un t e attractio n of the ,

su n upon them is eq ual In li k e mann er the bi s ecti on agrees

.

wi th the i neq ual i ty arisi ng fro m the d iflefl n t ra te of v ari wti o n

o? the radial force when the perin i s i n quad rat ure an d i n
s zy y ; an d si milarly the ot he r i n eq uali ties of the moon s
‘

y g
 9 90

T herelom the ea rth a nd the moon are , a t e ua l

q di s ta n m
e cfi ll
q y attrac ted by the sun .

1 99 . Paor . T he F orce by wh i ch the Moon is reta i n ed

( N E WT O N , Book I I I Pro p
. .

T he moon s apparen t moti on is fo un d by a bu t v ation to

’
-

vary as the squ are of her w aran t d ia m eter : that is the r

,

an gle described abo u t the earth i n a given ti me varies as the

sq uare of the distan ce Hen ce the area described i n a given
.

ti me is con s ta n t a n d the force by W eb the moon is retai n ed

,

i n her or bi t ten ds to the earth by Pr op 2 I n trod

, . . .

T he moon s perigee is fo un d by observation to be e rly

’
n a

fixed, a n d therefore by A r t the force v ar i es n early

. as the
i nv erse square of the distan ce T he motion . peri gee i n
of the
m h rev ol u tion of the moo n i s on ly abo u t an d it appears

from this, by Art that the i n dex

. n
g to
which the force varies i n versely i s 25s ,
‘
. en oe from
the i ndex 2 arises fro m the action o f the sun (see A rt .

and m y here be n eglec ted .

1 30 . P ao r . T he For ce by w hi c h the Moon i s reta i n ed

in her orbit i s the sa me w i th the F orce of G r a vi ty w hich

( N e v/ r o w, Book I II . P rop .

)
xv .

Le t P be the moon s periodic ti me R the mean radi us

'
, of

her orbi t a the sem idiameter o f the earth

,
.

L e t the mb on r ev o lv e in a ci rc e roun l d the ear t h a t res t, at

a mea n d i stan e i n th e peri od P ; and let E be the ma so of

the e arth and dl of the m om l s R bein g tbe mean di s tan ee

when they revolv e a bou t the common cw tre o f g ravity, we ’

E
ha w. Q :
( A rt .
‘
Bu t i f the force o f

m vi t v ar i n v er fi y a s the sq um of the di sta n ce ’

at the
g y y
earth s s u rface we have ( I n trod P rop w Gu n
'

,
. . .
 921

Force by w hich P is retai ned at distan ce Q :

Force at earth s s urfa ce ’

s vr
’
Q Q “ sw‘R “ E
c
"
M
°

PM
s
P 8
a P a ’ E +

It appears fro m obser vatio n th at the moo n s mean ’

has for its val u e i n depe n den t of periodi cal chan ges 56 5 5
, ,
'

( M a c .Cal T o m I .p w hich gives fo r

. the cor
. r espo.n d
i n g d i sta nce of the moon R the value a x 60 4 A lso i t has , , .

appeare d ( p , that the valu e of E is M x

. Mo ve
over P 27 3 22 days
8
, x 24 x 60 x 60 m ods ; an d

a 3 985 x 59 80 feet n .

H en ce the force of grav ity at the earth s s urfa ce as ded uced ’

from the moon s motion Will be

’
.

41
2
x 8985 x 52 80
fee t n early
x 2 4 x 60 x 6o
.
”
) x .

the sen sible gra vity is di mi n ishe d by the cen tri fugal
B ut
force ari sin g from the earth s rotatio n
‘ At the eq u ator th is .

di mi n u tion is
53
the whole ( see p
£ Hen ce the sen
of , .

sible gravity will be feet A n d this is v ery n early the .

force o f terrestrial grav ity Hen ce the moon is retai n ed in .

her orbi t by the force of terres trial gravity di mi n ished in the ,

ratio of the i n verse sq uare o f the distan ce .

T hi s
is often expressed by sayin g that the moo n g r a v i ta tes
to th e earth .

ConWe may i n fer by an alogy that the satellites of

.

J upi ter Sat u rn a n d U ran u s g ra vi ta te to their respective

, ,

prim aries ( N E WT ON B oo k I II P rop v )

.
, . . .

131 . T he F or ce by w hi ch bod i w a r e ( attr a cted to

P aa r .

the E a rth a r i s es f r om for ces te n i n g to ea ch p ar t of th e mas s ,

d
a n d v a r yi n i er l th e q ua r e of the d i s ta n ce
.

g n v s e y as s
 li thi u rth bo n

u r lng i n ver sely as the

y
u lll ten d to the ce n tre

m the sen tra l poi n t , or the

W eis s .

la tter lt w ould be e very where W .“ to the ami n e .

tln the fa rmer suppusltle n

m ul (l he grantest at the en
tn ws rcls the pa les . on the latter the , of lati

he l east at the mus te r. and wo uld dimi ni sh i n proceedin g

tnw réls the pales .

w
h en; nea r the mus te r than th ey ar e in polar region s .

I mhtg n s
“
,n
; ’
a s s as s t
”
, o
s

l a t.
i n In
not
ss
’

s is
,
the are f the
o

By Sv a n berg a mensum i n Sweden

’
the are

let se
.
" '
3 1 se .3 tn lat 67 8 sa .
°
'
wi s

former arc ’
In the sa w the 2 50°

the wa s . a a . as bei n g i n m .

m ”mi ss,
"
i n the la tter . the am 1
°
sv
'
e
,
 293

an d the mea n le ng th o f a degree a:

f
eet,

the middle of the a re bei n g i n la t 66 20 10

.
° ' '

it a ppears that the for m of the earth agrees with

H en ce
the s uppo sition of a force ten di n g to each particle an d not ,

with the s upposition o f a for ce ten di n g to the ce n tral poin t .

A gai n , it is fo u n d t ha t m asses of matter do exert a force

of attracti on w hich ma u n der certai n circu ms tan ces be com
y ,

par ed wi th the attracti on of the earth .

T h us by as t ro n o mica l observ ati ons made on the mo u n tain

She halli en i n Scotlan d i n which a pl u mb li n e was u sed it
, ,

was fo un d that the di rection s of the pl u mb li n e on the n orth

an d so u th side of the mo u n tai n made a greater a n gl e than
they wo uld have don e i n co n seq uen ce of the rot un dity of
the ea rth if the mo u n tai n had n o t bee n there In each
, .

position the pl u mb li n e was draw n towards the mo un tai n .

A lso Mr Cave n dish fo u n d that when a rod with a leade n

was s uspe n ded by a very fin e thread an d
en d ,

other balls brou ght n ear those leaden balls so that their a t ,

tractio n m ight te n d to t u rn the rod hori zon tally the rod was ,

tu rn ed t hrough a m eas urable an gle the attractio n of the balls ,

th u s exerti n g a force s ufficien t to twi s t the thread .

T h us
it appears that ston e an d metals do exert a force
o f at tractio n and a
globe
, li ke th e earth co m posed of s u ch ,

m aterials wo uld by this force ca u se bodies to ten d to it

, .

A n d the res u lts of su ch a force wo uld i n all re spects resem a

b le those of the force which the earth exerts on the moon

a n d terrestrial bodi e s S u ch a force ten di ng to the par ts of
.

t h e earth is shew n to exist a n d explai n s the phe n o m en a ; it is

, ,

th erefore the ca u se o f those phen om en a .

Co n T h e force of attractio n of the earth may , by the

.

e x peri men ts j ust spoken of ( those o f M ask elyu e an d Caven dish)

b e compared with the force of attrac tio n of a mo u n tain , sup

p o s ed to be a k n o wn mass o f sto n e , or with the foroe of attrae

i
t on o f a give n m as s of lead .
 224

T he fo rce o f a tt ra c ti o n o f the ea r t h bei n g k n o wn a s com .

red wi t h t ha t o f a gi v en ma ss , i f w e s u ppo se the fort e of

p a
a tt ra ct i o n to be as the mas s o r q ua n t i ty o f ma tter of the ea rth ,

we can fin d the whol e q ua n ti ty o f ma tter of the ea r t h .

Kn o wi n g the q ua n t i ty of m a tt er an d the ma gn i tud e o f the

eart h , w e ca n fin d i ts den si ty , as co mpar ed wi th the d e n si ty of

k n o wn s ubs t a n ce
an
y .

T he d en si ty t h an d t herefore i ts qu a n ti ty of
o f the ea r ,

ma tt er was fo un d to be n early o f the sa me al u e by th e two

,
v

se t s of e x pe ri m e n t s a bo v e m en ti o n ed By the ca l cu l a ti on s of .

Dr H u tton fro m M as k elyn e s ex peri men ts the d en si ty was

’

by calcula ti on s fro m the ex peri men ts of Ca v en di sh i t

was 5 .

1 32 . Pnoe . T err es tr i a l B od ies a re a ttr ac te d by the

E a r th an d by ea ch other o
p p
r or ti on a lly to thei r Qu a n ti ti es

( N E WT O N , B ook I II P rop . . VI .
)
T he l
t i n g force i s as th e a tt racti on or p ress u re
a cce e ra

di r ectly a n d a s the qu an ti ty of ma tter i n v ersely by the t hi r d

, ,

La w of moti on H en ce th e a tt racti o n s of the ea r t h o n d if

.
,

fer en t bod i es are as the q uan ti t i es of ma tte r i f the acce l era ti ng ,

fo rce of gra v i ty on all bodi es be eq ua l .

All bod i es fa ll to ward the ea rt h wi th s

q
e ua l lo ci ti es ,
ve

m a ki n g a llo wan ce fo r the di ffere n t eff ct s o f e the r esi s ta n ce o f

the ai r .

T he ex peri men t be ma de mos t accu ra tely by mea n s of

ca n

pen d u l um ; s an d N e wt on perform ed i t i n a ma n n er wh i ch he

descr i bes as follo ws :

I took two bo x es of wood ro un d a n d eq u al I fi lled , .

the on e wi t h w ood a n d s u spen d ed a n

, e ual wei h t o f
q g g old
( or ot h e r m a t e ri al
) i n the ce n tre o f os ci lla ti o n of the o ther ,

a s n ea r ly as I co ul d T hese bo x es suspe nded by equal

.
,

t hread s ele ven feet lon g fo rmed two pen d ulums whi ch in
, , , ,

re a rd of w ei h t fi ur e d t h resi sta nce o f the a i r w

g g g , an e , ere ,

pe rfectly eq u al B ei n g pu t i n osci lla ti on n ea r ea ch other they

.
,
 225

s wu n
g to a n d fro i n ex act acco rd a n c e fo r a v ery lo n
g per i o d .

T herefore the q u a nti ty of ma tter i n the gol d w a to the q ua n s

t i ty of ma tter i n the w ood as th e mov i n g fo rce on th e gol d

, ,

to the mov i n g force on the wood ; t ha t i s a s the wei ght of th ,

e

on e to th e w ei h t o f the ot he r A nd o i n the res t I t ri ed

g . s .

t hi s i n the case of gol d si l v er l ead gl a ss san d sa lt w ood

, , , , , , ,

wa ter w h ea t
, A d i ffere nce i n th e q u a n t i ty o f m a tter whi ch
.

a mo u n t ed to a t ho u sa n d t h f the w hol e w o ul d be cl ea rly

o ,

detect ed i n th i s m a n n e r
”
.

Aga i n , from the e x per i men ts o f M as k ely n e a n d C a v en di s h ,

men ti o n ed i n Art 1 3 1 , i t a ppeare d t ha t th e m a s s o f the e arth,
.

obta i n ed by compa ri son o f i ts a tt ract i o n w i t h t ha t o f k n o wn

bod i es on each ot her a n d by s u pp os i n g th ei r a ttract i on pro
,

porti on al to thei r q u a n t i ty of m a tte r w a n early the sa me , s

w hen d ed u ced fro m d i fferen t bo d i es ; fro m the mo u n t a i n nd a

from th e lea d en b all s H en ce the s u pposi t i on tha t bod i es of

.
,

t hi s ki n d a ttra ct each ot her w i t h forces w hi ch a re proporti on al

to t hei r quan t i t i es of ma tte r w hen co m pa red w i th the ea r t h
,

an d w i th ea ch ot he r i s tr ue , .

1 33 . Fa n s . T h e p a r ts f
o th e E a r th a re a ttr a cted by
the S u n and the M oon .

It has bee n she w n t ha t a m ot i o n o f the se a , a

g r eei n
g i n

m os t o f i ts t t h ph
cir c u m s a n ces
t e e n o me n a o f
wi hthe t i d es,
wo uld re s ult fro m the joi n t a cti o n of the s u n a n d moo n u pon
the wa te rs o f the o cean We may t herefore a tt ri bu t e t ho se
.

phen o men a to tha t a cti on .

It has been l o t ha t a moti on o f the t er rest ria l

she wn a s

s pher e w h i ch would pr od u ce ph en o me n a r ese mbl i n g the pr e

cessi on of the eq uin ox es a n d of n u ta t i o n w o ul d r es ult fro m

, ,

the acti o n of the s u n an d moo n u po n the p rot u ber a n t men i sc us

by w hich the t erres t ri a l spheroi d ex ceed s the i n scri bed sphere .

T herefore we ma y i n fe r t ha t th ese phen omen a a re the result

134 . Fa c e . T h e P la n ets a ttr a ct ea ch other a n d the S u n .

T he pla n e t s p rod u ce i n e
qu a li ti es i n ea ch ot her
'
s moti on s,
whi ch fol lo w from the su pposi t io n of t hei r m ut ual a tt rac t i on

F r
 926

i n the sa me man ner as l the

su ppos iti o n o f the mut ua l a tt racti on of the ea r th ,

s un .

per i hel i a f a ll t h i r orb i t a d v an ce

T hus the o e s ,

of Ven u s w hi ch i s re t ro g ra d e , T he i n cl i n a t i on s o f .

to the ecl ipti c al so cha n ge : a n d t hei r n od es u po n

a re re t ro r ad e
g .

o u n t o f t hese pe rt u rba t ion s i

T he am s

P l an et ary T heo ry : a n d t h i s t heory p ,

pos i ti on t ha t the d i st u rbi n g pl a n et a tt ra ct s

the pl a n et d i s turbed gi v e a s res ult s cer t , , ,

the pl a n e ta ry mot i o n w hi ch a gr ee i n t hei r s

w i t h ob se r v a t i o n .

1 35 . Pa o r . If i n a s
ys tem o
f an
y n wmber
A , B, C , D, & c . ea ch bod y A a ttr a ct th e others B,
w i th a cceler a ti n g f orces w h i ch v a ry

o
f the d i s ta n ce , th e a ttr a cti ve p ow er s
of any two
a re as thei r q u a n ti ti e s o
f m a tte r .

( P r i n c . Boo k I .

ppo si ti o n the a cce l era ti n g for ces of A on

By su ,

& c a re equ a l when B

. C D 8 m a re a t eq ual, , , , .

from A In l i k e m an n er the accelera t i n g forces

.
,

A C D & c a re eq ua l a t eq ua l d i s ta n ces
, , , . N ow the .

power o f A i s to t ha t of B as ,

A ex e r ts on C i s to tha t which
‘

d is tan ce . B ut the a ttracti

an d t ha t w hi ch B e x er s t
ac ti on an

an d of A on B, a re i n v ersely as A a nd

an d A . Al so , the l
acce era ti n
g fo r ce of

po si ti on , q
e ua l to tha t of A on B; d
an

of B ,
ou C isq _
e u a1 to the acceler a ti n

H enCe, i t fbllotvs tha t

tha t ef B
'

C sA to B
‘

on a

of A i s tha t of B A to B
'

as .
 297

COR . 1 . H ence , i f i n the s y stem of the un i v er se i t be

fo un d t ha t the accele ra i n g t force e x er te d by ea c h bod y on

th e ot hers , i s i n v e rsely as the q

s u a re of the d is t an ce , an d

d oes not di ffer for di fferen t b od i es a tt ract ed , the a tt ract i v e

power o f ea ch bod y i s a s i ts
q ua n ti ty of m a tt e r .

C on T he q ua n ti ty o f ma tte r o f each a ttr act i n g bod y

. Q .

ma y hence be deter mi n ed , by d ete rm in i n g i ts a ttract i ng po we r

from i ts efiec ts o n o ther bod ie s A nd i f the q ua n ti ty of ma tte r .

of an
y
'
bod y t
a ttrac ti n g h u d e t erm i n ed be fo u n d to be th e
, s ,

sa me wha te v e r he the a tt racted bod y whi ch we co n si der thi s ,

i den t i ty i s a p roof t ha t the a tt ract i on whi ch t a k es pl ace be

t wee n the a tt ra cti n g a n d at trac ted bod y i s propo r ti on a l to ,

t hei r q u an t i t i es of m a tte r alon e a n d d oes n o t a ry w i t h a n y ,

v

peculi ar properti e o f the di ffer en t bodi es s .

If the mass tt ra cti n g body were fo und to be of a

of the a

d ifl eren t v al ue by ca l cula ti on s d ed uce d from difi er en t attrac ted

' '

bodi es the i n fe ren ce to be d ra wn wo ul d be t ha t the a t tracti o n

, .

whic h ta k es place be tween the d i fferen t bodi es does de pen d i n

so me mea s u re u pon so me pec ul i a r p rope r ty o f th e ma t ter o f

each a n d n o t u pon the u a n t i ty o f ma t ter al one

, q .

T hu s , i t has been u pposed by s ome a stron o mers tha t

s ,

the mass of J up i t e r a s d ed u ced fro m the per t u rb a t i o n s o f

,

1
Sa t u r n , 18 o f the m ass o f the S u n ; b ut fli a t the m as s
l O
of th e sa me pl an e t , as d ed u ced from th e per t ur ba t i on s of

J un o an d P a ll a s, i s a bou t
i dZ
' —
s
of t ha t o f th e S un . If t hi s

di fieren ce ho ul d be
onfi r med by u ra t e obs e r a t i o n s a n d
'

s c a cc v

ca l cu l a ti on s i t wo ul d follo w t ha t the a tt ra ct i v e po w er o f the

,

S u n a n d o f differ n t pla n et s i s n o t p ropo r ti o n al to t hei r qu a n

e

ti ties of ma tte r alon e B u t the a bove ma sse ca n n ot .

y et s as

be con si d ered a s d et er mi n ed wi t h u ffi ci e n t cer t a i n ty a n d ex s

ac tn ess to a u t ho ri ze a n su h o n cl u si o n
y c c .

1 36 All po rti on s of m a tte r s ma r t

P n or . a F or ce o f
Attr a cti on wh i ch i s a s th e Qu a n ti ty of M a tte r . a nd c a r i es

i n te n sely a s the squ a re of the di s ta n ce .

 228

T hi s i s the L a w of U m v s a su . G a a v rr a '
n ox .

It has ppea red t ha t the S u n a ttra ct s the pl an et s (Ar t 1 23 3

a , .

tha t th e pl a n ets a tt ract the sa t el li tes (A rt s 1 26 tha t the , .

,

S un a l so a tt ract s the sa tell i t es ( A rt s 1 2 7 t ha t the pla n ets

, .
,

a tt ra ct each ot he r A I t h s a ppear ed a l so th t h
( r t , a . a t e ,

S un a n d M oon a ttr act the d i fle ren t pa rts of the E a r th , ( A r t

'

a nd t ha t the porti on s o f t erres tri al ma tter a ttract each

ot her ( A rt
, A m u t ual a tt ra cti on is t hu s foun d to prev a il
.

a mon ll t he por t i on s of m a tt er bo th o th ar th a n d
g a n e e ,

i n all pa r t s o f th e u n i v er se so fa r a s w e h a ve the m ea n s by
, ,

obser v a ti on o r ex peri men t of t raci n g i ts M s We i n fer

, .
,

t here fore tha t i t obt ai n s u n i versa lly

, .

T he a tt racti onprev a il s bet wee n the l a rger po r ti on s

wh i ch
o f m a tter a rees e x actly wi t h t ha t w h i ch w o u l d r es u lt fro m
g ,

the co mpo un d a ct i on of all the co mpon en t s ma ll po r ti o n s .

T he S un pl an et s a n d sa telli t e s a re spher es or n ea rly s p her i cal ;

, ,

a n d hence a n a ttr a cti o n of the p a r ti cl e v a ryi n i n ersely as

, g s v

the sq uar e of the di sta n ce w oul d ha v e for i ts resu lt a fo rce

,

t en d i n g to th e ce n tre o f ea ch a n d v a ryi n g i n er sely a s the ,

v

s ua re of the d i sta n ce w hi ch i s s uch a force a s w e fi n d to

q ,

e x i st
.

I n the cas e of the E a r th , tha t

i t ha s a ppea red ( Ar t .

th e a tt ract i on o f the ma i w hol e the joi n t ss s the r es ult o f

a ct i o n o f all th e pa rt ; a nd th a t i t i s a s the qu an t i ty of
s

m a tter ( A r t
, a re i n
g g
. wi t h t h e s upposi t i on t ha t all e ua l
e
q
port i o n s of matt er ex ert eq ua l fo rce s .

T he E a r th , an d the ot her globes w hi ch , l i ke i t, re v ol v e

rou n d th e Sun , fa r d i sco v er , of the s a m e n a u re t
'

a re , so as we ca n

as the E ar t h go v e rn ed by the s a m e l a w s
an d T h u s th e fo rm .
,

of J u p i t er i s per cept i bly obl a t e a s th a t o f the ea rt h i s H en ce .

,

we i n fer t ha t the a tt ra ct i on whi ch t hey e x er t i s of the sa me

k i n d a n d d epen d s on the sa me ca u ses a s tha t whi ch the ea r th
, ,

e x e rts ; a n d he n ce t ha t i n t hose i n st a n ces a l so the effec t d

,

the whol e i s the s u m of the effect s o f th e p a r ti cu l a r pa rt s .

We fi n d t ha t the sepa ra te bod i o f the sy stem ( pla nets es

a n d sa tell i tes) a tt rac t ea ch ot her wi t h fo rce s w hi ch a re it»

,
 229

versely as the s uare s q o ppose se v eral

f th e dwta nc es
'

. If we su

such bod i es to coa l esce a n d fo r m a n e w sp here the a ttra cti on ,

of t hi s sphere w i ll be com posed of the a tt ract i o n of i ts

par

ti c ula r pa r ts an d i ts effect s wi ll be i n all respect s l i k e t hose

,

o f a pl a n et .

H e n ce , we i n fer t ha t a ll the pa rt s of ma tter are go v er n ed

by a L a w o f U ni v ersal G ra v i ta ti on , a n d t ha t gra v i ty a n d the
m oti on s w hi ch ta k e pla ce a mon g the bod i e s of the u ni v erse , a re
th e res ul ts o f thi s La w , t h u s a ffec t i n g the co m pon en t pa r ts o f
the s u n , ea r th pla ne ts
, an d t ll i t es
sa e .

Con . 1I t may he obj ect ed t ha t i f thi s be t rue ter

.
, ,

res tri a l bodi e o ugh t perce pti bly to a tt ra ct each other B u t

s .
,

a s h as a l re a d y bee n ob se r v ed t hei r a tt ra cti o n i s to th fo rce

, e

ra v i ty a s the ma ss o f the bo dy i s to th e m a s o f the

of
g s

Ea r t h . T he a ttr a ct i on i s t here fo r e m u ch too s ma ll to be

sen si bl e w i t ho u t so m e pec ul i ar co n t ri va n ce .

( Jo n 2 . . T he fo rce
g of d i f
f ra v i ty
e ren t n a tu re is of a

from the m agn e ti c fo rce F o r th e m a gn e t i c a tt ra c ti on i s n ot

.

p ropor ti o na l to the ma tter a tt racted A n d so me bodi es are .

a tt r act ed mo re t h a n ot h ers ; w hi l e so m e ar e n o t a tt ract ed a t a ll .

Also , the fo rce o f ma g n eti sm i n the sa m e bod y may becom e

mo re or l ess i n t en se , a n d i s o ft e n m uch grea te r t ha n gra v i ty
i n pr op or t i o n to the q ua n t i ty o f ma tt er .

1 37 . p reced i n g I n d uct i on o f the La w of U n i v ersal

In the
G ra v i ta ti o n th e i n fer en ce has b ee n m ad e by she wi n g tha t
, ,

the L a w s to w hi ch we a re led by all the p h n o m e n a o f e

t erres t ri al grav i ty the L a w s wh i ch reg ul a t e the p ri ma ry a n d

, ,

the secon d a ry moti on s of the sol ar sy st e m the v a ri o u s a n d ,

co mpl e x L a w s w hi ch reg u l a t e the mi n ut e per t u rba t i o n o f the s

mov em en t s an d form s o f the bo d i es of the y st e m a n d the s ,

L a w s o f cert a i n phen o men a whi ch t a k e pl ace a mo n g te rres t ri a l

bod i es i n gen era l ( thei r m ut ua l a tt ra t i on ) a re a ll i ncl uded i n c

t hi s on e si n gle L a w A n d t hi s L a w i n gen eral i s n ot hi n g

.

more t h a n a n e x t en si on o f ea ch pa r t i cul a r L a w ; a n d ea ch
o f the sepa ra t e L a w s i s o n ly a p a r t i cul a ri za t i o n of the n er al
g e

L a w a cco r di n g to the subj e t to w hi ch i t i s a ppl i ed

, c .
 23 0

T he La w U n i v er sal G ra v i ta ti mt i s the si
of

La w whi ch ca n i n cl ude all t hese pa rti cul a r La w

be possi bl e to a ss ume some o ther more
sha ll also i n cl ude su ch of t hese pa r t i cul a r

es t a bl i shed .T hu s s u ppo si n g the t hree firs

yon d do ubt , i t i s possi ble to a ss ume a n
shall v e ri fy t h ese, a n d n ot v eri fy 4 ° an d

L a ws , d epe n di n g u pon the m u tu al pertu r ha t

a n d the m u t u a l ra v i t a t i o n o f
g
t hei r con firm a t i o n the great est a ccuracy o f chae r
e x pe ri me n t , a n d m a p er ha p s be co n si d ered a s s ti ll
y
o f rece i v i n fu rt he r s uppo r t fr o m fact s
g .

Assu me the followi n g H ypotheti ca l L a w .

Let bod i es be composed o f d i fferen t ele men ts a ma n tra , ,

o f whi ch a a tt ract s a o n ly b a ttracts b on ly & c ;

, ,
.

t ra cti n g b & c L et the S un

, .

o f these el emen t s a n d let a ll the par t s o f the sy stem of each

,

planet (i ts body a nd i ts sa t el li tes) be i n regard to thei r elemen ts ,

s i mi la r ly co m posed .

L et t here be two bodi e s X and I’

, of whi ch the fi rs t
con t a i n s of the e el men t s a, b, 0, 8 m, the q uan i t ti es
X“
? X 6,
X c’ o o t

an d the seco n d , the qua n t i t i es Y a,

Yb ,
a ttraction
o f th e two bod i es wi ll he

H en ce , the l
acce er ati n g fo rce on the fir st body will be

S b th by pposi ti on
.

No w i f e e Sun , su S“ S, a S ,3 e

Al o if P b
s e a pla n et , I , II , & c .
, i ts sa e t lli tes by, su
p
posi t i on
 23 1

An d i f E be th e E a rt h , M the M oon , B , & c , . terrestri a l bodi es ,

by su pposi ti on
Ea : Ba r M a
: Es s b
: Ec c c : &c .

H en ce , for th e a cce eral ti n g force of S on P , we hav e

b b
S a ’ by

H en ce, the force of S on d i ffere n t pl a n et s a t the sa me d i stan ce

is e
q ua l , a n d the o
r ea s n i n
g of Ar t . 1 28 con ti n u es t r u e
,
.

Aga i n , fo r the l
a cce era t n i g fo rce of P on I,
fo r ex a m pl e,

P a l a i P b Ib l P c I c l
' ' ‘ ' -

force of P on I

L et P Ia = l A, h en ce, I a = 7\ P a ,

an d 1, 5 ) w &c .
, by
I fi fi e wfl h m
force
.

of P on I

w hi ch bei n g i n d epen d en t of I , II , & c .

, i s the sa me for a ll the
sate lli tes , and th e o
r ea s n i n
g o f Ar t . 1 26 , c n o t i n u es t r ue .

tly the sa me rea son i n g a s t ha t i n the l ast case

By ex a c ,

an d by su pposi ti on A r t 1 3 0 w o ul d s ti ll be v eri fi ed ; .
,

n a m ely tha t the a ccel era ti n g force u pon all t err est ri a l bodi es
,

i s eq u a l a n d i s eq ua l to th a t u pon th e sa tel li te
, a n d the :

sa me w o u l d be t r u e for a n p r i ma r y
y .

Yet i n t hi s ca se the a cce er a l ti n g for ce of a pl an et N

on tw o other s P , Q a n d on the S un S wou l d n ot be eq u al .

T h u s the a ccel er a t i n
g a tt ra cti on of N on S is

SaNa S bN b Sc S AN ,Jl N, N,

T he l
acce era ti n
g a t tra cti on of IV on P is
 23 2

T he acce era l ti n g force o f N on Q is

N a Qa + N b + Nc +

Q c
'
i
'
o o o

an d these ex pressi on s t a k en , gen er a lly , a re d i fferen t fr o m

other .

A l so for the acce e ral t i n g a tt ract i on of a t errest ri al

body B , other C, we ha v e
'

on an

Bb B cCc 8m .

A nd if B an d C be l ly con sti t u ted

si mi a r so t ha t
Cc Cb Bc B

we ha v e the a tt racti on
”
B, B} &c . B, 2
B; 3
&c .

Cb
B, B

In li k e man n er fo r th e a tt ra cti on of B on D, on the sa me

su ppo si ti o n , w e ha v e

Bf B &0 .

D
B

A nd t hese a re as C to D, tha t i s, the a ttracti on s a re as

th e bodi es t
a t ra c e t d .

But i f the bodi es C an d D be n ot c n s o t i t u t ed l ly

si m i a r

to B , t hi s 18 n ot n ecessa ri ly t rue .

T he ppo si ti on mad e a bov e

su con cer n i n
g the o ti t u ti on
c ns

o f bo d i es r esolv es i t sel f i n to th e
,
N ew ton i a n Doct ri n e, i f we
su pp ose on e el emen t on ly .

1 38 . P a or . To comp a r e th e M a s ses of the S u n , the

E a r th , an d the P la n ets w hi ch ha v e S a telli tes .

( B oo k III . P r op . V III . an d Coroll a ri es ) .

L et P be the peri od of ol v i n g bod y i n d ay s (plan et

the r ev
o r sa e t ll i te) R , the n umber w hi ch rep resen ts i ts m ea n d i s t a n ce

( see Art s 1 23
.
, an d
p the u n i t of l en gt h i n whi ch t hi s i s
 233

m ea su red . T hen by I n trod . P rop 4 , Cor . . 1 0, F p

P
wh ere F i s the fo rce at th e or b i t of th e r ev ol v i n g body .

An d at the di st an ce 1 from the cen tr e o f the cen tra l bo d y ,

thi s i s i n crea sed i n the ra ti o (R p) 2

1 . H en ce at the di s
4w
ta n ce 1, the force i s
2
an d by Art 136 . t hi s is as
P
th e m a ss .

T he loga r i t hm is

2 log 2 7 :. 3 log .

p ( 2 10 g P. s log . R) .

In the ca se of th e M oo n P = 2 7 , 3 22 , R
ta ki n g th e E a r th
’
s ra d i u s 1 .

H en ce 2 log P . 3 log . R - 3 .

T he Sun
’
s pa rall a x is a bo u t 8 , 7 2 : h en ce the E ar th
’
s

l
radi u s bei n g 1 , th e S un
’
s d i st a n ce i s -
23 6 86 n ea r ly ,
s m . 8 , 72
an d i ts loga ri thm i s H en ce, si n ce i n A r t 1 24 the .

S un di st a n ce i s 1 0 an d t a k i n g 2 log P
’
s s log R
, p . .

from A r t . 1 24 , we hav e for th e log o f th e n u mb er cor

.

res pon di n g to the S un

’
s m a ss ,

2 log 2 1 ; . 3

or 2 log 2 7: .

A n d for th e E a r t h , the log . is

2 log 2 7r .

H en ce w e hav e 27 5
- logari t hm of the ra ti o
the

the m a sses , a n d th e m a ss belon gi n g to the E arth bei n g

i s 3 3 7 620
’
th e S u n s .

W e ha v e i n the precedi n g cal cu la ti on s su pposed the

M oon to r ev ol v e rou n d th e E ar t h at rest . B u t if E , M

G a
 23 4

be the E a rth an d M oon

ol v i n g a bou t t hei r commo n cen t re
r ev

of ra v i ty S T an o t h er two bod i es si mi l a r ly r ev ol v i n
g , y , g ,

P th e pe ri o d s r espect i v ely r R th e d i s t an ces ; w e ha v e

p, , , ,

by A r t 5 7 , Cor
. . l,

S T r
3
p
E M R 3
P

O r if T may be ne
gl ect ed in c o mpa ri son of S,
2
S p
f
E M R
3
P

H en ce , i t a ppea r s t ha t the ra ti of o the ma ss of S a bov e

d et er mi n ed , i s t ha t wh i ch i t bea r to s E + M .

N ow ( p . E x M ; h en ce i n cr ea si n g th e a bov e
nu mb er i n th e rati o E E + M , or w e ha v e
fo r the ra t i o o f th e S u n s m a ss to the E a r h t
’
3 3 6 5 90
’
s .

Aga i n , for J u p i t er ; hi s r a di u s = 11 = ; of w h i ch
p
log .
- 1 3 92 7 ; an d tak i n g th e S a t elli te IV i n A rt . 1 2 7 , the

log . of the m a ss i s

2 log 2 7r
. 2 log 2 ar
.

an d for th e mas s of th e E a r th an d M oon , th e log . is

2 log 2 7r
.

hen ce th e log o f the r a t i o i s . 62

-
; d the log
an . of the
r a t i o to th e E a r t h a lo n e i s a n d th e r a ti o

T he log . ra ti o o f the m a ss of the S un to t ha t of J u pi ter

is an d th e ra tio 1 .

In a s i mi l a r m an n er the m a ss o f S a t u rn ma v be fo u n d .

C os . 1 . T o fin d the d en si ty of th e S u n , J upi t er , or S a tu rn ,
ma ss
we ha ve d en si ty or if a be th e ra di u s of the body ,
o t t
c n en

m a ss
d en sn y
 23 5

H e n ce , log d en si ty . log ma ss
. log . 3 log . a .

An d the log m a ss b ei n g fo u n d a s i n
.
the p ropo si ti on ,
we

ha v e h en ce the r a t i o of th e d en si ti es .

T hu s fo r J u p i ter

log d e n si ty . log . 3 10 g 1 1 ,
.

fo r the E a r t h

log d e n si ty . 3 log . 1 .

H e n ce the lo g r a t i o i s . an d the ra ti o , 2 3 97 , so tha t

J u pi ter s d en si ty i s l e ss th a n u a r ter o f the E a r h t
’ ’
s.
on e
q

COR 2 . . To fin d th e su per fici a l g ra v i ty of the Su n ,

J u pi t e r , or S a tu r n : su ppo si ng a th e ra d i u s,

force a t s u r a ce f for ce at di st . l x

and hen ce the su

p er fic a i l g ra v i ty in d i ffe ren t ca se s wi ll be
co m
p a re d w i th t ha t t a th e E a r th s
’
f
s u r a ce, by m ea n s of th e
reced i n ca l cu l a t i on s
p g .

g ra v i t y at J u pi ter
’
s s u r a cef
T hu s , log . 2 log . 11
t errest ri al g ra v i ty

, 4 204 6 08,

an d th e nu m b er cor re s pon di n g to t hi s is

T hi s i s the p ropor ti on i n w hi ch the w ei gh t of a body

wo u l d be i crea sed i f t ra n sfer red fro m the E a r t h s
’
n , f
s u r a ce

to t ha t f J u p i t er
o .

13 9 . P a op . T o d eter m i n e the M a ss of the E a r th by

a co mp a r i s on o
f the r a te o f osci lla ti on
f o
p a en d u lu m at

th e f
s u r ace an d at a p oi n t below the s u rf a c

L et a be the ra di us o f the E a r t h, ( pp os su
e d s p he r i ca l ) ,

b the d e th p of the l o w er p en d ul u m st a t i on ( w hi ch
, i s s u pp o s ed
 23 6

to be a ll fracti on of the ear th s radi u s) Al so let n be th e

s ma
’
.

m ea n d en si ty of the spheri ca l shell whi ch i s a bo v e the lo wer

st a ti on m the mea n d en si ty o f the sph ere w hi ch i s belo w the
,

lower st ati on An d let 1 c 1 be the ra ti o of the r a t es of

.

the sa m e p en d u l u m a t the su rfa ce a n d a t the lo wer st a t i on .

T he m a s s o f th e i n t ern a l s phere wi ll be ( a b) 3
, an d

4 ”
of the er fici a l hell the m a ss w i ll be
2 {
s
su
p s a ( a

E a ch of these w i ll a tt ract wi t h a fo rce w hi ch ma y be ex pressed

by th e m a ss d i v i d ed by the sq u a re of the di st a n ce fro m the
,

cen ret . T her efor e the a tt racti on on a poi n t a t the s urfa ce i s

4 7r m ( a 4 7 m ( a b
2
3 a 3

Al so the tt ra cti on of th e su perfi ci a l shell on

a a poi n t a t the
lo wer sta t i on i s n ot hi n
g ( A r t T h er efo,r e . the a tt r act i on
there i s

( a b) .

H en ce the tio
ra of the a tt racti o n at the s ur fa ce to t hat
at the low er st a t i on is

m( a — b) + n
3
u
3 -
n ( a — b) 3

1
ma 2
( a 6)

2b n 2b b b
1
2
omi tt i n g po wer s of wh i ch i s sm a ll ;
a m a m a a

B u t the ti o of these a t tra cti on s o r of the force of gra v i ty

ra ,

a t th e tw o st a t i o n s i s th e r a ti o o f the sq u a res o f th e t i m es of
,

osci ll a t i on of the sam e pen d u l um : t ha t i t i s ( l — c) l or ,

2

1 2c 1 0 bei n sma ll
g
-
,
.
 93 7

H en ce 20

A l so th e mean d en si ty of th e wh ole
m a ss m (a i ( }
3 s
b) ” d a by
o t t
c n en 0
3

—
(m — n
) 1 + n = m —
(m — n
)

m n ear ly .

S uppo se the d epth of the lower sta ti on to be of the

E arth di u s feet ly th en
5
’
s ra 1 000 n ea r 20000 .

If a sec n d so pen d ul u m g ai n p p er d ay a t th e lo wer st a ti on

1 — c 1 864 00 + 17 86400 .

p c
a p x 200
H en ce c p x , 23 .

864 00 b 864

"
If the p en d u l u m ga i n 1 per d ay we fin d t hu s the ra ti o ,

mea n d en si ty to th e d en si ty of th e su per fi ci a l st ra t u m

1 9 n ea rl y
n 1

If the pen d u l um g ai n 2 a day

n ea r ly .

If the pen d u lum g ai n 3 a d ay

4 8 n earl y
n 1 , 69

If the pen d ul u m g ai n 4 a d ay

n ea r ly .
 23 8

If the pen d ulum gai n secon d s a d ay ,

2 i s i n fin i t e

t ha t i s the d i mi n u ti on of gra vi ty i s j u st so m uch a s i s d u e to

the chan ge of di sta n ce fr om th e cen t re, an d the su per fi ci a l
st ra t u m p rod u ces n o effect i n compari son wi t h the cen t ra l
mass .

If th e E ar t h be pposed n ot to be perfectly spheri ca l

su

o r re u l ar the for m u l a w i ll sti ll be a ppli cab le ; for the a t

g ,

t racti on of the part s of the su perfi ci al stra t um i n the n ei gh

bo u rhood of the pen d u l u m s ta ti on s wi ll be m u ch grea t e r t h a n
tha t of all the i rr egu l a r elev a t i on s a n d d epressi on s i n other
par t s by whi ch the fi gu re di ffer s from a sp here
,
.

T he t
o sci ll a ti on of the pen d ul u m a t the u pper an d
ra e of

lo wer sta ti on may be compa red by compa ri n g the ra te of ea ch

,

pen d ul u m wi t h tha t of a clock pl aced n ea r i t a n d compari n g

,

the two clock s by mea n s of chron o m et er s ca rri ed from the on e

to the other .